Which they have from their windows and pose a far

The riot of roots (indigenization and tribalism of this world) Thuringia, I hold in mind your furnaces Where dreams of twenty centuries Had been burnt up...

Содержание

  1. The riot of roots
  2. Which they have from their windows and pose a far greater danger
  3. Which they have from their windows and pose a far greater danger
  4. Пробуем силы в IELTS (чтение) – ВАРИАНТ 4
  5. READING PASSAGE 1
  6. READING PASSAGE 2
  7. READING PASSAGE 3
  8. ОЦЕНКА РЕЗУЛЬТАТА
  9. Видео

The riot of roots

(indigenization and tribalism of this world)
Thuringia, I hold in mind your furnaces
Where dreams of twenty centuries
Had been burnt up

I
Cultural redivision of the straightening world

II
Riot of the cellar of culture.Russian Orthodox Churxh, Death of Gods-Street Version
«Love, or, love…..»

III
EU as a subject of self-identification. Russians can be eaten up and Jews can be burnt

IV
The whole world is the Moon for the West. Russia is unique.

VII T
hey do not let us forget Drang nach Osten

VIII
Why could not fascism be defined? Reverse perspective

IX
Hitler must be read

Once upon a time, fifteen or twenty years ago, having learned that it was possible to buy Mein Kampf, I was unwilling to spend a large sum for it, consoling myself with the fact that the practical results of this book were notorious throughout the world, so why should I read this and poison myself with such filth. Now I have changed my opinion. Hitler, gentlemen, must be read and re-read in order to better understand what to expect from the West, and indeed from the uprising of earthly roots.

X
A little about the leaders

XI
Postmodernist Petronius will help us

XIII
God will appear in the radiance of the intellect

An alternative to global fascism is a world religious synthesis. For all local confessional revivals are just sluggish, blurred, unconscious forms of the same fascism, that is, half-blind, self-contained collectivism, in the extreme version called fundamentalism.. Before the light of the One God to come, all current churches are just sects and a continuation of earthly strife and slaughter.. They strive to sublimate ethnic energy, but due to their collectivist nature, they are not able to weaken, let alone overcome its antipersonal orientation; so they find themselves in a paradoxical position of a force that wants to purify and transform a person and at the same time condone his absorption and suppression by the socium Therefore, persistent loyalty to the old, renovation and restoration of ancient confessional structures cannot achieve anything worth achieving; it is necessary to get rid of them, to go beyond these social constraints of the spirit. а.
To defeat world fascism today is to change the soul of the world, to change everyone internally. Countries’ governments and elites must use all modern communication power to make mutual cultural discovery as attaimable as possible. Each culture must religiously open up and justify the religious foundations of all other cultures, that is, create in its consciousness a language of positive description of other religions and cultures. This path is an alternative to both the chaotic confusion of the gods and their blind traditional massacre.
The first Russian attempt on this path was the experience of the great Christian champion of thought, Alexander Men, who was murdered near Moscow twenty years ago, at the height of our last revolution. This death now acquires a symbolic meaning, as if confirming that the new Russia, wishing to change socially, did not want to change spiritually towards the times, but preferred a spiritual return to the past, where the heroic anti-communist, but the spiritual reactionary Solzhenitsyn, called everyvody to turn. Now this writer is being studied at high school, which means that Russia can sleep peacefully for another thousand years. …
But, alas, time will not allow Mother Russia to bask in this spiritual and mental relaxation. The future is impossible without intellectual effort, without enhancibg intelligence itself. Physics and technology have swallowed up the mind of mankind, it is sorely lacking just in the humanities, in human self-knowledge. Earthlings should invest the lion’s share of their budgets in education. Only from educated, intellectually plowed souls of humanity will the necessary religious synthesis grow. For the uneducated population will not be able to see the One God through the difference of cultures. Uneducated population is only able to keep the dead gods of the past and germinate fascist seeds, preparing the next dances of death.

Источник

Which they have from their windows and pose a far greater danger

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WIFE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Windsor is a small town not far from London which is about a thousand years old.

It became the setting for The Merry ___________ of Windsor,

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «ONE» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Around 1350, art, learning, and science started to flourish in some parts of Europe. To many people, this was the beginning of a new golden age.

This period was not the _________ golden age in Europe.

По контексту здесь необходимо использовать порядковое числительное.

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HAVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Greece ________ one 1,900 years before. About 500 years later, Roman civilization had been at its height.

Описываются события в прошлом. Нужно одно из времен группы Past. В предложении есть слово before. Это маркер времени Perfect. Правильно будет использовать форму Past Perfect.

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово EARLY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Because this new golden age was something like _________ Greek and Roman periods, it is called the Renaissance. The word ‘renaissance’ means ‘rebirth.’ Many Greek and Roman values were reborn in the Renaissance.

По контексту требуется сравнительная степень прилагательного. Прилагательное двусложное, оканчивающееся на «y». Y меняем на I, добавляем ER.

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Shakespeare’s only comedy that takes place in England, when Queen Elizabeth I commanded ______ to write a play for her court.

Необходима объектная форма личного местоимения (личные местоимения в английском языке сохранили систему падежей), так как здесь местоимение выполняет синтаксическую роль дополнения.

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово DESTROY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

What the town is famous for today is Windsor Castle, the Royal residence. From a plane Windsor Castle with its big round tower looks like a child’s dream of a sand castle. Sadly, in 1992 fire ___________ a large part of the castle buildings.

Нужна форма простого прошедшего времени, так как есть указание на момент в прошлом — in 1992.

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WILLING так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

In 1770, James Cook landed on the east coast of Australia and claimed the land for Great Britain. For many years after that, only a few people came to Australia ___________. It was too far from Europe to attract many outsiders.

Образуйте от слова OPEN однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

What do your clothes really say about you? Some people wear their personality ___________ on their sleeves, while others try to hide it deep in the dark layers of their clothes. Nonetheless, one’s clothes can often be a window into the workings of their head.

Нужно наречие, признак действия, обозначенного глаголом «wear».

Образуйте от слова PRISON однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The first settlers were ______________. They were not asked if they wanted to come.

Нужно существительное во множественном числе, обозначающее людей. Это слово prisoners — заключенные.

Образуйте от слова PUNISH однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Moving to Australia was part of their ___________________. In time they were joined by more willing settlers who wanted to find adventure and a better life.

Образуйте от слова DIFFER однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Like the settlement of the United States, much of Australia’s history deals with the push west. There was, however, one big ______________. In their drive westward, the Australians found no rich river valleys or fertile plains. Instead, they found only dry empty land they called the outback.

Источник

Which they have from their windows and pose a far greater danger

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Surviving in a Desert

A desert is defined as a place that gets less than 250 mm of rain each year. It differs sharply from the climate of a rain forest, A _________________.

Arid desert lands cover about one third of the earth’s surface. Most deserts are covered with sand, B __________________. There are also usually a lot of rocky areas. This combination of sand and rock means that the soil is not very fertile. C ___________________, some living things are able to do well in this setting. Many plants have changed and developed in ways D ________________. These changes have become apparent in a number of ways. Some plants are able to grow very quickly E ______________. They turn green and produce flowers within just a few days. Other desert plants simply stop growing in very dry weather. They appear to be dead, but when the rain returns, they come back to life and begin growing again.

Desert animals have also developed many characteristics that help them to survive in arid environment. Camels can go for a very long time without drinking. Other animals, such as snakes and rats, find cool places to sleep during the day and come out only at night. The extremely long ears of desert rabbits help them F ________________. Changes like these have allowed some animals and plants to grow and develop successfully in a very challenging ecological system: the desert.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

1. which is often in the form of hills called sand dunes

2. whenever it rains

3. to find water as far as 25 metres away

4. which can receive up to 10,000 mm of rain annually

5. to better distribute their body heat and stay cool

6. even though the desert environment is very dry and hot

7. that help them to live in the desert

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

A4 — противопоставление пустыни и тропических лесов по количеству выпадаемых осадков.

B1 — пропущенный фрагмент описывает форму песка (dunes)

C6 — после пропуска говорится, что «некоторые растения хорошо справляются». Пропущенный фрагмент объединяет высказывание, дает вводную часть «Несмотря на то, что в пустыне сухо и жарко».

D7 — Пропущенный фрагмент продолжает мысль, объясняя, каким образом изменились растения: «таким, что (это) помогает им жить в пустыне».

E2 — Растения растут быстро (когда?) «как только идет дождь».

F5 — Пропущенный фрагмент объясняет, зачем кроликам, живущим в пустыне, такие длинные уши.

Источник

Пробуем силы в IELTS (чтение) – ВАРИАНТ 4

Здесь вы можете попробовать силы в прохождении этапа чтения IELTS. Для вас подготовлен вариант 4 заданий с ответами.

READING PASSAGE 1

The megafires of California

Drought, housing expansion, and oversupply of tinder make for bigger, hotter fires in the western United States

Wildfires are becoming an increasing menace in the western United States, with Southern California being the hardest hit area. There’s a reason fire squads battling more frequent blazes in Southern California are having such difficulty containing the flames, despite better preparedness than ever and decades of experience fighting fires fanned by the ‘Santa Ana Winds’. The wildfires themselves, experts say, are generally hotter, faster, and spread more erratically than in the past.

Megafires, also called ‘siege fires’, are the increasingly frequent blazes that burn 500,000 acres or more – 10 times the size of the average forest fire of 20 years ago. Some recent wildfires are among the biggest ever in California in terms of acreage burned, according to state figures and news reports.

One explanation for the trend to more superhot fires is that the region, which usually has dry summers, has had significantly below normal precipitation in many recent years. Another reason, experts say, is related to the century-long policy of the US Forest Service to stop wildfires as quickly as possible. The unintentional consequence has been to halt the natural eradication of underbrush, now the primary fuel for megafires.

Three other factors contribute to the trend, they add. First is climate change, marked by a 1-degree Fahrenheit rise in average yearly temperature across the western states. Second is fire seasons that on average are 78 days longer than they were 20 years ago. Third is increased construction of homes in wooded areas.

‘We are increasingly building our homes in fire-prone ecosystems,’ says Dominik Kulakowski, adjunct professor of biology at Clark University Graduate School of Geography in Worcester, Massachusetts. ‘Doing that in many of the forests of the western US is like building homes on the side of an active volcano.’

In California, where population growth has averaged more than 600,000 a year for at least a decade, more residential housing is being built. ‘What once was open space is now residential homes providing fuel to make fires burn with greater intensity,’ says Terry McHale of the California Department of Forestry firefighters’ union. ‘With so much dryness, so many communities to catch fire, so many fronts to fight, it becomes an almost incredible job.’

That said, many experts give California high marks for making progress on preparedness in recent years, after some of the largest fires in state history scorched thousands of acres, burned thousands of homes, and killed numerous people. Stung in the past by criticism of bungling that allowed fires to spread when they might have been contained, personnel are meeting the peculiar challenges of neighborhood – and canyon- hopping fires better than previously, observers say.

State promises to provide more up-to-date engines, planes, and helicopters to fight fires have been fulfilled. Firefighters’ unions that in the past complained of dilapidated equipment, old fire engines, and insufficient blueprints for fire safety are now praising the state’s commitment, noting that funding for firefighting has increased, despite huge cuts in many other programs. ‘We are pleased that the current state administration has been very proactive in its support of us, and [has] come through with budgetary support of the infrastructure needs we have long sought,’ says Mr. McHale of the firefighters’ union.

Besides providing money to upgrade the fire engines that must traverse the mammoth state and wind along serpentine canyon roads, the state has invested in better command-and-control facilities as well as in the strategies to run them. ‘In the fire sieges of earlier years, we found that other jurisdictions and states were willing to offer mutual-aid help, but we were not able to communicate adequately with them,’ says Kim Zagaris, chief of the state’s Office of Emergency Services Fire and Rescue Branch. After a commission examined and revamped communications procedures, the statewide response ‘has become far more professional and responsive,’ he says. There is a sense among both government officials and residents that the speed, dedication, and coordination of firefighters from several states and jurisdictions are resulting in greater efficiency than in past ‘siege fire’ situations.

In recent years, the Southern California region has improved building codes, evacuation procedures, and procurement of new technology. ‘I am extraordinarily impressed by the improvements we have witnessed,’ says Randy Jacobs, a Southern California-based lawyer who has had to evacuate both his home and business to escape wildfires. ‘Notwithstanding all the damage that will continue to be caused by wildfires, we will no longer suffer the loss of life endured in the past because of the fire prevention and firefighting measures that have been put in place,’ he says.

You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13,
which are based on Reading Passage 1.

Complete the notes below.
Choose ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for each answer.
Write your answers in gaps 1-6.

Wildfires

Characteristics of wildfires and wildfire conditions today compared to the past:

– occurrence: more frequent
– temperature: hotter
– speed: faster
– movement: __1__ more unpredictably
– size of fires: __2__ greater on average than two decades ago

Reasons wildfires cause more damage today compared to the past:

– rainfall: __3__ average
– more brush to act as __4__
– increase in yearly temperature
– extended fire __5__
– more building of __6__ in vulnerable places

Do the following statements agree with the text?
TRUE if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this

__7__ The amount of open space in California has diminished over the last ten years.
__8__ Many experts believe California has made little progress in readying itself to fight fires.
__9__ Personnel in the past have been criticised for mishandling fire containment.
__10__ California has replaced a range of firefighting tools.
__11__ More firefighters have been hired to improve fire-fighting capacity.
__12__ Citizens and government groups disapprove of the efforts of different states and agencies working together.
__13__ Randy Jacobs believes that loss of life from fires will continue at the same levels, despite changes made.

You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13,
which are based on Reading Passage 1.

Complete the notes below.
Choose ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for each answer.
Write your answers in gaps 1-6.

Wildfires

Characteristics of wildfires and wildfire conditions today compared to the past:

– occurrence: more frequent
– temperature: hotter
– speed: faster
– movement: __spread__ more unpredictably
– size of fires: __10/ten times__ greater on average than two decades ago

Reasons wildfires cause more damage today compared to the past:

– rainfall: __below__ average
– more brush to act as __fuel__
– increase in yearly temperature
– extended fire __seasons__
– more building of __homes/housing__ in vulnerable places

Do the following statements agree with the text?
TRUE if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this

__TRUE__ The amount of open space in California has diminished over the last ten years.
__FALSE__ Many experts believe California has made little progress in readying itself to fight fires.
__TRUE__ Personnel in the past have been criticised for mishandling fire containment.
__TRUE__ California has replaced a range of firefighting tools.
__NOT GIVEN__ More firefighters have been hired to improve fire-fighting capacity.
__FALSE__ Citizens and government groups disapprove of the efforts of different states and agencies working together.
__FALSE__ Randy Jacobs believes that loss of life from fires will continue at the same levels, despite changes made.

READING PASSAGE 2

Second nature

Your personality isn’t necessarily set in stone. With a little experimentation, people can reshape their temperaments and inject passion, optimism, joy and courage into their lives

A) Psychologists have long held that a person’s character cannot undergo a transformation in any meaningful way and that the key traits of personality are determined at a very young age. However, researchers have begun looking more closely at ways we can change. Positive psychologists have identified 24 qualities we admire, such as loyalty and kindness, and are studying them to find out why they come so naturally to some people. What they’re discovering is that many of these qualities amount to habitual behaviour that determines the way we respond to the world. The good news is that all this can be learned.

Some qualities are less challenging to develop than others, optimism being one of them. However, developing qualities requires mastering a range of skills which are diverse and sometimes surprising. For example, to bring more joy and passion into your life, you must be open to experiencing negative emotions. Cultivating such qualities will help you realise your full potential.

B) The evidence is good that most personality traits can be altered/ says Christopher Peterson, professor of psychology at the University of Michigan, who cites himself as an example. Inherently introverted, he realised early on that as an academic, his reticence would prove disastrous in the lecture hall. So he learned to be more outgoing and to entertain his classes. ‘Now my extroverted behaviour is spontaneous/ he says.

C) David Fajgenbaum had to make a similar transition. He was preparing for university, when he had an accident that put an end to his sports career. On campus, he quickly found that beyond ordinary counselling, the university had no services for students who were undergoing physical rehabilitation and suffering from depression like him. He therefore launched a support group to help others in similar situations. He took action despite his own pain – a typical response of an optimist.

D) Suzanne Segerstrom, professor of psychology at the University’ of Kentucky, believes that the key to increasing optimism is through cultivating optimistic behaviour, rather than positive thinking. She recommends you train yourself to pay attention to good fortune by writing down three positive things that come about each day. This will help you convince yourself that favourable outcomes actually happen all the time, making it easier to begin taking action.

E) You can recognise a person who is passionate about a pursuit by the way they are so strongly involved in it. Tanya Streeter’s passion is freediving – the sport of plunging deep into the water without tanks or other breathing equipment. Beginning in 1998, she set nine world records and can hold her breath for six minutes. The physical stamina required for this sport is intense but the psychological demands are even more overwhelming. Streeter learned to untangle her fears from her judgment of what her body and mind could do. ‘In my career as a competitive freediver, there was a limit to what I could do – but it wasn’t anywhere near what I thought it was/ she says.

F) Finding a pursuit that excites you can improve anyone’s life. The secret about consuming passions, though, according to psychologist Paul Silvia of the University of North Carolina, is that ‘they require discipline, hard work and ability, which is why they arc so rewarding.’ Psychologist Todd Kashdan has this advice for those people taking up a new passion: ‘As a newcomer, you also have to tolerate and laugh at your own ignorance. You must be willing to accept the negative feelings that come your way/ he says.

G) In 2004, physician-scientist Mauro Zappaterra began his PhD research at Harvard Medical School. Unfortunately, he was miserable as his research wasn’t compatible with his curiosity about healing. He finally took a break and during eight months in Santa Fe, Zappaterra learned about alternative healing techniques not taught at Harvard. When he got back, he switched labs to study how cerebrospinal fluid nourishes the developing nervous system. He also vowed to look for the joy in everything, including failure, as this could help him learn about his research and himself.

One thing that can hold joy back is a person’s concentration on avoiding failure rather than their looking forward to doing something well. ‘Focusing on being safe might get in the way of your reaching your goals/ explains Kashdan. For example, are you hoping to get through a business lunch without embarrassing yourself, or are you thinking about how fascinating the conversation might be?

H) Usually, we think of courage in physical terms but ordinary life demands something else. For marketing executive Kenneth Pedeleose, it meant speaking out against something he thought was ethically wrong. The new manager was intimidating staff so Pedeleose carefully recorded each instance of bullying and eventually took the evidence to a senior director, knowing his own job security would be threatened. Eventually the manager was the one to go. According to Cynthia Ригу, a psychologist at Clemson University Pedeleose’s story proves the point that courage is not motivated by fearlessness, but by moral obligation. Ригу also believes that people can acquire courage. Many of her students said that faced with a risky situation, they first tried to calm themselves down, then looked for a way to mitigate the danger, just as Pedeleose did by documenting his allegations.

Over the long term, picking up a new character trait may help you move toward being the person you want to be. And in the short term, the effort itself could be surprisingly rewarding, a kind of internal adventure.

You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26,
which are based on Reading Passage 2.

Complete the summary below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer.
Write your answers in gaps 14-18.

Psychologists have traditionally believed that a personality __14__ was impossible and that by a __15__ a person’s character tends to be fixed. This is not true according to positive psychologists, who say that our personal qualities can be seen as habitual behaviour. One of the easiest qualities to acquire is __16__. However, regardless of the quality, it is necessary to learn a wide variety of different __17__ in order for a new quality to develop; for example, a person must understand and feel some __18__ in order to increase their happiness.

Look at the following statements (Questions 19-22) and the list of people below.
Match each statement with the correct person, A-G.
Write the correct letter, A-G, in gaps 19-22.

__19__ People must accept that they do not know much when first trying something new.
__20__ It is important for people to actively notice when good things happen.__21__ Courage can be learned once its origins in a sense of responsibility are understood.
__22__ It is possible to overcome shyness when faced with the need to speak in public.

List of People
А Christopher Peterson
В David Fajgenbaum
С Suzanne Segerstrom
D Tanya Streeter
Е Todd Kashdan
F Kenneth Pedeleose
G Cynthia Pury

Reading Passage 2 has eight sections, A-H.
Which section contains the following information?
Write the correct letter, A-H, in gaps 23-26.

__23__ a mention of how rational thinking enabled someone to achieve physical goals

__24__ an account of how someone overcame a sad experience

__25__ a description of how someone decided to rethink their academic career path

__26__ an example of how someone risked his career out of a sense of duty

You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26,
which are based on Reading Passage 2.

Complete the summary below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer.
Write your answers in gaps 14-18.

Psychologists have traditionally believed that a personality __transformation/change__ was impossible and that by a __young age__ a person’s character tends to be fixed. This is not true according to positive psychologists, who say that our personal qualities can be seen as habitual behaviour. One of the easiest qualities to acquire is __optimism__. However, regardless of the quality, it is necessary to learn a wide variety of different __skills/techniques__ in order for a new quality to develop; for example, a person must understand and feel some __negative emotions/feelings__ in order to increase their happiness.

Look at the following statements (Questions 19-22) and the list of people below.
Match each statement with the correct person, A-G.
Write the correct letter, A-G, in gaps 19-22.

__E__ People must accept that they do not know much when first trying something new.

__C__ It is important for people to actively notice when good things happen

__G__ Courage can be learned once its origins in a sense of responsibility are understood.

__A__ It is possible to overcome shyness when faced with the need to speak in public.

List of People
А Christopher Peterson
В David Fajgenbaum
С Suzanne Segerstrom
D Tanya Streeter
Е Todd Kashdan
F Kenneth Pedeleose
G Cynthia Pury

Reading Passage 2 has eight sections, A-H.
Which section contains the following information?
Write the correct letter, A-H, in gaps 23-26.

__E__ a mention of how rational thinking enabled someone to achieve physical goals
__C__ an account of how someone overcame a sad experience
__G__ a description of how someone decided to rethink their academic career path
__H__ an example of how someone risked his career out of a sense of duty

READING PASSAGE 3

When evolution runs backwards

Evolution isn’t supposed to run backwards – yet an increasing number of examples show that it does and that it can sometimes represent the future of a species

The description of any animal as an ‘evolutionary throwback’ is controversial.

For the better part of a century, most biologists have been reluctant to use those words, mindful of a principle of evolution that says ‘evolution cannot run backwards’. But as more and more examples come to light and modern genetics enters the scene, that principle is having to be rewritten. Not only are evolutionary throwbacks possible, they sometimes play an important role in the forward march of evolution.

The technical term for an evolutionary throwback is an ‘atavism’, from the Latin atavus, meaning forefather. The word has ugly connotations thanks largely to Cesare Lombroso, a 19th-century Italian medic who argued that criminals were born not made and could be identified by certain physical features that were throwbacks to a primitive, sub-human state.

While Lombroso was measuring criminals, a Belgian palaeontologist called Louis Dollo was studying fossil records and coming to the opposite conclusion. In 1890 he proposed that evolution was irreversible: that ‘an organism is unable to return, even partially, to a previous stage already realised in the ranks of its ancestors’. Early 20th-century biologists came to a similar conclusion, though they qualified it in terms of probability, stating that there is no reason why evolution cannot run backwards – it is just very unlikely. And so the idea of irreversibility in evolution stuck and came to be known as ‘Dollo’s law’.

If Dollo’s law is right, atavisms should occur only very rarely, if at all. Yet almost since the idea took root, exceptions have been cropping up. In 1919, for example, a humpback whale with a pair of leg-like appendages over a metre long, complete with a full set of limb bones, was caught off Vancouver Island in Canada. Explorer Roy Chapman Andrews argued at the time that the whale must be a throwback to a land-living ancestor. ‘I can see no other explanation,’ he wrote in 1921.

Since then, so many other examples have been discovered that it no longer makes sense to say that evolution is as good as irreversible. And this poses a puzzle: how can characteristics that disappeared millions of years ago suddenly reappear? In 1994, Rudolf Raff and colleagues at Indiana University in the USA decided to use genetics to put a number on the probability of evolution going into reverse. They reasoned that while some evolutionary changes involve the loss of genes and are therefore irreversible, others may be the result of genes being switched off. If these silent genes are somehow switched back on, they argued, long-lost traits could reappear.

Raff’s team went on to calculate the likelihood of it happening. Silent genes accumulate random mutations, they reasoned, eventually rendering them useless. So how long can a gene survive in a species if it is no longer used? The team calculated that there is a good chance of silent genes surviving for up to 6 million years in at least a tew individuals in a population, and that some might survive as long as 10 million years. In other words, throwbacks are possible, but only to the relatively recent evolutionary past.

As a possible example, the team pointed to the mole salamanders of Mexico and California. Like most amphibians these begin life in a juvenile ‘tadpole’ state, then metamorphose into the adult form – except for one species, the axolotl, which famously lives its entire life as a juvenile. The simplest explanation for this is that the axolotl lineage alone lost the ability to metamorphose, while others retained it. From a detailed analysis of the salamanders’ family tree, however, it is clear that the other lineages evolved from an ancestor that itself had lost the ability to metamorphose. In other words, metamorphosis in mole salamanders is an atavism. The salamander example fits with Raff’s 10-million-year time frame.

More recently, however, examples have been reported that break the time limit, suggesting that silent genes may not be the whole story. In a paper published last year, biologist Gunter Wagner of Yale University reported some work on the evolutionary history of a group of South American lizards called Bachia. Many of these have minuscule limbs; some look more like snakes than lizards and a few have completely lost the toes on their hind limbs. Other species, however, sport up to four toes on their hind legs. The simplest explanation is that the toed lineages never lost their toes, but Wagner begs to differ. According to his analysis of the Bachia family tree, the toed species re-evolved toes from toeless ancestors and, what is more, digit loss and gain has occurred on more than one occasion over tens of millions of years.

So what’s going on? One possibility is that these traits are lost and then simply reappear, in much the same way that similar structures can independently arise in unrelated species, such as the dorsal fins of sharks and killer whales. Another more intriguing possibility is that the genetic information needed to make toes somehow survived for tens or perhaps hundreds of millions of years in the lizards and was reactivated. These atavistic traits provided an advantage and spread through the population, effectively reversing evolution.

But if silent genes degrade within 6 to 10 million years, how can long-lost traits be reactivated over longer timescales? The answer may lie in the womb. Early embryos of many species develop ancestral features. Snake embryos, for example, sprout hind limb buds. Later in development these features disappear thanks to developmental programs that say ‘lose the leg’. If for any reason this does not happen, the ancestral feature may not disappear, leading to an atavism.

You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40,
which are based on Reading Passage 3.

Choose the correct letter, А, В, С or D.
Write the correct letter in gaps 27-31.

__27__ When discussing the theory developed by Louis Dollo, the writer says that
A it was immediately referred to as Dollo’s law.
В it supported the possibility of evolutionary throwbacks.
С it was modified by biologists in the early twentieth century.
D it was based on many years of research.

__28__ The humpback whale caught off Vancouver Island is mentioned because of
A the exceptional size of its body.
В the way it exemplifies Dollo’s law.
С the amount of local controversy it caused
D the reason given for its unusual features.

__29__ What is said about ‘silent genes’?
A Their numbers vary according to species.
В Raff disagreed with the use of the term.
С They could lead to the re-emergence of certain characteristics.
D They can have an unlimited life span.

__30__ The writer mentions the mole salamander because
A it exemplifies what happens in the development of most amphibians.
В it suggests that Raff’s theory is correct.
С it has lost and regained more than one ability.
D its ancestors have become the subject of extensive research.

__31__ Which of the following does Wagner claim?
A Members of the Bachia lizard family have lost and regained certain features several times.
В Evidence shows that the evolution of the Bachia lizard is due to the environment.
С His research into South American lizards supports Raff’s assertions.
D His findings will apply to other species of South American lizards.

Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-G, below.
Write the correct letter, A-G, in gaps 32-36.

__32__ For a long time biologists rejected

__33__ Opposing views on evolutionary throwbacks are represented by

__34__ Examples of evolutionary throwbacks have led to

__35__ The shark and killer whale are mentioned to exemplify

__36__ One explanation for the findings of Wagner’s research is

A the question of how certain long-lost traits could reappear.
В the occurrence of a particular feature in different species.
С parallels drawn between behaviour and appearance.
D the continued existence of certain genetic information.
E the doubts felt about evolutionary throwbacks.
F the possibility of evolution being reversible.
G Dollo’s findings and the convictions held by Lombroso.

Do the following statements agree with the claims of the writer in Reading Passage 3?
In gaps 37-40, write
YES if the statement agrees with the claims of the writer
NO if the statement contradicts the claims of the writer
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this

__37__ Wagner was the first person to do research on South American lizards.
__38__ Wagner believes that Bachia lizards with toes had toeless ancestors.
__39__ The temporary occurrence of long-lost traits in embryos is rare.
__40__ Evolutionary throwbacks might be caused by developmental problems in the womb.

You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40,
which are based on Reading Passage 3.

Choose the correct letter, А, В, С or D.
Write the correct letter in gaps 27-31.

__C__ When discussing the theory developed by Louis Dollo, the writer says that
A it was immediately referred to as Dollo’s law.
В it supported the possibility of evolutionary throwbacks.
С it was modified by biologists in the early twentieth century.
D it was based on many years of research.

__D__ The humpback whale caught off Vancouver Island is mentioned because of
A the exceptional size of its body.
В the way it exemplifies Dollo’s law.
С the amount of local controversy it caused
D the reason given for its unusual features.

__C__ What is said about ‘silent genes’?
A Their numbers vary according to species.
В Raff disagreed with the use of the term.
С They could lead to the re-emergence of certain characteristics.
D They can have an unlimited life span.

__B__ The writer mentions the mole salamander because
A it exemplifies what happens in the development of most amphibians.
В it suggests that Raff’s theory is correct.
С it has lost and regained more than one ability.
D its ancestors have become the subject of extensive research.

__A__ Which of the following does Wagner claim?
A Members of the Bachia lizard family have lost and regained certain features several times.
В Evidence shows that the evolution of the Bachia lizard is due to the environment.
С His research into South American lizards supports Raff’s assertions.
D His findings will apply to other species of South American lizards.

Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-G, below.
Write the correct letter, A-G, in gaps 32-36.

__F__ For a long time biologists rejected

__G__ Opposing views on evolutionary throwbacks are represented by

__A__ Examples of evolutionary throwbacks have led to

__B__ The shark and killer whale are mentioned to exemplify

__D__ One explanation for the findings of Wagner’s research is

A the question of how certain long-lost traits could reappear.
В the occurrence of a particular feature in different species.
С parallels drawn between behaviour and appearance.
D the continued existence of certain genetic information.
E the doubts felt about evolutionary throwbacks.
F the possibility of evolution being reversible.
G Dollo’s findings and the convictions held by Lombroso.

Do the following statements agree with the claims of the writer in Reading Passage 3?
In gaps 37-40, write
YES if the statement agrees with the claims of the writer
NO if the statement contradicts the claims of the writer
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this

__NOT GIVEN__ Wagner was the first person to do research on South American lizards.
__YES__ Wagner believes that Bachia lizards with toes had toeless ancestors.
__NO__ The temporary occurrence of long-lost traits in embryos is rare.
__YES__ Evolutionary throwbacks might be caused by developmental problems in the womb.

ОЦЕНКА РЕЗУЛЬТАТА

0-11
You are unlikely to get an acceptable score under examination conditions and we recommend that you spend a lot of time improving your English before you take IELTS.

12-28
You may get an acceptable score under examination conditions but we recommend that you think about having more practice or lessons before you take IELTS.

29-40
You are likely to get an acceptable score under examination conditions but remember that different institutions will find different scores acceptable.

Источник

Видео

Vlad and Nikita have a bubble foam party

Vlad and Nikita have a bubble foam party

9 Riddles Only People with High IQ Can Solve

9 Riddles Only People with High IQ Can Solve

How to Text in C4D With CS Maps Easy and Simple Steps! Basic Texture Edited!

How to Text in C4D With CS Maps Easy and Simple Steps! Basic Texture Edited!

Transforming Education In Guyana

Transforming Education In Guyana

All Alone — Poppy Playtime Chapter 2 Animation

All Alone - Poppy Playtime Chapter 2 Animation

Obsessed Much

Obsessed Much

Natalia Neverova (Facebook AI Research) — Multi-Person Human Pose Estimation In The Wild

Natalia Neverova (Facebook AI Research) - Multi-Person Human Pose Estimation In The Wild

See Which Hotels Were Caught Not Changing Bedsheets for New Guests

See Which Hotels Were Caught Not Changing Bedsheets for New Guests

Create a black hole design for python

Create a black hole design for python

SNAPPER BITES Hand in Super Slow Motion!

SNAPPER BITES Hand in Super Slow Motion!

Task 1 Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифру, обозначающую соответствующую часть предложения, в таблицу.

Fire Crews Hunt Escaped Hamster

Eight firefighters have been called in to help find an escaped hamster. Two crews used a chocolate-covered camera and a vacuum cleaner A ____ , called Fudgie, at the home of a six-year-old girl in Dunbar, Scotland.

The girl’s mother said: ‘We came down for breakfast and discovered Fudgie had opened the top lid of her cage and had made her way into the kitchen and we think she has gone В ____ .’

The fire crews spent five hours trying to recover the pet after it ran down a hole in the kitchen floor. But, the hamster still refused С ____ .

In the search for Fudgie, the firefighters took the family cooker and gas pipes apart. They also dropped a mini-camera coated with chocolate under the floorboards. They then hoped to take out the hamster using a vacuum cleaner. Despite all their efforts, they failed to find Fudgie.

In the end, the firefighters put another camera down the hole D ____ , connected to the screen of the family home computer, to see if Fudgie appeared. Besides, the girl and her parents regularly dropped food E ____ .

At last, after eight days the hamster returned to her cage safe and sound. She crawled from the hole in the kitchen floor early in the morning. It was the girl’s father who first found Fudgie F ____ .

The girl said that day it was like Christmas morning for her. Her parents added that they too felt extremely happy when Fudgie had finally returned.

  1. through a small hole in the floor

  2. through the hole for the hamster

  3. and locked the runaway hamster

  4. to come out of the hole

  5. to look after the pet

  6. to try and locate the missing hamster

  7. and left it under the floorboards

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

4

7

2

3

Task 2

Speed of eating is ‘key to obesity’

If you eat very quickly, it may be enough to increase your risk of being overweight, research suggests.

Osaka University scientists looked at the eating habits of 3,000 people. Just about half of them told researchers that they A ______ . Compared with those who did not eat quickly, fast-eating men were 84% more likely to be overweight, and women were 100% more likely to В ______ .

Japanese scientists said that there were a number of reasons why eating fast С ______ . They said it could prevent the work of a signalling system which tells your brain to stop eating because your stomach is full. They said: ‘If you eat quickly you basically fill your stomach before the system has a chance to react, so you D _____ .

The researchers also explained that a mechanism that helps make us fat today, developed with evolution and helped people get more food in the periods when they were short of it. The scientists added that the habit of eating fast could be received from one’s parents genes or E ______ .

They said that, if possible, children should be taught to F ______ , and allowed to stop when they felt full up at mealtimes. ‘The advice of our grandmothers about chewing everything 20 times might be true — if you take a bit more time eating, it could have a positive influence on your weight.

  1. just overfill your stomach

  2. could be bad for your weight

  3. have a habit of eating quickly

  4. linked to obesity

  5. eat as slowly as possible

  6. put on weight

  7. learned at a very early age

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

1

7

5

Task 3

Hi-Tech Brings Families Together 

Technology is helping families stay in touch like never before, says a report carried out in the US.

Instead of driving people apart, mobile phones and the Internet are A ____ . The research looked at the differences in technology use between families with children and single adults. It found that traditional families have more hi-tech gadgets in their home В ____ . Several mobile phones were found in 89% of families and 66% had a high-speed Internet connection. The research also found that 58% of families have more С ____ .

Many people use their mobile phone to keep in touch and communicate with parents and children. Seventy percent of couples, D ____ , use it every day to chat or say hello. In addition, it was found that 42% of parents contact their children via their mobile every day.

The growing use of mobile phones, computers and the Internet means that families no longer gather round the TV to spend time together. 25% of those who took part in the report said they now spend less time E ____ . Only 58% of 18—29 year olds said they watched TV every day. Instead the research found that 52% of Internet users who live with their families go online F ____ several times a week and 51% of parents browse the web with their children.

Some analysts have worried that new technologies hurt families, but we see that technology allows for new kinds of connectedness built around cell phones and the Internet/ said the report.

  1. than any other group

  2. watching television

  3. in the company of someone else

  4. than two computers in the home

  5. communicated with their families

  6. helping them communicate

  7. owning a mobile

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

4

7

2

3

Task 4

The Power of ‘Hello’ 

I work at a company where there are hundreds of employees. I know most of them and almost all of them know me. It is all based on one simple principle: I believe every single person deserves to be acknowledged, A ______ .

When I was about 10 years old, I was walking down the street with my mother. She stopped to speak to Mr. Lee. I knew I could see Mr. Lee any time around the neighborhood, В ______ .

After we passed Mr. Lee, my mother said something that has stuck with me from that day until now. She said, ‘You let that be the last time you ever walk by somebody and not open up your mouth to speak, because even a dog can wag its tail С______ . That phrase sounds simple, but it has been a guidepost for me and the foundation of who I am. I started to see that when I spoke to someone, they spoke back. And that felt good. It is not just something I believe in — D ______ . I believe that every person deserves to feel someone acknowledges their presence, no matter how unimportant they may be.

At work, I always used to say ‘hello’ to the founder of the company and ask him how our business was doing. But I was also speaking to the people in the cafe, and asked how their children were doing. I remembered after a few years of passing by the founder, I had the courage to ask him for a meeting. We had a great talk.

At a certain point, I asked him E ______ . He said, ‘If you want to, you can get all the way to this seat.’ I have become vice president, but that has not changed the way I approach people. I speak to everyone I see, no matter where I am. I have learned that speaking to people creates a pathway into their world, F ______ .

  1. it has become a way of life.

  2. when it passes you on the street.

  3. when you see him and talk to him.

  4. and it lets them come into mine, too.

  5. so I did not pay any attention to him.

  6. however small or simple the greeting is.

  7. how far he thought I could go in his company.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

2

1

7

4

Task 5

Friendship and Love

 A strong friendship takes a significant amount of time to develop. It will not just magically mature overnight. A friendship involves committing oneself to help another person A ______ . I believe that, nothing can replace a true friend, not material objects, or money, and definitely not a boy.

I met this guy a couple summers ago who I ended up spending almost all of my free time with. His parents did not approve of our dating because of our age difference, В ______ . He had told me the day we met that he had joined the air force and would leave for overseas that coming October. After three months had past, the time came when he had to leave. This left me feeling completely alone.

I turned to my friends for support, but to my surprise, С ______ . I had spent so much time with this guy and so little time with them, that they did not feel sorry for me when he left. For so long they had become the only constant in my life, and I had taken them for granted over something D ______ .

When my boyfriend came back, our relationship changed. I tried to fix all the aspects in my life that had gone so wrong in the previous six months.

This experience taught me that true friendships will only survive if one puts forth effort to make them last. Keeping friends close will guarantee that E ______ . When a relationship falls apart, a friend will always do everything in their power to make everything less painful. As for me, I try to keep my friends as close as I can. I know they will always support me in whatever I do, and to them, I F ______ .

  1. but we did anyway.

  2. whenever a need arises.

  3. they did not really care.

  4. whenever they need your help.

  5. could not guarantee would even last.

  6. am eternally grateful for a second chance.

  7. someone will always have a shoulder to cry on.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

1

3

5

7

6

Task 6

Mobile phones

 On New Year’s Day, 1985, Michael Harrison phoned his father, Sir Ernest, to wish him a happy new year. Sir Ernest was chairman of Racal Electronics, the owner of Vodafone, A ______ .

At the time, mobile phones weighed almost a kilogram, cost several thousand pounds and provided only 20 minutes talktime. The networks themselves were small; Vodafone had just a dozen masts covering London. Nobody had any idea of the huge potential of wireless communication and the dramatic impact В ______ .

Hardly anyone believed there would come a day when mobile phones were so popular С ______ .But in 1999 one mobile phone was sold in the UK every four seconds, and by 2004 there were more mobile phones in the UK than people. The boom was a result of increased competition which pushed prices lower and created innovations in the way that mobiles were sold.

When the government introduced more competition, companies started cutting prices to attract more customers. Cellnet, for example, changed its prices, D ______ . It also introduced local call tariffs.

The way that handsets themselves were marketed was also changing and it was Finland’s Nokia who made E ______ . In the late 1990s Nokia realized that the mobile phone was a fashion item: so it offered interchangeable covers which allowed you to customize and personalize your handset.

The mobile phone industry has spent the later part of the past decade reducing its monthly charge F ______ , which has culminated in the fight between the iPhone and a succession of touch screen rivals.

  1. trying to persuade people to do more with their phones than just call and text

  2. that there would be more phones in the UK than there are people

  3. and relying instead on actual call charges

  4. that mobile phones would have over the next quarter century

  5. the leap from phones as technology to phones as fashion items

  6. and his son was making the first-ever mobile phone call in the UK

  7. the move to digital technology, connecting machines to wireless networks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

2

1

5

3

Task 7

London Zoo

 London Zoo is one of the most important zoos in the world. There are over 12,000 animals at London Zoo and A ______ ! Its main concern is to breed threatened animals in captivity. This means we might be able to restock the wild, should disaster ever befall the wild population.

Partula Snail, Red Crowned Crane, Arabian Oryx, Golden Lion Tamarin, Persian Leopard, Asiatic Lion and Sumatran Tiger are just some of the species London Zoo is helping to save.

That is why it is so important that we fight to preserve the habitats that these animals live in, as well as eliminate other dangers В ______ . But we aim to make your day at London Zoo a fun and memorable time, С ______ .

In the Ambika Paul Children’s Zoo, for instance, youngsters can learn a new love and appreciation for animals D ______ . They can also learn how to care for favourite pets in the Pet Care Centre.

Then there are numerous special Highlight events E ______ unforgettable pony rides to feeding times and spectacular animal displays. You will get to meet keepers and ask them what you are interested in about the animals they care for, F ______ .

Whatever you decide, you will have a great day. We have left no stone unturned to make sure you do!

  1. such as hunting exotic animals and selling furs

  2. as well as the ins and outs of being a keeper at London Zoo

  3. which take place every day, from

  4. because they see and touch them close up

  5. despite the serious side to our work

  6. which demand much time and effort

  7. that is not counting every ant in the colony

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

1

5

4

3

2

Task 8

‘Second Stonehenge’ discovered near original

 Archaeologists have discovered evidence of what they believe was a second Stonehenge located a little more than a mile away from the world-famous prehistoric monument.

The new find on the west bank of the river Avon has been called «Bluestonehenge», after the colour of the 25 Welsh stones of A______.

Excavations at the site have suggested there was once a stone circle 10 metres in diameter and surrounded by a henge — a ditch with an external bank, according to the project director, Professor Mike Parker Pearson, of the University of Sheffield.

The stones at the site were removed thousands of years ago but the sizes of the holes in B ______ indicate that this was a circle of bluestones, brought from the Preseli mountains of Wales, 150 miles away.

The standing stones marked the end of the avenue C _____, a 1¾-mile long processional route constructed at the end of the Stone Age. The outer henge around the stones was built about 2400BC but arrowheads found in the stone circle indicate the stones were put up as much as 500 years earlier.

Parker Pearson said his team was waiting for results of radiocarbon dating D _____ whether stones currently in the inner circle of Stonehenge were originally located at the other riverside construction.

Pearson said: «The big, big question is when these stones were erected and when they were removed — and when we get the dating evidence we can answer both those questions.»

He added: «We speculated in the past E ______ at the end of the avenue near the river. But we were completely unprepared to discover that there was an entire stone circle. Another team member, Professor Julian Thomas, said the discovery indicated F______was central to the religious lives of the people who built Stonehenge. «Old theories about Stonehenge that do not explain the evident significance of the river will have to be rethought,» he said. Dr Josh Pollard, project co-director from the University of Bristol, described the discovery as «incredible».

  1. which could reveal

  2. which they stood

  3. which it was once made up

  4. that this stretch of the river Avon

  5. that there might have been something

  6. that it should be considered as integral part

  7. that leads from the river Avon to Stonehenge

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

2

7

1

5

4

Task 9

Australia

 Australia was the last great landmass to be discovered by the Europeans. The continent they eventually discovered had already been inhabited for tens of thousands of years.

Australia is an island continent A _____ is the result of gradual changes wrought over millions of years.

B ____, Australia is one of the most stable land masses, and for about 100 million years has been free of the forces that have given rise to huge mountain ranges elsewhere.

From the east coast a narrow, fertile strip merges into the greatly eroded Great Dividing Range, C ____.

The mountains are merely reminders of the mighty range, D ____. Only in the section straddling the New South Wales border with Victoria and in Tasmania, are they high enough to have winter snow.

West of the range of the country becomes increasingly flat and dry. The endless flatness is broken only by salt lakes, occasional mysterious protuberances and some mountains E ____. In places the scant vegetation is sufficient to allow some grazing. However, much of the Australian outback is a barren land of harsh stone deserts and dry lakes.

The extreme north of Australia, the Top End, is a tropical area within the monsoon belt. F ____, it comes in more or less one short, sharp burst. This has prevented the Top End from becoming seriously productive area.

  1. that once stood here

  2. that is almost continent long

  3. whose property is situated to the north of Tasmania

  4. whose landscape — much of bleak and inhospitable

  5. whose beauty reminds of the MacDonald Ranges

  6. Although its annual rainfall looks adequate on paper

  7. Although there is still seismic activity in the eastern highland area

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

2

1

5

6

Task 10

Scotland Yard

 Scotland Yard is the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police in London. To most people, its name immediately brings to mind the picture of a detective — cool, efficient, ready to track down any criminal, or a helmeted police constable — A____ and trusty helper of every traveller from overseas.

Scotland Yard is situated on the Thames Embankment close to the Houses of Parliament and the familiar clock tower of Big Ben, and its jurisdiction extends over 740 square miles with the exception of the ancient City of London, B____.

One of the most successful developments in Scotland Yard’s crime detection and emergency service has been the “999 system”. On receipt of a call the 999 Room operator ascertains by electronic device the position of the nearest available police car, C ____. Almost instantly a message is also sent by teleprinter to the police station concerned so that within seconds of a call for assistance being received, a police car is on its way to the scene. An old-established section of the Metropolitan police is the Mounted Branch, with its strength of about 200 horses stabled at strategic points. These horses are particularly suited to ceremonial occasions, D ____.

An interesting branch of Scotland Yard is the branch of Police Dogs, first used as an experiment in 1939. Now these dogs are an important part of the Force. One dog, for example, can search a warehouse in ten minutes, E ____.

There is also the River Police, or Thames Division, which deals with all crimes occurring within its river boundaries.

There are two other departments of Scotland Yard – the Witness Room (known as the Rogues’ Gallery) where a photographic record of known and suspected criminals is kept, and the Museum, F ____.

  1. which is contacted by radio

  2. that familiar figure of the London scene

  3. for they are accustomed to military bands

  4. which possesses its own separate police force

  5. which contains murder relics and forgery exhibits

  6. that this policeman will bring the criminal to justice

  7. whereas the same search would take six men an hour

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

4

1

3

7

5

Task 11

Harry Potter course for university students 

Students of Durham University are being given the chance to sign up to what is thought to be the UK’s first course focusing on the world of Harry Potter. Although every English-speaking person in the world knows about Harry Potter books and films, few have thought of using them as a guide to … modern life.

The Durham University module uses the works of JK Rowling A ______ modern society. “Harry Potter and the Age of Illusion” will be available for study next year. So far about 80 undergraduates have signed В ______ a BA degree in Education Studies. Future educationalists will analyse JK Rowling’s fanfiction from various points of view.

A university spokesman said: “This module places the Harry Potter novels in a wider social and cultural context.” He added that a number of themes would be explored, С ______ the classroom, bullying, friendship and solidarity and the ideals of and good citizenship.

The module was created by the head of the Department of Education at Durham University. He said the idea for the new module had appeared in response D ______ body: “It seeks to place the series in its wider social and cultural context and will explore some fundamental issues E ______ . You just need to read the academic writing which started F ______ that Harry Potter is worthy of serious study.”

  1. up for the optional module, part of

  2. to emerge four or five years ago to see

  3. to examine prejudice, citizenship and bullying in

  4. such as the response of the writer

  5. including the world of rituals, prejudice and intolerance in

  6. to growing demand from the student

  7. such as the moral universe of the school

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

1

5

6

7

2

Task 12

Laughing and evolution

 The first hoots of laughter from an ancient ancestor of humans could be heard at least 10 million years ago, according to the results of a new study. Researchers used recordings of apes and babies being tickled A ______ to the last common ancestor that humans shared with the modern great apes, which include chimpanzees, gorillas and orangutans.

The finding challenges the opinion В ______ , suggesting instead that it emerged long before humans split from the evolutionary path that led to our primate cousins, between 10m and 16m years ago.

“In humans, laughing can be the strongest way of expressing how much we are enjoying ourselves, but it can also be used in other contexts, like making fun of someone,” said Marina Davila Ross, a psychologist at Portsmouth University. “I was interested in С ______ .”

Davila Ross travelled to seven zoos around Europe and visited a wildlife reserve in Sabah, Borneo, to record baby and juvenile apes D ______ . Great apes are known to make noises that are similar to laughter when they are excited and while they are playing with each other.

Davila Ross collected recordings of laughter from 21 chimps, gorillas, orangutans and bonobos and added recordings of three babies that were tickled to make them laugh.

To analyze the recordings, the team put them into a computer program. “Our evolutionary tree based on these acoustic recordings alone showed E ______ , but furthest from orangutans, with gorillas somewhere in the middle.” said Davila Ross. “What this shows is strong evidence to suggest F ______ .”

  1. whether laughing emerged earlier on than humans did

  2. to create the evolutionary tree linking humans and apes

  3. that laughter is a uniquely human trait

  4. that humans were closest to chimps and bonobos

  5. that laughing comes from a common primate ancestor

  6. while their caretakers tickled them

  7. to trace the origin of laughter back

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

3

1

6

4

5

Task 13

Nenets culture affected by global warming

 For 1,000 years the indigenous Nenets people have migrated along the 450-mile- long Yamal peninsula in northern Russia. In summer they wander northwards, taking their reindeer with them. In winter they return southwards.

But this remote region of north-west Siberia is now being affected by global warming. Traditionally the Nenets travel across the frozen River Ob in November A ___ around Nadym. These days, though, this annual winter migration is delayed. Last year the Nenets, together with many thousands of reindeer, had to wait until late December В ____ .

“Our reindeer were hungry. There wasn’t enough food,” Jakov Japtik, a Nenets reindeer herder, said. “The snow is melting sooner, quicker and faster than before. In spring it’s difficult for the reindeer to pull the sledges. They get tired,” Japtik said.

Herders say that the peninsula’s weather is increasingly unpredictable — with unseasonal snowstorms  С ___, and milder longer autumns. In winter, temperatures used to go down to -50°C. Now they are normally around -30°C, according to Japtik. “Obviously we prefer -30°C. But the changes aren’t good for the reindeer D ___,” he said, setting off on his sledge to round up his reindeer herd.

Even here, in one of the most remote parts of the planet, E __ . Last year the Nenets arrived at a regular summer camping spot and discovered that half of their lake had disappeared. The water had drained away after a landslide. The Nenets report other curious changes — there are fewer mosquitoes and a strange increase in flies. Scientists say there is unmistakable evidence F ___ .

  1. when the ice was finally thick enough to cross

  2. that the impact on Russia would be disastrous

  3. the environment is under pressure

  4. and in the end what is good for the reindeer is good for us

  5. and set up their camps in the southern forests

  6. that Yamal’s ancient permafrost is melting

  7. when the reindeer give birth in May

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

1

7

4

3

6

Task 14

Duration of life and its social implications

The world’s population is about to reach a landmark of huge social and economic importance, when the proportion of the global population over 65 outnumbers children under 5 for the first time. A new report by the US census bureau shows A____ , with enormous consequences for both rich and poor nations.

The rate of growth will shoot up in the next couple of years. The В ___ a combination of the high birth rates after the Second World War and more recent improvements in health that are bringing down death rates at older ages. Separate UN forecasts predict that the global population will be more than nine billion by 2050.

The US census bureau was the first to sound the С ___ . Its latest forecasts warn governments and international bodies that this change in population structure will bring widespread challenges at every level of human organization, starting with the structure of the family, which will be transformed as people live longer. This will in turn place new burdens on careers and social services providers, D ___ for health services and pensions systems.

“People are living longer and, in some parts of the world, healthier lives,” the authors conclude. “This represents one of the greatest achievements of the last century but also a significant challenge E ___ population.”

Ageing will put pressure on societies at all levels. One way of measuring that is to look at the older dependency ratio, F ___ that must be supported by them. The ODR is the number of people aged 65 and over for every 100 people aged 20 to 64. It varies widely, from just six in Kenya to 33 in Italy and Japan. The UK has an ODR of 26, and the US has 21.

  1. which recently replaced Italy as the world’s oldest major country

  2. alarm about these changes

  3. a huge shift towards an ageing population

  4. change is due to

  5. while patterns of work and retirement will have huge implications

  6. which shows the balance between working-age people and the older

  7. as proportions of older people increase in most countries

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

2

5

7

6

Task 15

Elephants sense ‘danger’ clothes

 St Andrews University researchers discovered that elephants could recognise the degree of danger posed by various groups of individuals. The study found that African elephants always reacted with fear A ______ previously worn by men of the Maasai tribe. They are known to demonstrate their courage by В ______ .

The elephants also responded aggressively to red clothing, which defines traditional Maasai dress.

However, the elephants showed a much milder reaction to clothing previously worn by the Kamba people, С ______ and pose little threat.

The researchers first presented elephants with clean, red clothing and with red clothing that had been worn for five days by D ______ .

They revealed that Maasai-smelt clothing motivated elephants to travel significantly faster in the first minute after they moved away.

They then investigated whether elephants could also use the colour of clothing as a cue to classify a potential threat and found the elephants reacted with aggression E ______ . This suggested that they associated the colour red with the Maasai.

The researchers believe the distinction in the elephants’ emotional reaction to smell and colour might be explained by F ______ . They might be able to distinguish among different human groups according to the level of risk they posed.

«We regard this experiment as just a start to investigating precisely how elephants ‘see the world’, and it may be that their abilities will turn out to equal or exceed those of our closer relatives, the monkeys and apes,» researchers added.

  1. either a Maasai or a Kamba man

  2. who do not hunt elephants

  3. when they detected the smell of clothes

  4. who carried out the research

  5. the amount of risk they sense

  6. spearing elephants

  7. when they spotted red but not white cloth

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

1

7

5

Task 16

Culture and customs

 In less than twenty years, the mobile telephone has gone from being rare, expensive equipment of the business elite to a pervasive, low-cost personal item. In many countries, mobile telephones A ___ ; in the U.S., 50 per cent of children have mobile telephones. In many young adults’ households it has supplanted the land-line telephone. The mobile phone is В ___ , such as North Korea.

Paul Levinson in his 2004 book Cellphone argues that by looking back through history we can find many precursors to the idea of people simultaneously walking and talking on a mobile phone. Mobile phones are the next extension in portable media, that now can be С ___ into one device. Levinson highlights that as the only mammal to use only two out of our four limbs to walk, we are left two hands free D ___ — like talking on a mobile phone.

Levinson writes that “Intelligence and inventiveness, applied to our need to communicate regardless of where we may be, led logically and eventually to telephones that we E ___ .”

Given the high levels of societal mobile telephone service penetration, it is a key means for people F ___ . The SMS feature spawned the «texting» sub-culture. In December 1993, the first person-to-person SMS text message was transmitted in Finland. Currently, texting is the most widely-used data service; 1.8 billion users generated $80 billion of revenue in 2006.

  1. to perform other actions

  2. outnumber traditional telephones

  3. to communicate with each other

  4. combined with the Internet

  5. to serve basic needs

  6. banned in some countries

  7. carry in our pockets

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

4

1

7

5

Task 17

My Stage

 My family moved to Rockaway, New Jersey in the summer of 1978. It was there that my dreams of stardom began.

I was nine years old. Heather Lambrix lived next door, and she and I became best friends. I thought she was so lucky A ___ . She took tap and jazz and got to wear cool costumes with bright sequences and makeup and perform on stage. I went to all of her recitals and В ___ .

My living room and sometimes the garage were my stage. I belonged to a cast of four, which consisted of Heather, my two younger sisters, Lisa and Faith, and I. Since I was the oldest and the bossiest, I was the director. Heather came with her own costumes С ___ . We choreographed most of our dance numbers as we went along. Poor Faith … we would throw her around D ___ . She was only about four or five … and so agile. We danced around in our bathing suits to audiocassettes and records from all the Broadway musicals. We’d put a small piece of plywood on the living room carpet, E ___ . And I would imitate her in my sneakers on the linoleum in the hall. I was a dancer in the making.

My dad eventually converted a part of our basement into a small theater. He hung two “spotlights” and a sheet for a curtain. We performed dance numbers to tunes like “One” and “The Music and the Mirror” from A Chorus Line. I sang all the songs from Annie. I loved to sing, F ___. I just loved to sing. So I belted out songs like “Tomorrow”, “Maybe” and “What I Did For Love.” I knew then, this is what I wanted to do with my life.

  1. like she was a rag doll

  2. whether I was good at it or not

  3. wished I, too, could be on stage

  4. and I designed the rest

  5. and I was star struck

  6. so Heather could do her tap routine

  7. because she got to go to dance lessons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

3

4

1

6

2

Task 18

Cat’s punctuality

 Sergeant Podge, a Norwegian Forest Cat, disappears from his owner’s home in a small town in Kent, every night. But what baffles his owner, Liz Bullard, mostly is the fact that the next morning, the 12-year-old cat always pops up in exactly the same place, A ___ . And every morning Ms. Bullard takes her son to school before collecting Sergeant Podge.

She said that the routine had set in earlier this year, when Sergeant Podge disappeared one day. Ms. Bullard spent hours telephoning her neighbours В ___ .

An elderly woman living about one and a half miles away called back to inform Ms. Bullard that she had found a cat matching Sergeant Podge’s description. Ms. Bullard picked him up but within days he vanished from sight again. She rang the elderly woman С ___ .

She said a routine has now become established, where each morning she takes her son to school before driving to collect Sergeant Podge D ___ .

It is thought Sergeant Podge walks across a golf course every night to reach his destination.

Ms. Bullard said: “If it’s raining he may be in the bush but he comes running if I clap my hands.” All she has to do is open the car passenger door from the inside for Sergeant Podge to jump in.

Ms. Bullard also makes the trip at weekends and during school holidays — E ___ .

She does not know why, after 12 years, Sergeant Podge has begun the routine but explained that another woman who lived nearby used to feed him sardines, and that he may be F ___ .

His owner doesn’t mind his wandering off at night as long as she knows where to collect him.

  1. on the look-out for more treats

  2. from the pavement between 0800 and 0815 GMT

  3. to discover Sergeant Podge was back outside her home

  4. on a pavement about one and a half miles (2.4km) away

  5. to identify if anyone had bumped into him

  6. when her son is having a lie-in

  7. collected by car every morning

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

5

3

2

6

1

Task 19

Do you speak English?

When I arrived in England I thought I knew English. After I’d been here an hour I realized that I did not understand one word. In the first week I picked up a tolerable working knowledge of the language and the next seven years convinced me gradually but thoroughly that I A ______ , let alone perfectly. This is sad. My only consolation being that nobody speaks English perfectly.

Remember that those five hundred words an average Englishman uses are B ______ . You may learn another five hundred and another five thousand and yet another fifty thousand and still you may come across a further fifty thousand C ______ .

If you live here long enough you will find out to your greatest amazement that the adjective nice is not the only adjective the language possesses, in spite of the fact that D ______ . You can say that the weather is nice, a restaurant is nice, Mr. Soandso is nice, Mrs. Soandso’s clothes are nice, you had a nice time, E ______ .

Then you have to decide on your accent. The easiest way to give the impression of having a good accent or no foreign accent at all is to hold an unlit pipe in your mouth, to mutter between your teeth and finish all your sentences with the question: “isn’t it?” People will not understand much, but they are accustomed to that and they will get a F ______ .

  1. whatever it costs

  2. most excellent impression

  3. you have never heard of before, and nobody else either

  4. in the first three years you do not need to learn or use any other adjectives

  5. would never know it really well

  6. far from being the whole vocabulary of the language

  7. and all this

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

6

3

4

7

2

Task 20

Before the Hubble Space Telescope was launched, scientists thought they knew the universe. They were wrong.

The Hubble Space Telescope has changed many scientists’ view of the universe. The telescope is named after American astronomer Edwin Hubble, A ______ .

He established that many galaxies exist and developed the first system for their classifications.

In many ways, Hubble is like any other telescope. It simply gathers light. It is roughly the size of a large school bus. What makes Hubble special is not what it is, B ______ .

Hubble was launched in 1990 from the “Discovery” space shuttle and it is about 350 miles above our planet, C ______ .

It is far from the glare of city lights, it doesn’t have to look through the air, D ______ .

And what a view it is! Hubble is so powerful it could spot a fly on the moon. Yet in an average orbit, it uses the same amount of energy as 28100-watt light bulbs. Hubble pictures require no film. The telescope takes digital images E ______ .

Hubble has snapped photos of storms on Saturn and exploding stars. Hubble doesn’t just focus on our solar system. It also peers into our galaxy and beyond. Many Hubble photos show the stars that make up the Milky Way galaxy. A galaxy is a city of stars.

Hubble cannot take pictures of the sun or other very bright objects, because doing so could “fry” the telescope’s instruments, but it can detect infrared and ultra violet light F ______ .

Some of the sights of our solar system that Hubble has glimpsed may even change the number of planets in it.

  1. which is above Earth’s atmosphere.

  2. which are transmitted to scientists on Earth.

  3. which is invisible to the human eye.

  4. who calculated the speed at which galaxies move.

  5. so it has a clear view of space.

  6. because many stars are in clouds of gas.

  7. but where it is.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

1

5

2

3

Task 21

The science of sound, or acoustics, as it is often called, has been made over radically within a comparatively short space of time. Not so long ago the lectures on sound in colleges and high schools dealt chiefly with the vibrations of such things as the air columns in organ pipes. Nowadays, however, thanks chiefly to a number of electronic instruments engineers can study sounds as effectively A ____ . The result has been a new approach to research in sound. Scientists have been able to make far-reaching discoveries in many fields of acoustics B _____ .

Foremost among the instruments that have revolutionized the study of acoustics are electronic sound-level meters also known as sound meters and sound-intensity meters. These are effective devices that first convert sound waves into weak electric signals, then amplify the signals through electronic means C ______ . The intensity of a sound is measured in units called decibels. “Zero” sound is the faintest sound D ______ . The decibel measures the ratio of the intensity of a given sound to the standard “zero” sound. The decibel scale ranges from 0 to 130. An intensity of 130 decibels is perceived not only as a sound, but also E ______ . The normal range of painlessly audible sounds for the average human ear is about 120 decibels. For forms of life other than ourselves, the range can be quite different.

The ordinary sound meter measures the intensity of a given sound, rather than its actual loudness. Under most conditions, however, it is a quite good indicator of loudness. Probably the loudest known noise ever heard by human ears was that of the explosive eruption in August, 1883, of the volcano of Krakatoa in the East Indies. No electronic sound meters, of course, were in existence then, but physicists estimate that the sound at its source must have had an intensity of 190 decibels, F ______ .

  1. and finally measure them.

  2. since it was heard 3,000 miles away.

  3. and they have been able to put many of these discoveries to practical use.

  4. that loud sound is of high intensity.

  5. as they study mechanical forces.

  6. as a painful sensation in the ear.

  7. that the unaided human ear can detect.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

3

1

7

6

2

Task 22

Chocolate 

Chocolate is made from a number of raw and processed foods produced from the seeds of tropical cacao trees. Cacao has been cultivated in A ______ at least 3000 years. For most of this time it was made into a drink called, in translation — “bitter water”. This is because В ______ to be fermented to develop a palatable flavour. After fermentation the beans are dried and roasted and the shell is removed to produce cacao nibs. These are then ground and liquefied into chocolate liquor. The liquor is then processed into cocoa solids or cocoa butter. Pure chocolate contains primarily cocoa solids and butter in different proportions. Much of С ______ with added sugar. Milk chocolate is sweetened chocolate that additionally contains either milk powder or condensed milk. White chocolate on the other D ______ is therefore not a true chocolate. Chocolate contains theobromine and phenethylamine which have physiological effects on the body. It is similar to serotonin levels in the brain. Scientists claim E ______ , can lower blood pressure. Recently, dark chocolate has also been promoted for its health benefits. But pet owners should remember that the presence of theobromine makes it toxic to cats and dogs. Chocolate is now one F______ , although 16 of the top 20 chocolate consuming countries are in Europe. Also interesting is that 66% of world chocolate is consumed between meals.

  1. the chocolate consumed today is made

  2. that chocolate, eaten in moderation

  3. central and southern America for

  4. of the world’s most popular flavours

  5. hand contains no cocoa solids and

  6. cacao seeds are intensely bitter and have

  7. many countries worldwide at

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

1

5

2

4

Task 23

Reality TV

 Reality TV seems to dominate broadcasting these days. But what is it, how did it emerge and why on earth is it so popular? The first question is easily answered. Reality TV A ______ presents unscripted, dramatic or humorous situations or events. It can involve celebrities В ______ of the public. Reality TV has been gradually growing in importance for over 60 years. “Candid Camera” — the show that filmed ordinary people reacting to set ups and pranks — started in 1948. Some people, however, believe it was the Japanese with their awful shows in the 1980s and 90s that brought reality TV to centre stage. Others believe С ______ that is called “Big Brother” was the show that spawned the reality TV age. But why are the shows so popular? Different theories come to life. Some believe that it is D ______ we like to watch horrible behaviour: the same instinct that once inspired the ancient Romans to go and watch gladiators destroy each other at the Coliseum. Others suggest a kind of voyeurism is involved there — an unhealthy curiosity to spy on other people’s lives.

Whatever the real reason — the trend seems to have already peaked. A lot of such shows E ______ or are expected to go in the near future. And the replacement seems to be talents shows — watching competitions in dance, singing and general entertainment. Does it mean that people are changing? It is too early to say. Most agree that these F ______ .

  1. due to basic human instinct that

  2. is still early to judge

  3. are simply the cycles of fashion

  4. but more usually the stars are members

  5. that the television phenomenon

  6. is a type of programme that

  7. seem to have disappeared

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

5

1

7

3

Task 24

Mikhail Lomonosov and Moscow State University

 Mikhail Lomonosov was one of the intellectual titans of XVIII century. His interests ranged from history, rhetoric, art and poetry A ______ . Alexander Pushkin described him as В ______ , whose lifelong passion was learning.

Lomonosov’s activity is a manifestation of the enormous potential of the Russian scientific community. Peter I reformed Russia, which allowed the country to reach the standard of С ______ many spheres. Great importance was placed on education. St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, founded by Peter I, established a university and a grammar school to educate intellectuals and researchers the country needed; however, these educational establishments could not fulfill the task they took on. It was Michail Lomonosov D ______ of establishing a university in Moscow. An influential courtier and the E ______ Count Shuvalov supported Lomonosov’s plans for a new university and presented them to the Empress.

In 1755, on 25 January-St. Tatiana’s Day according to the Russian Orthodox Church calendar — Elizaveta signed the decree that a university should be founded in Moscow. The opening ceremony took place on 26 April, when Elizaveta’s coronation day was celebrated. Since 1755 25 January and 26 April F ______ Moscow University; the annual conference where students present the results of their research work is traditionally held in April.

  1. who suggested in his letter to Count Shuvalov the idea

  2. to mechanics, chemistry and mineralogy

  3. a person of formidable willpower and keen scientific mind

  4. favourite of Empress Elizaveta Petrovna, the patron of arts and science

  5. the contemporary European powers in

  6. are marked by special events and festivities at

  7. famous among all educated people

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

3

5

1

4

6

Task 25

Window Shopping

 The day would be spent with my best friends Kath and Kate. We are actually three Catherines (by birth spelt with a C), A______ we are all K’s: Kat (that’s me), Kath and Kate — the 3K Window Shopping gang!

Window shopping is simply wonderful. You can look at any outfit. You can try on В ______ not a single item on sale for which the price is a problem. You will try something on, ponder, pout, twirl, think hard, check yourself in the mirror one last time and finally reflect С ______ right for you! The highlight of this regular adventure however, is generally the 3K chocolate and ice cream break in the Shopping Centre’s top floor cafii Of course we do not believe that we are wasting anyone’s time. We do D ______ as well, but a reliable equation for us is — 3Ks + shopping mall = a good time.

But E ______ out to be especially memorable. One of the stores had a questionnaire lottery with the first prize being a voucher worth £200. We filled in the question forms while in the cafiiand returned to the store by their 2.00pm deadline. Kate won the first prize but we had decided in advance that if any of us won something, we would share equally: All for one К and one for all! At this point our morning of window shopping paid off. We completed F ______ slightly less than 10 minutes: three skirts, three hats and three belts and three very OK, K’s.

  1. not like to spend our time

  2. that it’s probably not quite

  3. that particular day turned

  4. our real shopping in

  5. sometimes go shopping for real

  6. anything you want and there is

  7. but when we are together

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

6

2

5

3

4

Task 26

The Hotel

 “Have you stayed with us before sir?” asked the receptionist. His accent sounded middle-European; Czech possibly or Polish. Actually I hadn’t stayed at this particular hotel before A ______ to many others from the same chain that I had stayed at. “No — first time” I replied with unnecessary brevity. The thing is I always feel В ______ rather than treated as an individual. Every word that I was about to hear, I had heard before — delivered no doubt from the depths of a tourism and hospitality course. “Welcome to Newcastle sir. Is this your first visit to our city? Can I trouble you to complete this form? Actually the first two lines and the signature at the bottom will do. Would you like С ______ , Sir? This will automatically unlock room facilities like mini-bar and telephone and any other extras you may require. Can I see your passport sir?” The questions and information D ______ responses were actually required and I handed over my passport, credit card and partly filled out form. I was tempted to write under name and address “Donald Duck, Duck Towers, Disney Street” — E ______ ever read the form again. But being a creature of habit I wrote my real name and address. While my card was being processed I looked across the reception area through the wall height windows to the beautiful River Tyne. A wave of nostalgia came over me. It was good to be back. I found myself thinking about her again and wondering F ______ a voice broke in: “It’s a plastic key card sir. You also need it to activate the lift and when you get to your room, plug it into the switch on the left as you open the door. It will automatically supply electricity to the room. Any help with your baggage? No? Then enjoy your stay”. The accomplished young Pole smiled as he delivered the final command and duly processed, I proceeded to the card activated lift.

  1. me to take a print of your credit card

  2. points poured out smoothly, no verbal

  3. if I would even see her when

  4. although it seemed virtually identical

  5. so sure was I that nobody would

  6. me to help you with your luggage

  7. as if I am being processed like a product

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

1

2

5

3

5

Task 27

Lindsay Wildlife Museum

 Lindsay Wildlife Museum is a unique natural history and environmental education centre where visitors can listen to the cry of a red-tailed hawk, go eye-to-eye with a grey fox and watch a bald eagle eat lunch. More than fifty species of native California animals are on exhibit here.

 Thousands of school children learn about the natural environment in their classrooms A ____ of the museum. Nature- and science- oriented classes and trips are offered for adults and children. More than 600 volunteers help to feed and care for wild animals, В _____. Volunteers are active in the museum’s work, contributing С ____.

 The museum was founded by a local businessman, Alexander Lindsay. Sandy, as friends knew him, started teaching neighborhood children about nature in the early 1950s. Initially housed in an elementary school, the museum began offering school-aged children summer classes, D ____.

 After nearly a decade of the museum operation, it became apparent E ____. With a new 5,000 square-foot home, the museum could now develop and display a permanent collection of live, native wildlife and natural history objects. People came to the museum for help with wild animals F ___ urban growth. In response, a formal wildlife rehabilitation programme — the first of its kind in the United States of America — began in 1970.

  1. that a permanent, year-round site was necessary

  2. as well as field trips focused on the natural world

  3. many hours of service to wildlife care and fundraising

  4. that had been injured or orphaned because of intense

  5. that needed public attention and a new building

  6. as well as teach children and adults about nature

  7. through education programmes and on-site tours

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

6

3

2

1

4

Task 28

America’s fun place on America’s main street

 If any city were considered a part of every citizen in the United States, it would be Washington, DC. To many, the Old Post Office Pavilion serves A ____. If you are in the area, be a part of it all by visiting us — or В ____. Doing so will keep you aware of the latest musical events, great happenings and international dining, to say the least.

Originally built in 1899, the Old Post Office Pavilion embodied the modern spirit С ____. Today, our architecture and spirit of innovation continues to evolve and thrive. And, thanks to forward-thinking people, you can now stroll through the Old Post Office Pavilion and experience both D ____ with international food, eclectic shopping and musical events. All designed to entertain lunch, mid-day and after work audiences all week long.

A highlight of the Old Post Office Pavilion is its 315-foot Clock Tower. Offering a breath-taking view of the city, National Park Service Rangers give free Clock Tower tours every day! Individuals and large tour groups are all welcome. The Old Post Office Clock Tower also proudly houses the official United States Bells of Congress, a gift from England E ____. The Washington Ringing Society sounds the Bells of Congress every Thursday evening and on special occasions.

Visit the Old Post Office Pavilion, right on Pennsylvania Avenue between the White House and the Capitol. It is a great opportunity F ____, this is a landmark not to be missed no matter your age.

  1. that are offered to the visitors

  2. its glamorous past and fun-filled present

  3. as a landmark reminder of wonderful experiences

  4. by joining our e-community

  5. that was sweeping the country

  6. celebrating the end of the Revolutionary War

  7. to learn more about American history

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

5

2

6

7

Task 29

Number of teenagers with Saturday job drops

 The number of teenagers with Saturday jobs has dropped. Young people do not acquire any experience for their CVs — a crucial step towards getting full-time work. The proportion of teenagers combining part-time jobs with school or college has slumped from 40% in the 1990s to around 20% now, according to the UK Commission for Employment and Skills (UKCES), a government agency. Latest figures show that only A ____ in 1997.

The trend is not just recession-related, but the result of an increasing expectation В ____ well as a falling number of Saturday jobs, according to the report. Many of the jobs that young people do, such as bar work, are in long-term decline, and are forecast to decline further over the next decade.

«Recruiters place significant emphasis on experience С ____,» the report says. Word of mouth is the most common way to get a job, D _____ young people are unable to build up informal contacts, it adds.

Ms. Todd, a commissioner at the UKCES, said: «There’s more emphasis on doing well at school, young people are finding less time to do what they would have done a few years ago.» «I think it’s also the changing structure of the labour market. Retail is still a big employer, E ____. As a consequence, we need to think about how we get young people the work experience they need.»

A new initiative to send employees into state schools to talk about their careers was also launched recently. The scheme, Inspiring the Future, is meant to give state schoolchildren access to the kind of careers advice that private schools offer. The deputy prime minister said: «The power of making connections F ____ and can be life-changing.»

  1. that it was researching the system of funding education after 16

  2. 260,000 teenagers have a Saturday job compared with 435,000

  3. but young people are leaving education increasingly less experienced

  4. that inspire young people is immeasurable

  5. but an increasing shortage of work experience means

  6. that young people should stay on at school, as

  7. but a lot more of it is being done online

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

3

5

7

4

Task 30

Lots of fun in Cardiff

 As you would expect of a capital city, Cardiff offers a huge choice of exciting sport and entertainment throughout the year.

Every March the city celebrates St. David, Wales’ patron saint, with parades and music. August sees the International Festival of Street Entertainment, with the heart of the city A ____. Family fun days in the parks and at the waterfront are part of this sensational summer scene. Brass and military bands are often to be seen on Cardiff s streets. Between May and October the world’s only seagoing paddle steamer cruises from Cardiff’s seaside resort.

In autumn the fun continues with Cardiff s Festival of the Arts В _____. Music is at the centre of the festival, with international stars С ____. Christmas in Cardiff is full of colour and festivities. The truly spectacular Christmas illuminations have earned Cardiff the title of «Christmas City». And there is entertainment for all the family, D ____.

There is always something happening in Cardiff. The BBC National Orchestra of Wales and Welsh National Opera can both be heard here. Cardiff previews many London «West End» shows E _____.

The city’s range of accommodation facilities is truly impressive, F ____. And with a city as compact as Cardiff there are places to stay in all price brackets.

  1. from international names to family-run guest houses

  2. joining some of Wales’ most talented musicians

  3. having their summer holidays in Cardiff

  4. that usually attract hundreds of theatre lovers

  5. which features music, film, literature and graphics

  6. from pantomimes to Christmas tree celebrations

  7. beating with dance and theatrical performances

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

5

2

6

4

1

Task 31

Changing image

 For more than 200 years Madame Tussaud’s has been attracting tourists from all over the world and it remains just as popular as it ever was. There are many reasons for this enduring success, but at the heart of it all is good, old-fashioned curiosity.

Madame Tussaud’s original concept has entered a brand new era of interactive entertainment A _____. Today’s visitors are sent on a breathtaking journey in black cabs through hundreds of years of the past. They have a unique chance to see the great legends of history, В _____ of politics.

Much of the figure construction technique follows the traditional pattern, beginning whenever possible with the subject С _____ and personal characteristics. The surprising likeliness of the wax portraits also owes much to many stars D _____, either by providing their stage clothes, or simply giving useful advice.

The museum continues constantly to add figures E ____ popularity. The attraction also continues to expand globally with established international branches in New York, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and many other cities. And they all have the same rich mix of interaction, authenticity and local appeal.

The museum provides a stimulating and educational environment for schoolchildren. Its specialists are working together with practicing teachers and educational advisors to create different programmes of activities, F ____.

  1. as well as resources on art, technology and drama

  2. as well as the idols of popular music and the icons

  3. who is sitting to determine exact measurements

  4. ranging from special effects to fully animated figures

  5. ranging from all kinds of souvenirs to sports equipment

  6. that reflect contemporary public opinion and celebrity

  7. who are eager to help in any possible way they can

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

2

3

7

6

1

Task 32

Saturday jobs: memories of weekend working

 Research has shown a sharp fall in the number of teenagers who do Saturday jobs. It seems such a shame — my Saturday job as a kitchen porter was something of a rite of passage. I’ll never forget long hours A _____, scouring grease off huge saucepans and griddles. Working atmosphere there helped me grow a thicker skin, develop quicker banter and, most importantly, taught me the value of hard work. It also resulted in a steady supply of cash, В ____. I’m not the only one who has strong memories of weekend work. DJ Trevor Nelson said everyone should be able to have a Saturday job: «It taught me a lot, С ____.»

The link between the type of Saturday job a celebrity performed and their later career is sometimes obvious. Dragon’s Den star and businessman Peter Jones, for example, showed early promise by starting his own business. «I passed my Lawn Tennis Association coaching exam, D ____,» he explains. «At the start I was coaching other kids, E ____, for which I could charge £25-30 an hour. While my friends on milk rounds were getting £35 a week, I was doing five hours on a Saturday and earning four times as much.»

Skier Chemmy Alcott got a job working for the Good Ski Guide, on the advertising side. «It became clear to me what my personal value to companies could be. It led directly to me finding my head sponsor … and it offered me an eight-year contract. That gave me the financial backing F ____.»

As part of its response to the Saturday job statistics, the UK Commission for Employment and Skills said a lack of early work opportunities makes it harder for young people to acquire experience for their СVs.

  1. and things would be different if everyone was given the chance

  2. which let me know he approved of me

  3. and I persuaded my local club to let me use a court on Saturdays

  4. which I needed to become a professional skier

  5. which I would happily spend as I liked

  6. that I spent in the kitchen of a busy country pub in East Sussex

  7. but soon I got adults wanting to book lessons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

1

3

7

4

Task 33

Orient Express

 In the early 1860s, trains were the preferred way to travel. They weren’t particularly comfortable, however, until American engineer George Mortimer Pullman decided to make trains more luxurious.

By the late 1860s, trains furnished not only sleeping cars, but kitchen and dining facilities, where A _____. This was innovative for the time, and was aimed to encourage people В _____. The first of these Pullman trains in England ran from London to Brighton and used electricity for illumination.

In 1881, another railway entrepreneur, George Nagelmacker, introduced the use of a restaurant car onboard, and the first Orient Express train service was begun. Running from Paris to Romania the route included Strasbourg, Vienna, Budapest and Bucharest.

Thanks to the 12 mile Simplon Tunnel, С _____, the Orient Express expanded, including a route to Istanbul, and the legendary romance of the Orient Express was in full swing.

Everyone in the social register, including royalty, chose to travel on the wheels of that luxury hotel D _____ in wealthy surroundings. Legends, stories, and intrigue surrounded those trips to exotic places, and those famous people E _____.

Unfortunately, during World War II this luxury travel was closed for the most part, and later, after the war, F ____ to start it again. Within the next few years airplane travel became popular, and train passenger service declined.

  1. elegant meals were served to passengers

  2. to use trains for long distance travel and vacations

  3. who rode the train

  4. who wrote about it

  5. which connected Switzerland and Italy

  6. that served dishes and wines

  7. there was no money

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

2

5

6

3

7

Task 34

Arizona’s world class cruise

 Spectacular Canyon Lake is situated in the heart of the Superstition Mountains in Arizona, giving home to the Dolly Steamboat. The Dolly Steamboat, A ____, now cruises the secluded inner waterways of this beautiful lake. It is worth exploring this favourite destination of President Theodore Roosevelt who declared, «The Apache Trail and surrounding area combines the grandeur of the Alps, the glory of the Rockies, the magnificence of the Grand Canyon and then adds something В ____.» You will marvel as you travel up to the national forest, which provides the most inspiring and beautiful panorama С ____. Every trip brings new discoveries of rock formations, geological history, and the flora and fauna distinct to the deserts of Arizona.

Once aboard the Dolly Steamboat, you may view the majestic desert big horn sheep, bald eagles and a host bird of other wildlife, water fowl, D ____. Experience the unique sound harmony that is created by the waters of Canyon Lake. Stretch out and relax at one of the tables or stand next to the railings on the deck. There is plenty of leg room on the Dolly. You will get a unique chance to listen to the captain E ____.

All the passengers are treated with outstanding service and personal attention to every need. Feel free to ask questions, move about and mingle with the crew. So enjoy an unforgettable vacation cruise and see F ____ ,like a ride on Arizona’s Dolly Steamboat.

  1. that nature has ever created in the wild

  2. that none of the others have

  3. hovering over the magnificent lake

  4. who retells the legends of the mysterious past

  5. for yourself why there is nothing quite

  6. who pays much attention to children’s safety

  7. continuing a tradition of cruising since 1925

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

2

1

3

4

5

Task 35

US Congress

 The Congress of the United States of America is an important part of the US federal government.

It is an assembly of elected representatives A ____ but not to select the chief executive of the nation; that individual is elected by the people.

Congress is not a single organization; it is a vast and complex collection of organizations B ____ and through which members of Congress form alliances.

C ____, in which political parties are the only important kind of organization, parties are only one of many important units in Congress.

In fact other organizations have grown in number D ____.

The Democrats and Republicans in the House and the Senate are organized by party leaders, E ____ within the House and Senate. The party structure is essentially the same in the House as in the Senate, though the titles of various posts are different.

But leadership carries more power in the House than in the Senate because of the House rules. F _____, the House must restrict debate and schedule its business with great care; thus leaders who do the scheduling and who determine how the rules shall be applied usually have substantial influence.

  1. as party influence has declined

  2. against the spirit of the Constitution

  3. being so large (435 members)

  4. empowered to make laws

  5. unlike the British Parliament

  6. by which the business of Congress is carried on

  7. who in turn are elected by the full party membership

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

6

5

1

7

3

Task 36

The Trailblazers

 In the early 1800s, the area that would become the western United States was completely undeveloped.

Explorers, hunters, traders, and settlers had to blaze their own trails. A____ to move possessions and supplies became common place.

Manifest Destiny was the belief that Americans had a God-given right to take over the continent. As they moved west, settlers used this policy B_____ to new people and territories.

Trails increased trade opportunities between western and eastern regions, and the U.S. economy prospered C_____ on each other for goods.

To achieve Manifest Destiny, the United States purchased land from other countries or conquered territory D_____ until its borders stretched from coast to coast.

More than one-half million people chose to travel West on trails between 1800 and 1870, E_____.

As new technology spread across the West, however, the use of trails came to an end. The railroads built thousands of miles of tracks, and, F ____, a cheap, relatively safe, and quick way to transport people and supplies to western areas existed.

  1. to spread U.S. ideas and government

  2. for the first time in history

  3. thus replacing them forever

  4. as territories became interdependent

  5. the use of covered wagons

  6. by taking land from Native peoples

  7. forming the largest mass migration in history

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

1

4

6

7

2

Task 37

A Young Mayor

 This is a very unusual case, but as you will see, unusual doesn’t mean impossible.

An 18-year-old school girl has become the youngest mayor of a British town in history. Amanda Bracebridge, A_____, won leadership of Clun village council in a dramatic election last night. The tiny village only has 122 voters and Amanda won the election by just two votes from the only other candidate, 69-year-old Fred Gardner of the Conservative party. Amanda, B _____, was an independent candidate. She was surprised by her success, C _____. “My election promise was to make sure D _____,” she told us. She was referring to the plans from a large company to buy up farmland and build flats there. “We live in one of the most beautiful villages in Shropshire and I want to make sure it stays that way.”

Amanda, who is in her last year at nearby Bishop’s Castle High School, E _____ and her exams which she takes in two months. “It’s going to be a pretty busy few months,” she said. “But when the exams are over I will be able to concentrate completely on helping my village”.

Amanda had plans to go to university but is now going to start a year later F _____. “I’ve talked to Leeds University and they say my place will wait for me”. And what is she going to study? Politics? “No, actually, I am going to do sociology and economics”.

  1. who is not a member of any political party

  2. that our village would be protected from outside interests

  3. but it was not a total shock to her

  4. being a politics student at the university

  5. so she can do her job as mayor properly

  6. who is only just old enough to vote herself

  7. will have to find time for her work as mayor

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

3

2

7

5

Task 38

Is there enough to say?

 They only appeared about ten years ago but already they are everywhere, everyone’s got one. They are the wonder of the modern age — mobile phones, or cell phones, A ____. Apparently, mobile phones are now used by about 2.5 billion people worldwide, and about one billion new mobile phones are sold every year worldwide. Go back to 1997, and only 100 million were sold. As we can see, the mobile phone business B_____.

And the developments keep on coming. Once we could only make phone calls; now mobile phones C_____ and do many other useful things. Once we had to hold our mobile phones in our hand; now we can use throat microphones. What next? We are told that soon, tiny microphones will be implanted into our lips. We’ll be able to dial numbers just by saying them.

But surely we need to ask ourselves: What’s good about this? OK, we can talk to other people almost all the time now — but is that so great? Watch and listen to people when a plane has landed. Anxious D _____, dial a number, and then: “It’s me, I’m here. I’ll be there in twenty minutes.” Is this communication? Is this what all these years of technology have brought us to?

In the early days of communication there were letters. When they arrived at your house, you knew they had been delivered by a man E _____.

In those days, people would think very hard before they wrote a letter. You had to have a good reason to write — communication was serious. Now it’s not — people phone each other F ____. Once the phone was a way for people far away from each other to talk — now it’s just an excuse to talk.

  1. has been developed very quickly

  2. not understand why they are doing it for

  3. as Americans call them

  4. riding halfway across the country on a horse

  5. just because they can

  6. can also be used to take and send photos

  7. fingers immediately switch on the mobile phone

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

1

6

7

4

5

Task 39

Promoting language learning

 The European Union (EU) is committed to supporting the rights of its citizens to personal and professional mobility, and their ability to communicate with each other. It does so by A_____ to promote the teaching and learning of European languages. These programmes have at least one thing in common: they cover cross-border projects involving partners from two, and often three or more, EU countries.

The EU programmes are designed to complement the national education policies of member countries. Each government is responsible for its own national education policy, B_____. What the EU programmes do is to create links between countries and regions via joint projects, C____.

Since 2007 the main programmes have been put under the overall umbrella of the EU’s lifelong learning programme. All languages are eligible for support under this programme: official languages, regional, minority and migrant languages, D____. There are national information centres in each country, E_____.

The cultural programmes of the EU also promote linguistic and cultural diversity in a number of ways. The “Media” programme funds the dubbing and subtitling of European films for F ____. The “Culture” programme builds cross-cultural bridges by supporting the translation of modern authors into other EU languages.

  1. and the languages of the EU’s major trading partners

  2. which includes language teaching and learning

  3. cinemas and television in other EU countries

  4. which enhance the impact of language teaching and learning

  5. funding a number of educational programmes

  6. and encouraging people to learn new languages

  7. where details about the application procedures are given

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

2

4

1

7

3

Task 40

Starting your own business

What are the reasons for starting your own business? One of them is because you believe you are the best in that line or because you have a product or service that has never been offered to the market before. Another is that you are a person in a real hurry and cannot suffer the A_____ to reach your goals. Sometimes it is because you have an inheritance B_____ soon after you set up a business or that there already is a cash purse with loose strings and you want to make the best of this bonanza.

If your reasons are any or all of the above, abandon the thought right now and save yourself the disillusionment C____ into the world of commerce.

Start your own business just for the sake of doing a trade, or for D____. Do not burden yourself with lofty notions of superiority when compared to your peers. When setting out to start your own business, be emotional about it, but not impractical; don’t be led by your heart, but be dictated by your mind.

Having covered those parts that are not taught in a business school, let us look at E____ your own business. You should start with a SWOT analysis – strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats – analyze these for yourself, for partners in your business, if any, and for the business itself.

If the result of the analysis is encouraging, then prepare a business plan. It is like a road map for actions in the near foreseeable future to achieve your business goals. Finally, execute the business plan with precision; tweak it as you go along, only so that it helps to meet the end goal of successfully F_____ the business.

  1. the essentials of starting

  2. that awaits when you step

  3. trials and tribulations of employment

  4. establishing and conducting

  5. preparing a business plan

  6. waiting to be acquired

  7. undertaking the commercial activity

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

7

1

4

Task 41

Archaeology done underwater

 Nautical archaeology is the science of finding, collecting, preserving, and studying human objects that have become lost or buried under water. It is a fairly modern field of study since it depends on having the technology to be able to remain underwater for some time to do real work. Whether it is conducted in freshwater or in the sea, A____, nautical archaeology is another way of learning more about the human past.

Although some use the words nautical archaeology to mean a specialized branch of underwater archaeology, B____, most consider the term to mean the same as the words underwater archaeology or marine

archaeology. All of these interchangeable terms mean simply C_____.

Once real trade began, it is safe to say D_____ was probably transported over water at some point in time. By studying submerged objects, we can learn more about past human cultures. In fact, studying ancient artifacts is the only way to learn anything about human societies E_____. Being able to examine the actual objects made and used by ancient people not only adds to the written records they left behind, but allows us to get much closer to the reality of what life was like when they lived. Also, if we pay close attention to how the objects were made and used, we begin to get a more realistic picture of F_____.

  1. that existed long before the invention of writing

  2. that nearly every object made by humans

  3. what those people were really like

  4. which is concerned only with ships and the history of seafaring

  5. that it is the study of archaeology done underwater

  6. and whether it finds sunken ships or old cities

  7. and what was discovered underwater

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

5

2

1

3

Task 42

Visiting the Royal Parks

 London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_____ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B______. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_____.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D______ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_____. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F____. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

  1. that are displayed during the nesting season

  2. while the city has grown up around them

  3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives

  4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead

  5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing

  6. who does not know the route to the place of destination

  7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

2

3

7

4

1

Task 43

The Survival of the Welsh Language

 Wales is a small country of just over 3 million people, on the north west seaboard of Europe. Despite many historical incursions of other peoples, particularly the English, it has preserved its ancient Celtic language, A_____. Welsh is habitually spoken by about 10% of the people, half understood by a further 10%, and not spoken at all by the majority in this ‘bilingual’ society.

Up to the First World War most people were Welsh speaking, especially in the mountains of North Wales. The English-speaking areas were along the more fertile coastal plains. On the whole there was an easy tolerance of the two languages, B______.

By 1919 there was a considerable drop in Welsh speakers. This was due to the large flows of capital investment from England into the South Wales coalfield, C_____.

Now, D_____, commerce and everyday business were carried out in English.

In the rural mountain areas 80% to 85% of the population were Welsh speakers, E ____. However, in the coalfield country of Glamorgan 70% spoke English only, and in its neighbour border county the figure was over 90%.

By 1931 the number of people able to speak Welsh in the whole of Wales had fallen to 37% of the population, F ____. It continued to drop and reached its lowest – 18.6% — in the 1990s. But by the start of the 21st century, numbers had begun to increase again and reached 21.7% in 2004!

  1. as well as education and the law

  2. the only one of a number of allied languages that remain

  3. with radio and the English press further speeding the decline

  4. many being able to speak Welsh only

  5. where Welsh was studied as language and literature in an academic manner

  6. apart from the fact that Welsh was not permitted to be used at all in the schools

  7. bringing a flood of immigrant labour from all over Britain

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

7

1

4

3

Task 44

Secrets of Long Life

 There are places in the world where people live longer than anywhere else. The remote Japanese island of Okinawa is one of these places. While the lifespan in Britain is 77 years for men and 81 for women, Okinawa has a population of about one million, of which 900 are centenarians — A_____ in Britain or the USA. So what is their secret of long life?

«The calendar may say they’re 80, but their body says they’re 60,» says Bradley Willcox, a scientist researching the extraordinary phenomenon. The research has shown hormonal differences between Okinawans and B____ but their longevity has been linked to diet. They eat more tofu and soya than any other people in the world and also enjoy a range of different fruit and vegetables, all rich in anti-oxidants. But the most significant thing isn’t what they eat but how much. The Okinawans C_____ known as ‘hara hachi bu’, which translates as ‘eat until you are only 80 % full’.

Scientists refer to this way of eating as ‘caloric restrictions’. No-one knows exactly why it works, but scientists believe it D_____ that there is the danger of famine. This in turn E_____ and so may lead to better preservation and slower aging.

«It’s a stark contrast with the cultural habits that drive food consumption in F____ » says Mr. Willcox. If we look at high streets and supermarkets in most other countries, you will see that he is right. Restaurants offer all-you-can-eat menus and supersize portions. Supermarkets are full of special offers encouraging us to buy more food than we need.

  1. make it a healthy diet

  2. other parts of the world

  3. four times higher than the average

  4. have a cultural tradition

  5. sends a signal to the body

  6. the rest of the population

  7. makes the body protect itself

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

4

5

7

2

Task 45

Beaches of Portugal

 Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A _____.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C_____.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D _____ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ____ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ____. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.

  1. where one can enjoy close contact with

  2. which meet every need of their users

  3. than to discover them once for oneself

  4. who has never been to this wonderful city

  5. which is ideal for various water sports

  6. to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs

  7. who have different options around the capital

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

5

7

1

2

Task 46

The Joy of Reading

 Have you ever wondered why people read? Why reading is one of the few things A _____ for thousands of years? Even before reading became available to the general public, stories were told around campfires, passed down from generation to generation.

First of all, stories are a good way to escape from your ordinary life, to get immersed in another world, if only for a little time. While reading, you can imagine yourself in different situations B _____, but in the moment that doesn’t matter. Whether you’re suffering from depression or are just bored, reading is a great distraction.

Similarly, another reason people are attracted to stories, is because they are lonely, very often they feel as if they are the only ones in the world C _____. Identifying with a fictional character can make a big difference in helping a person understand D _____.

Other people read because it can be a good way to relax. It can be very nice to sit down and enjoy a good plot unfold, to watch the actions of fictional characters from the side, and to see the consequences of these actions, E ____.

Lastly, people read because it is the easiest way to gain knowledge in a certain area. Instead of finding a teacher, you can just find a book, sit down, and spend a few hours reading. This way you can study wherever you want, whenever you want F _____.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

  1. try to avoid the boredom of life

  2. that has consistently remained part of society

  3. that they are not alone

  4. going through something difficult

  5. without having to bear any responsibility

  6. that range from unlikely to impossible

  7. at your own pace

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

4

3

5

7

Task 47

Peter and Paul Fortress

 The Peter and Paul Fortress in St. Petersburg, located on small Hare Island, is the historic core of the city. The history of St. Petersburg begins with the history of the fortress.

Since 1700 Russia had been fighting the Northern War against Sweden. By 1703 the lands by the Neva River were conquered. To protect them from the attacks of the Swedes it was necessary to build a strong outpost here. The fortress was founded on Hare Island 16 (27) May, 1703 by joint plan of Peter I and French engineer Joseph-Gaspard Lambert de Guerin. This day is well known A____.

The fortress stretches from west to east with six bastions B____. The Peter’s Gate on the east side, C____, has remained since the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Cathedral, D____ emperors and the monument of Russian baroque, was completed after the death of the emperor, in 1733. The weathervane as a golden angel with a cross, E____, is one of the main symbols of the city. On the opposite side of the cathedral, there is the Mint building, constructed in the time of Paul I by architect A. Porto. Coinage was moved to the fortress F____ in the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Fortress has never directly participated in any fighting. From the very beginning of its existence it was used as a political prison. Since 1924 the Peter and Paul Fortress has been a part of the Museum of the History of St. Petersburg.

  1. as the day of the birth of St. Petersburg

  2. which was designed by D. Trezzini

  3. which was the burial place of Russian

  4. and reminding of the rich history of the city

  5. as the most protected part of the city

  6. which is located on the spire of the cathedral

  7. that are located at the corners

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

7

2

3

6

5

Task 48

Surviving in a Desert

 A desert is defined as a place that gets less than 250 mm of rain each year. It differs sharply from the climate of a rain forest, A _____.

Arid desert lands cover about one third of the earth’s surface. Most deserts are covered with sand, B _____. There are also usually a lot of rocky areas. This combination of sand and rock means that the soil is not very fertile. C ____, some living things are able to do well in this setting. Many plants have changed and developed in ways D____. These changes have become apparent in a number of ways. Some plants are able to grow very quickly E____. They turn green and produce flowers within just a few days. Other desert plants simply stop growing in very dry weather. They appear to be dead, but when the rain returns, they come back to life and begin growing again.

Desert animals have also developed many characteristics that help them to survive in arid environment. Camels can go for a very long time without drinking. Other animals, such as snakes and rats, find cool places to sleep during the day and come out only at night. The extremely long ears of desert rabbits help them F_____. Changes like these have allowed some animals and plants to grow and develop successfully in a very challenging ecological system: the desert.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

  1. which is often in the form of hills called sand dunes

  2. whenever it rains

  3. to find water as far as 25 metres away

  4. which can receive up to 10,000 mm of rain annually

  5. to better distribute their body heat and stay cool

  6. even though the desert environment is very dry and hot

  7. that help them to live in the desert

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

1

6

7

2

5

Task 49

Nevsky Prospect

 Nevsky Prospect is the main and most famous street of St. Petersburg. The unique architectural ensemble of Nevsky Prospect was formed during the 18th – early 20th centuries. It starts from the bank of the Neva River, runs through the centre of the city and ends at the Neva River. The whole history of St. Petersburg can be seen in the history of the avenue. Nevsky Prospect is 4.5 km long and 25-60 m wide. The narrowest section is located from the Admiralty to the Moika River, A_____.

After the construction of the Admiralty in 1704 and the Alexander Nevsky Monastery in 1710, it was decided to build a road B_____ each other and with the Novgorod Path, which was used by Russian merchants. The construction began on both sides at the same time, the roads were laid through the wood, and in 1760s they were connected into one road, C_____, but with a turn at the Vosstaniya Square. Nevsky Prospect got its name only in 1783. The road was paved with cobble stones, D_____. It was the first street in St. Petersburg with gas lighting. By the early 20th century Nevsky Prospect had become the financial centre of Russia E____ had their offices there.

Nowadays, Nevsky Prospect is the centre of cultural and social life of St. Petersburg. There are museums, theatres, exhibition halls, cinemas, restaurants, cafés, shops F____.

  1. and hotels there or nearby the avenue

  2. showing the original width of the avenue

  3. which was not as straight as it was planned

  4. which were built by famous architects and

  5. connecting these two important structures with

  6. and a few rows of trees were planted along the street

  7. as the 40 largest banks of Russia, Europe and America

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

5

3

6

7

1

Task 50

Whales in a Noisy Ocean

Whales use sound in very different ways. Some whales produce songs that travel over vast distances. They also use echolocation, like bats, A _____. But other noise in the ocean creates a problem for the whales.

Since 1987, the International Fund for Animal Welfare (IFAW) has sent their research vessel Song of the Whale around the world B _____. During the travels, the Song of the Whale scientists have developed expertise C ____ to listen to and record the sounds that the animals make. Thishelps them to track, identify, and survey different species.

One of the threats facing whales and other marine animals is noise pollution in the seas, such as noise from drilling, military activities, oil exploration, and coastal construction. This noise can cause great distress to whales and dolphins and can D _____.

It is feared this noise pollution may cause mass strandings, E _____. If the Song of the Whale team can F ____, then hopefully the nature and location of disturbing noise can be changed.

  1. in using underwater microphones

  2. to locate food and find their way

  3. result in injury and even death

  4. track and identify their habitats

  5. to filter out food from the water

  6. to provide a platform for marine research

  7. when large numbers come ashore

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

1

3

7

4

Task 51

Unique nature of Kamchatka

Kamchatka is a peninsula located in the north-eastern part of Russia. It is surrounded with the Okhotskoye Sea, the Beringovo Sea and the Pacific Ocean. This region has a very unique environment A_____ one is looking for picturesque views, unforgettable travels and unity with nature.

Kamchatka is famous for its volcanoes, B_____. Volcanoes are represented on Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, the most eastern city in the northern hemisphere, coat of arms as well. There are more than 300 volcanoes

in Kamchatka, from 28 up to 36 of them are active, or potentially active. Kamchatka volcanoes are included in the list of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

The region is also known C____ — rivers and lakes. Many Kamchatka rivers spring from mountain tops and glaciers, that is why they are very clean, and it is wonderful for those D_____. In general, there are up to 14 thousand rivers and streams, 100 thousand lakes and 414 glaciers in Kamchatka.

Kamchatka is a home to the Valley of Geysers, E_____ geysers in the world, after Icelandic geyser fields. It is not easily accessible, as long as it is too unique to be opened for tourists all the time. The Valley of Geysers’ ecosystem is very vulnerable, F_____ and regulate the visiting. In fact, the larger part of Kamchatka is preserved. There are many nature reserves and nature parks in Kamchatka.

  1. which are depicted on most souvenirs there

  2. so it is necessary to monitor it all the time

  3. who love fishing, including Kamchatka bears

  4. which has the second largest concentration of

  5. to be a place of many water sources

  6. to be a popular nature reserve and health resort

  7. that makes it a place to visit when

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

1

5

3

4

2

Task 52

The life of Pi

 «The Life of Pi» published in 2001 is the third book by the Canadian author Yann Martel. It has A_____, won several prizes and been translated into forty-one languages.

At the start of the book, we B____ in India. His father owns the city zoo and the family home is in the zoo. When they aren’t at school, Pi and his brother help their father at the zoo and he learns a lot about animals.

When Pi is sixteen, his parents decide to close the zoo and move to Canada. They travel by ship taking the animals with them. On the way, there is C_____. Sadly, Pi’s family and the sailors all die in the storm, but Pi lives and finds himself in a lifeboat with a hyena, zebra, orangutan and an enormous tiger. At first, Pi is scared of the animals and jumps into the ocean. Then he remembers there are sharks in the water and decides to climb back into the lifeboat. One by one, the animals in the lifeboat kill and eat each other, till only Pi and the tiger are left alive. Luckily for Pi, there is D_____, but he soon needs to start catching fish. He feeds the tiger to stop it killing and eating him. He also uses a whistle and E_____ and show it that he’s the boss.

Pi and the tiger spend 227 days in the lifeboat. They live through terrible storms and the burning heat of the Pacific sun. They are often hungry and ill. Finally, they arrive at the coast of Mexico, but you will have to F_____ in the end!

  1. read the book to find out what happens

  2. some food and water on the lifeboat

  3. his knowledge of animals to control the tiger

  4. received an award for being strong

  5. sold seven million copies worldwide

  6. learn about Pi’s childhood in Pondicherry

  7. a terrible storm and the ship sinks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

6

7

2

3

1

Task 53

Santa Claus

The man we know as Santa Claus has a history all to his own. Today, he is thought of mainly as the jolly man in red, but his story A_____ the 3rd century to a monk named St. Nicholas. It is believed that Nicholas was born sometime around 280 AD in modern-day Turkey. Much admired for his kindness, St. Nicholas B_____. It is said that he gave away all of his inherited wealth and traveled the countryside helping the poor and sick. Over the course of many years, Nicholas’s popularity spread and he became known as the protector of children and sailors. His feast day C_____ his death, December 6. This was traditionally considered a lucky day to make large purchases or to get married. By the Renaissance, St. Nicholas was the most popular saint in Europe.

St. Nicholas first D______ at the end of the 18th century. The name Santa Claus evolved from a Dutch shortened form of Sint Nikolaas. As his popularity grew, Sinter Klaas was described as everything from a jocker with a blue three-cornered hat, red waistcoat, and yellow stockings to a man wearing a broad-brimmed hat and a huge pair of Flemish trousers.

In the 19th centuries big stores E_____ using images of the newly-popular Santa Claus. In 1841, thousands of children visited a Philadelphia shop to see a life-size Santa Claus model. It F_____ before stores began to attract children, and their parents, with the lure of a peek at the “real-life” Santa Claus with his famous white beard and red gown.

  1. began to advertise Christmas shopping

  2. became the subject of many legends

  3. began dressing up unemployed men in

  4. is celebrated on the anniversary of

  5. was only a matter of time

  6. stretches all the way back to

  7. appeared in American popular culture

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

2

4

7

1

5

Task 54

Welcome to the Smithsonian

When you visit any of the Smithsonian’s 19 museums and galleries or the National zoo, you are entering the largest museum complex in the world. This complex holds about 137 million unique objects in its trust for the American people.

The Smithsonian was established in 1846 with funds given to the United States by James Smithson, an English scientist. The main idea was to increase and spread knowledge for free. And now all Smithsonian institutions are still devoted to public education, A__________ history.

Ten Smithsonian museums and galleries are located in the centre of the U.S. capital. Six other museums and the National zoo are nearby in the Washington metropolitan area, B__________.

The 19th and the newest museum C__________ is the National Museum of African American history and culture. It is now operating in the form of a virtual museum. Its key feature is the memory book, D__________. These diverse memories are linked to each other and to the museum content, E__________.

The Smithsonian complex is home to the world’s foremost research centres in science, the arts and the humanities. Besides the basic research F__________, there are a number of special facilities. Conservation centre at the zoo studies rare and endangered species, environment centre carries out research in ecosystems in the coastal area.

  1. that is carried on regularly in each of the museums

  2. providing different materials in the arts, science and

  3. placing a spotlight on people and events in African American history

  4. that has been established within the Smithsonian complex

  5. which allows website visitors to upload their own stories or images

  6. and visitors can enjoy watching rare exhibits on

  7. and two museums are situated in New York City

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

4

5

3

1

Task 55

National Gallery of Art

 The National Gallery of Art was created in Washington D.C. for the people of the United States in 1937. It started with the gift of the financier and art collector A__________. His gift also included a building to house the new museum, to be constructed on the National Mall. Opened to the public in 1941, this grand building, B__________, was at the time the largest marble structure in the world.

The newly created National Gallery soon attracted similar gifts from hundreds of other collectors. This tradition of generosity continues to this day with gifts from private donors and artists C__________.

The gallery’s East building contains the collection of modern and contemporary painting, sculpture, D__________. The East and West buildings are connected by an underground tunnel with a moving walkway.

The National Gallery enjoys federal support, E__________, to fulfill its mission to exhibit and interpret great works of European and American art in the nation’s collection. Since its founding, federal funds have fostered the protection and care of the art collection and have supported the gallery’s work, ensuring F__________. Private funding helped to create a renowned collection of works of art and to construct the two landmark buildings. Private support makes possible to arrange a changing programme of special exhibitions.

  1. which is now called the West building

  2. that the gallery brings daily profit to the country

  3. who are willing to share their possessions with the public

  4. who presented old master paintings and sculptures to the country

  5. as well as partnership with private organizations

  6. that the gallery is open daily and free of charge

  7. as well as an advanced research centre and an art library

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

1

3

7

5

6

Task 56

Healthy school meals

Children at Southdown Infants School in Bath enjoy tasty homemade meals such as roast turkey with fresh vegetables, chicken, salad and fresh fruit for pudding. Vegetables are A ____________. Instead of crisps, chocolate and sweets, the school canteen serves organic carrots, dried fruit and fresh seasonal fruit in bags for 10p, B ______________.

Southdown’s healthy eating initiative began four years ago with the start of a breakfast club.

Now Ms Culley, the head teacher of the school, says that the teachers very clearly see the link between diet and concentration. “Children’s concentration and behaviour C ______________.” The teachers would also like to give the children the experience of eating together. It turned out that some children weren’t used to that.

Pupils are also encouraged to find out more about where their food comes from by  D ______________.

Parents are also involved and are invited in to try school dinners on special occasions, E _______________.

The efforts of staff, pupils and parents to create a healthy eating environment were recognized earlier this month F ______________ the Best School Dinner award.

Ms Culley said: “We are happy to win this award. Healthy eating is at the centre of everything we do. It’s really rewarding to see so many children enjoy real food.”

  1. such as Easter and Christmas

  2. visiting a local farm

  3. local, fresh and organic where possible

  4. provide good quality food

  5. definitely improve after a good meal

  6. and about 100 bags are sold each day

  7. when the school was awarded

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

5

2

1

7

Task 57

Walking is not enough to keep fit

Walking may not be enough on its own to produce significant health benefits, research suggests. A team from Canada’s University of Alberta compared a 10,000-step exercise programme with a more traditional fitness regime of moderate intensity. Researchers found improvements A _______ were significantly higher in the second group. They told an American College of Sports Medicine meeting that gentle exercise was B __________. In total 128 people took C _________. The researchers assessed influence on fitness by measuring blood pressure and lung capacity. They found out the 10,000-step programme did help to get people motivated – and was an excellent way to start D _________. But to increase the effectiveness, some intensity must be added to their exercise. “Across your day, while you are achieving those 10,000 steps, take 200 to 400 of them at a faster pace. You’ve got to do more than light exercise and include regular moderate activity, and don’t be shy to have an occasional period of time at an energetic level.” The researchers were concerned there was too much focus E __________, rather than on its intensity.

Professor Stuart Biddle, an expert in exercise science at the University of Loughborough, said it was possible that the current guidelines on how much exercise to take were set too low. “However, you have got to find F ____. The harder you make it, the fewer people will actually do it.” Professor Biddle said there was no doubt that energetic exercise was the way to get fit, but volume rather than intensity might be more useful in tackling issues such as obesity.

  1. part in the project

  2. taking exercise

  3. gave marked health benefits

  4. in fitness levels

  5. on simply getting people to take exercise

  6. not enough to get fit

  7. a compromise between physiology and psychology

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

6

1

2

5

7

Task 58

Double-decker Bus

A double-decker bus is a bus that has two levels. While double-decker long-distance buses are in widespread use around the world, A ____. Double-decker buses are popular in some European cities and in some parts of Asia, usually in former British colonies. Many towns around the world have a few that specialize in short sight-seeing tours for tourists because, as William Gladstone observed, «the way to see London is from the top of a ‘bus'».

Double-decker buses are taller than other buses. They are extensively used in the United Kingdom, B _____, removed from normal service in December 2005 — they still operate on heritage routes. Elsewhere in Europe, double-deckers are used throughout the Dublin Bus network in Ireland, where they are making a comeback on Dublin’s outer suburban routes and also the streets of Cork, Limerick, Galway and Waterford. They are a common sight in Berlin, where the BVG makes extensive use of them. Double-decker long-distance coaches are also in widespread use throughout Europe.

Most buses in Hong Kong and about half in Singapore are double-deckers as well. The only areas in North America that C _____ are the western Canadian province of British Columbia and the United States city of Las Vegas. They are currently being tested in Ottawa on the express routes. The city of Davis, California, in the United States uses vintage double-decker buses for public transport. Davis, California is also home to the first vintage double-decker bus converted from diesel gasoline to run on CNG. The city of Victoria, BC, the city of Vancouver, British Columbia, and a couple of others use Dennis Tridents. A few are also used as tour buses, especially in New York. Double-deckers are have also been used in Mumbai since 1937.

In Brazil, D _____, some companies use double-decker buses. Double-deckers are not a good option for use outside the towns (most roads in Brazil are in very poor condition), and E _____.

Double-decker buses are in widespread use in India in many of the major cities. Some double-decker buses F _____, with no roof and shallow sides. These are popular for sightseeing tours.

  1. double-deckers are adored by thousands of tourists

  2. use double-decker buses for public transport

  3. double-decker city buses are less common

  4. where perhaps the most famous was the London Routemaster

  5. their use is being discouraged by transportation authorities

  6. have an open upper deck

  7. where buses are sometimes the only interstate transport

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

2

7

5

6

Task 59

Natural Links In a Long Chain of Being

I believe we are not alone.

Even if I am on the other side of the world from the farmhouse I live in, I still dream of the ancient vines out the window, and the shed out back that my grandfather’s father built in 1870 with eucalyptus trunks. As long as I can recreate these images, A ____

All of us need some grounding in our modern world of constant moving, buying, selling, meeting and leaving. Some find constancy in religion, others in friends or community. But we need some daily signposts that we are not different, not better, B ____

For me, this house, farm, these ancient vines are those roots. Although I came into this world alone and will leave alone, I am not alone. 

There are ghosts of dozens of conversations in the hallways, stories I remember about buying new plows that now rust in the barnyard and ruined crops from the same vines C ____

All of us are natural links in a long chain of being, and that I need to know what time of day it is, what season is coming, whether the wind is blowing north or from the east, and if the moon is still full tomorrow night, D _____

The physical world around us constantly changes, E _____. We must struggle in our brief existence to find some transcendent meaning and so find relief in the knowledge F _____.

You may find that too boring, living with the past as present. I find it refreshing. There is an old answer to every new problem, that wise whispers of the past are with us. If we just listen and remember, we are not alone; we have been here before.

  1. I never quite leave home

  2. but human nature does not

  3. that we are now harvesting

  4. but we as well as our heart did not

  5. not worse than those who came before us

  6. just as the farmers who came before me did

  7. that our ancestors have gone through this before

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

5

3

6

2

7

Task 60

The Show Begins

My Uncle Jim took me to all the Broadway shows in New York City, and I was star struck! Actually he wasn’t my real uncle – that’s just what we called him. He was a close friend of my parents. He was a bit stocky with red hair, A _________.

I remember the theaters on Broadway, B __________. The curtains were made of this real heavy, dark red material. There were huge chandelier lights hanging from the ceiling. The walls were dark, paneled wood. The seats were red and cushy C __________.

The orchestra sat at the base of the stage in a pit. I usually went down to the front to see the musicians D __________. They were all crammed into such a tiny space. I played the flute myself and my dad kept encouraging me that if I kept it up, E ___________. But truly, I didn’t want to be tucked away down there. I wanted to be on top, front and center.

Most people dressed rather finely, and certain fragrances took center stage as various women passed by. The sounds of the audience F __________ at their seats were clearly heard while last minute patrons filled in. There was electricity in the air and then the lights would go down and up, and you knew it was time for the show to get started. The lights dimmed. The music began. And you were swept up into a whole new world. I loved it!

  1. I could be playing down there someday

  2. and set real close together

  3. which were so old and posh

  4. and he had a beard and moustache

  5. I wasn’t that good at music

  6. getting ready and warming up

  7. laughing and chattering away

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

3

2

6

1

7

Task 61

Scouting moves ahead

The Scout Movement, which is also known as the Boy Scouts has changed massively in more than 100 years, though many people do not realise this.

For many people in Britain the word “scouting” evokes images of boys in short trousers A__________. Many people imagine that the Scout Association and its female counterpart the Guides Association are old-fashioned. They think these associations are for people B__________ than the future, people who just like camping in the rain and washing in cold water.

It’s quite easy to understand why Scouts and Guides have this sort of image. The “Boy Scouts” were founded over 100 years ago by Robert Baden-Powell, a retired English army general; the “Girl Guides” followed three years later. They were organised in an almost military manner. Young people had to learn discipline and how to do things as a group. They C__________ in difficult conditions, learnt to make campfires and, yes, they certainly had to get used to washing in cold water. In those days though, that D__________ many people washed in cold water.

Nevertheless, even at the start, there was much more to scouting than that. Scouts and Guides also learned the value of solidarity. Right from the start, they had to cope with difficult situations, E__________, and play a useful part in society. Baden-Powell’s organisations were inclusive, and never exclusive; any young person could become a Scout or a Guide, regardless of race, background or religion.

Though the Scout and Guide movements began in England, they soon spread to other countries, and within 50 years, scouting F__________ with young people all over the world.

  1. who are more interested in the past

  2. and girls in blue uniforms

  3. that were generally better

  4. was not particularly unusual as

  5. went on camping expeditions

  6. interact with other people

  7. had become a popular activity

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

1

5

4

6

7

Task 62

Skip the sun, get a glow the healthy way

Everyone at some point has wanted a “healthy glow,” whether it’s a must-have for summer, or a vacation, the thought of tan skin has crossed the minds of millions. If you are pale, it A__________. There is wild excitement when after a day in the sun your skin is tan, not burnt. Surely everyone is familiar with the famous conversation upon the realization that you got fried at the beach. Your friends reassure you with “Don’t worry it B__________.” It may all seem like fun and games at the time, but alarming new research C__________.

Some tan-seekers do it the old-fashioned way, grab a towel and hit the pool or beach. Recently, millions of young girls D__________ instead. Regardless of how the tan is achieved, any change in skin coloring is evidence of skin cell damage. This can lead to cancer. According to the Skin Cancer Foundation, melanoma, or skin cancer, among people aged 18 to 39 has risen dramatically. In the United States the number of skin cancer cases due to tanning, is higher than the number of lung cancer cases due to smoking.

While it is true that being outside and active is great for your body and the sun does provide vitamin D, everyone’s health still needs protecting. However, it’s E__________, limit time spent in direct sunlight, between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m., and wear sunscreen at all times. A fashionable option is the sun hat: both elegant and fun. Big floppy hats may seem ridiculous at first, but F__________.

Another advice is to look into sunless tanners: They are cheap and in no way endanger the lives of users. So, fake it, don’t bake it!

  1. takes a lot of time and effort to tan

  2. have been turning to tanning beds

  3. they are actually quite classy accessories

  4. better to avoid indoor tanning

  5. have inspired people to get their skin checked

  6. will eventually turn into a tan

  7. has taken the healthy out of healthy glow

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

6

7

2

4

3

Task 63

Grant-making agency

The National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH) is an independent grant-making agency of the United States government. Established in 1965, it is one of the largest sources of grant funds for humanities projects and programs in the U.S. NEH promotes knowledge of the history, thought, and culture, not only of the United States, A__________.

NEH grants facilitate research and original scholarship, strengthen teaching and learning in the humanities in American schools and colleges, give opportunities for citizens to engage in lifelong learning, B__________.

The Endowment is directed by a chairman, C__________ and confirmed by the U.S. Senate for a term of four years. Advising the chairman is the National Council on the Humanities, a board of 26 distinguished private citizens D__________ with the advice of the Senate. The National Council members serve six-year terms.

NEH grants are typically awarded to U.S. cultural institutions, such as museums, archives, libraries, colleges, universities, and public television and radio stations, E__________. Eligibility is limited to U.S. non-profit institutions and to U.S. citizens and foreigners F__________ prior to the time of application. Grants are awarded through a competitive process. The chairman takes into account the advice provided by the review process and, by law, makes all funding decisions.

  1. who is appointed by the president

  2. but of other countries of the world

  3. but in every aspect of social sciences

  4. who are also appointed by the president

  5. who have been living in the U.S. for three years

  6. as well as to individual scholars of the humanities

  7. as well as provide access to cultural and educational resources

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

1

4

6

5

Task 64

The Bonfire Night

The 5th of November has always had a very special place in my heart. More important than New Year’s Eve, but probably less important than the Olympics ceremonies, the 5th of November every year is A __________ all over the country to go wild!

The night of the 5th is often cold and damp and parents wrap up their children in layers of jumpers, coats, hats, scarves and gloves. They fuss over the littlest B __________ aren’t scared. They comfort their pets and give them a safe place to curl up inside, away from the cacophony about to start outside.

Outside the bonfire is C __________ up your nose. If you’re lucky, there might be some pumpkin soup left over from Halloween to warm you up, because in spite of all the layers and the excitement, you’ll still need warming up until the bonfire gets going!

When it’s absolutely dark and the bonfire is blazing, the children and parents huddle together in groups, staring up at the sky. What are they waiting for? The screech of the first firework deafens them all and D __________. The “oohs” and “aaahs” of the crowd keep perfect time with the “kabooms” of the rockets. With every firework that lights up the sky, parents watch the delight grow on their children’s faces and sigh with relief.

After the grand finale, they make their way home with the noises still echoing in their ears. An extra special treat E __________! Waving them through the chilly air, spelling out names and drawing pictures, even the oldest members of the family remember how to be kids!

This is what the 5th of November means to me. Every year, it F __________ such bright and colourful fireworks and heard such loud bangs. I really hope I never grow out of it!

  1. differences in traditions

  2. children and hope that they

  3. the day for fireworks lovers

  4. the explosion lights up the sky

  5. feels like the first time I’ve seen

  6. waits at home though: sparklers

  7. lit and the smell of smoke creeps

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

2

7

4

6

5

Task 65

Earth-sheltered homes

Earth-sheltered or simply underground homes are one of those creations by man, which brings him closer to nature. Unlike the normal traditional houses that A __________, these earth-sheltered homes are built using the shelter of the ground. Earth-sheltered homes can be easily made in hilly areas.

The basic idea behind the construction of such a house is that they are built with the idea of B ________ and each of these homes is built entirely different from each other.

The construction of these homes is usually done according to the shape of the area where the house is built. Their designs C ________ to the nature. The early earth houses which were initially built lacked windows. Modern day earth-sheltered homes though have windows as well as any other facility that the people living there might require.

Some of the major benefits of earth-sheltered homes are that they are naturally insulating. This makes them cool in the summer and cozy and warm in the winter. Another advantage D __________ and are well protected from earthquakes as well as wind-storms. Many earth-sheltered homes are also defended against intruders since there is usually only one entry.

As everything has its pros and cons, earth-sheltered homes also do. The interior decoration of these homes, like placing the furniture or huge paintings, E __________. These homes also have dark spaces inside and for this reason, lots of lighting is essential.

Earth-sheltered homes are one of the greenest housing designs that combines Mother Nature with eco-friendly F __________.

  1. are built on the ground

  2. are usually very organic

  3. is being built facing south

  4. being environmentally friendly

  5. building materials and lifestyle

  6. is that these homes are safe from fire

  7. can be difficult due to the construction

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

4

2

6

7

5

Task 66

Australia

Australia is one of the world’s most ethnically diverse nations. Nearly a quarter of the people who live in Australia A __________. They come from the United Kingdom and other European countries, but also from China, Vietnam, North Africa, and the Middle East.

First people arrived in Australia about 50,000 years ago. They B __________ land bridges when sea levels were lower. The next to land in Australia were Dutch explorers. They came in 1606. In 1788 the British began to settle there. Many settlers C __________ as punishment. For a short time, the newcomers lived peacefully with the Aboriginal people.

In 1851, gold was discovered in Australia. A rush to find riches brought D __________ 1859, six separate colonies were created which later became part of the British Commonwealth.

Australian culture is founded on stories of battlers, bushrangers and brave soldiers. Today E __________ its Aboriginal heritage, vibrant mix of cultures, innovative ideas and a thriving ecosystem.

Australia’s ecosystem is an unusual one because of its remote location. As a result, there are F __________ and nowhere else in the world, such as kangaroo and koala.

One of Australia’s most amazing sites rises like an enormous whale’s back from a flat desert called the Red Center. It is a sacred natural formation at the heart of the country and the largest rock in the world!

  1. Australia is one of the most

  2. were born in other countries

  3. Australia also defines itself by

  4. many animal species that occur here

  5. may have travelled from Asia across

  6. thousands of new immigrants, and by

  7. were criminals sent to live in Australia

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

5

7

6

3

4

Task 67

Living nature in Madeira

Right in the middle of the Atlantic, the islands of Madeira and Porto Santo are a haven of natural beauty. The exotic colours of the flowers stand out from among the blue sea and the emerald green vegetation. This is an archipelago where the big territory is a protected area and A __________ is located.

The Madeira Natural Park was created in 1982 to preserve this vast natural heritage, a worldwide rarity. The park is classified as a Biogenetic Reserve, B __________, with some rare species such as the mountain orchid, unique in the world, and also some exotic large trees. To visit this park is to discover Nature! The park covers about two-thirds of the island, making Madeira a truly ecological destination.

The springtime temperature, C __________, cries out for open air activities. Visitors can go for a walk in the park, visit the city of Funchal or roam freely around the island. Boat rides are an excellent way of D __________. In such a naturally welcoming environment, balance and well-being are taken for granted. Madeira offers various tourist complexes E __________.

Popular feasts, F __________, are opportunities to appreciate traditional gastronomic flavours and see Madeira partying, especially for the Carnival parades, the Flower festival, the Atlantic festival and, above all, the end-of-year fireworks display.

  1. which is felt all year round

  2. which take place in Madeira all year round

  3. where the largest laurel forest in the world

  4. admiring the coastline from a different perspective

  5. where one can find a unique range of flora and fauna

  6. choosing this holiday destination for its natural beauty

  7. that have prime conditions for boating and scuba diving

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

5

1

4

7

2

Task 68

Wild animals in cities

Have you ever seen bears in Vancouver parks, leopards on the streets of Mumbai or wild pigs in gardens in Berlin? Recently, there A __________ on TV about big animals coming into towns and cities. What happens when wild animals come into our cities? Is it dangerous for us and the animals?

Wild animals usually come into cities to look for food. In Cape Town, South Africa, baboons sometimes come into the suburbs. They eat fruit from gardens and go into people’s kitchens and take food from cupboards and fridges! Baboons are B __________ children and fight with pet dogs. Many people do not like them, but the city can be dangerous for baboons too. Sometimes, baboons are C __________ human food can be very bad for their teeth. The city council in Cape Town has a team of Baboon Monitors whose job is to find baboons D ___________ to the countryside. This makes the city safer for people and is healthier for the baboons. However, the main problem is that a lot of baboons will come back to the city to find food again.

In Berlin, Germany, groups of wild pigs have come into the city for hundreds of years, but now the winters are warmer, there are even more pigs than in the past. Pigs eat flowers and plants and dig in gardens and parks in the city. They also E __________ accidents. Some city residents like the pigs and give them food. But the city council is worried about the traffic accidents, so they F __________ have put up fences to stop the pigs coming into the city.

  1. cause lots of problems

  2. in the city and take them back

  3. walk in the street and cause traffic

  4. hurt in car accidents and the sugar in

  5. strong animals and sometimes they scare

  6. have been many reports in newspapers and

  7. have told people to stop giving the pigs food and

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

4

2

3

7

Task 69

Europe’s best hidden gems

There are incredible destinations in Europe known worldwide, such as Amsterdam and its canals, London and its museums, its shopping and atmosphere, or Paris, the City of Light. Europe also has thousands of hidden treasures. There is a wide selection of the finest unknown destinations in Europe, from Lugano in Switzerland  A __________.

Lugano is an international city, the crossroads and melting pot of European culture. It constitutes one of the most interesting regions to be discovered. Lugano is not only Switzerland’s third most important financial centre,  B __________ old buildings.

The area of Cinque Terre in Italy represents one of the best preserved natural sights of the Mediterranean. Human activity has contributed to creating a unique landscape in which the development of typical stone walls is so extensive C __________. All this, D __________, makes the Cinque Terre an increasingly popular location among Italian and foreign tourists.

Sintra is a jewel set between the mountains and the sea, waiting to be discovered by tourists E __________, luxuriant nature and cosmopolitan cultural offer. Sintra has a wonderful charm that left a deep impression on the soul and work of the writers F __________. Sintra is truly the capital of Romanticism. It is a place to be experienced by everyone!

  1. but showed evidence of an early human housing

  2. to Cinque Terre in Italy and Sintra in Portugal

  3. as to equal that of the famous Great Wall of China

  4. but also a town of parks and flowers, villas and

  5. who want to be lost in its majestic historical heritage

  6. combined with the beauty of a crystal clear sea

  7. who pioneered the Romantic spirit in the eighteenth century

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

4

3

6

5

7

Task 70

Beautiful cities of Italy

The political and cultural centre of Italy is the ‘Eternal City’, Rome. Ever since the Roman Empire, as its capital, Rome has become famous as a centre of European culture. The most striking sights of Rome are, of course, the Colosseum and the Forum. Once the Colosseum was able to receive about 50 thousand spectators, A __________ and concert halls. The Pantheon, the old temple of all gods, B __________, is also located in Rome.

The second most important town in Italy is Milan. Milan is the capital of fashion and C __________, exhibitions and conferences. The main attraction of Milan is its Cathedral Square, where the monument to the King Victor Emmanuel II is installed. Theatre fans will not be left disappointed by visiting the Theatre of La Scala.

The most popular city among tourists is Venice. The city is unique because it has more than 120 islands, D __________ and 400 bridges. Venice has been known for more than fifteen hundred years, and for E __________. The main area of the city is Saint Mark’s Square with the Cathedral of San Marco. One of the most beautiful buildings in Venice is the Palace of Doges. The other famous attraction is the Grand Canal F______.

In addition to this, there are such beautiful cities in Italy as Naples, Turin, Florence, Genoa, Pisa and the islands of Sardinia and Sicily. All of them are outstanding places to visit.

  1. that is the largest in Venice

  2. which was built in the early I century

  3. that everyone is dreaming about this trip

  4. which is comparable with modern stadiums

  5. which are сonnected by more than 150 canals

  6. the venue for major international festivals

  7. that time it produced a lot of attractions

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

2

6

5

7

1

Task 71

City of fountains

 Peterhof is a monument of world architecture and palace and park art. Peterhof includes a palace and park ensemble of the 18-19th centuries, A__________. Peterhof is a city of fountains as it contains 173 fountains and 4 cascades B__________. Each year up to 3 million people come here to enjoy the splendour of numerous fountains and the unique parks of Peterhof.

The name Peterhof was first mentioned in 1705. It was a coastal manor, close to which the construction of a grand country residence began. The original plan belonged to Peter the Great. After the brilliant victory of Russian troops over the Swedes, security of St. Petersburg both from the land C__________. Since that time, the construction of the Peterhof residence grew immensely in scope.

According to the plan of Peter the Great, on the one hand, Peterhof was meant to be equal in splendour with the most famous royal residences in Europe, D__________ to access the Baltic Sea. Both were successfully done. The Great Palace was built on a natural hill here, E__________. Following the plan of Peter the Great, F__________, the Grand Cascade with the famous Samson fountain was constructed. This is still one of the most spectacular fountains in the world. In 1990 the palaces and parks of Peterhof were included in the list of the world heritage of UNESCO.

  1. and from the sea has been firmly ensured

  2. which is a former royal countryside residence

  3. who designs many royal residences in Europe

  4. and then rebuilt in the baroque style in the 18th century

  5. who wanted to decorate the main entrance with waterfalls

  6. that are located in the park on the coast of the Gulf of Finland

  7. and on the other hand, to become a monument of Russia’s struggle

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

1

7

4

5

Task 72

Sights of Sochi

 Sochi is unique among other Russian cities because it has many aspects of a subtropical resort. Apart from the scenic Caucasus Mountains, pebble and sand beaches, the city attracts tourists with its vegetation, numerous parks, monuments, and extravagant architecture. About two million people visit Greater Sochi each summer, A__________. The famous Caucasian Biosphere Reserve, B__________, lies just north from the city.

Popularity of Sochi among tourists is largely explained by the beauty of its surroundings. Walking along the river Agura, everyone will admire the nature around, C__________, and amazing waterfalls. From the bridge over the Agura opens a magnificent view to the lowest Agura waterfall. In the shady Agura gorge tourists will feel the gentle coolness, D__________.

Akhun Mountain the biggest in the region has a beautiful tower on the top. The height of the tower is more than 30 metres, E__________ are stunning. The observation platform on the top of the tower gives a chance to take superb pictures of the city. Every year thousands of people visit this stone tower, F__________ the perfect view of the Black Sea coast and the Caucasus Mountains. It is a truly unforgettable experience. Tourists will enjoy visiting all the sights and the resort itself, full of exotic green and the boundless blue of the Black Sea. 

  1. and the views that open from it

  2. which is built on the top to give visitors

  3. when the subtropical resort is almost empty

  4. which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site

  5. enjoying the sound of birds singing and waterfalls gurgling

  6. when the city is home to the annual film festival “Kinotavr”

  7. including high cliffs, exotic vegetation, breathtaking canyons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

7

5

1

2

Task 73

Saint Petersburg

 A city of palaces and museums, broad avenues and narrow canals, St. Petersburg’s short history is rich in architectural and artistic treasures. Alongside world-famous attractions such as the Hermitage and St. Isaac’s Cathedral, the city has a lot of equally interesting buildings A__________. St. Petersburg is considered to be Russia’s cultural capital. It reflects the country’s extraordinary fate like no other city.

St. Petersburg is a relatively young city, by both Russian and European standards, as B__________. Despite its short life, the city has a rich history. From the early days of Peter the Great to modern times, the city has always bustled with life and intrigue.

Lying across the delta of the Neva River, St. Petersburg, the Venice of the North, is a city C__________, some of which are well-known for their unique history. Bridges are an essential part of the city’s architectural make-up. Among the city’s over 500 bridges, there are numerous technological masterpieces. The centre of the city offers vast areas of green space, D__________.

St. Petersburg is a beautiful and fascinating holiday destination and one E__________. Whether to visit the city in a romantic and snowy Russian winter F__________, visitors will be spellbound by 
St. Petersburg’s culture and beauty. 

  1. that is built on hundreds of islands

  2. or during the dazzling white nights in summer

  3. it was only founded in 1703 by Tsar Peter the Great

  4. or considering a variety of the trip accommodation offers

  5. that reveal the mysterious and tragic genius of St. Petersburg

  6. of the most intriguing and historically significant cities in Europe

  7. including beautiful historic gardens and extensive leisure parks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

3

1

7

6

2

Task 74

State Hermitage Museum

 The Hermitage is St. Petersburg’s most popular visitor attraction, and one of the world’s largest and most prestigious museums. It is a must-see for all first-time travellers to the city. With over 3 million items in its collection, it also rewards repeat visits, A__________ of the riches on offer here, from Impressionist masterpieces to fascinating Oriental treasures. It was estimated B__________ on display for just one minute. So many visitors prefer a guided tour to ensure C__________ highlights. Art-lovers, however, may find it more rewarding to seek out for themselves the works D__________.

The bulk of the Hermitage collection is housed in the Winter Palace, E__________. However, there are a number of other sites that constitute part of the Hermitage, including the recently opened Storage Facility in the north of St. Petersburg. It offers guided tours through some of the museum’s vast stocks. The magnificent General Staff Building opposite the Winter Palace is most famous for its central triumphal arch, F__________ Nevsky Prospekt. The General Staff Building contains a number of unique exhibitions. It includes the Modern European Art, probably the most visited section of the Hermitage with well-known collections of Picasso and Matisse, as well as a wealth of popular Impressionist paintings. 

  1. that they are particularly interested in

  2. that they have time to catch all the collection’s

  3. and new-comers can only hope to get a brief taste

  4. which brings pedestrians out on to Palace Square from

  5. that one would need eleven years to view each exhibit

  6. which was the official residence of the Russian emperors

  7. and the exhibition was often visited by military historians

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

5

2

1

6

4

Task 75

Letniy Sad

 Letniy Sad (The Summer Garden) is a park ensemble, a monument of landscape art of the 18th century. Letniy Sad is the oldest park in St. Petersburg. The park was founded by Peter I in 1704. The Tsar dreamed of his own Versailles and drew its original plan himself. He planned to create a regular, architectural park with accurate layout and straight paths. Prominent architects and gardeners took part in its creation. The park was supposed to become a place of relaxation, A__________.

Letniy Sad is surrounded by water. Natural boundary of the park from the north and east are the Neva and Fontanka Rivers, B__________.

Peter I brought sculptures from Italy for the park and was very proud of them. In the 18th century there were more than two hundred sculptures, C__________, or moved to suburban royal residences and the Hermitage. Now Letniy Sad is decorated with 90 sculptures – copies made of artificial marble.

In May, 2012 Letniy Sad was opened after reconstruction. The reconstruction work had been going on for about three years, D__________ Letniy Sad as it was in the 18th century. Among the new items in Letniy Sad, there is the Archaeological Museum, E__________ during the restoration of the park. Visitors can take a tour of the park F__________ on Sundays. 

  1. and restorers have done everything possible to keep

  2. combining the features of urban and suburban estates

  3. which are planned to be the centre of scientific research

  4. which contains interesting objects found by archaeologists

  5. but later many of them were either destroyed in the flood

  6. and enjoy the exhibitions and performances of a brass band

  7. and from the south and west – the Moika River and the Lebyazhiy Canal

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

5

1

4

6

55

К содержанию

Анатолий
Анатольевич
Eфремов

Раздел 3 — Языковой материал (задания по Грамматике и Лексике)

Прочитайте приведённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте слова, напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами 18-26, так, чтобы они грамматически соответствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными словами. Каждый пропуск соответствует отдельному заданию 18-26.

18 Once there were four children whose names were Peter, Susan, Edmund and Lucy. This story happened to __________________ when they had to leave their home city, London, during the war. THEY
Ответ: them
19 They __________________ to the house of an old Professor who lived in the country, ten miles from the nearest railway station. SEND
Ответ: were sent
20 He __________________ a wife and he lived in a very large house with a housekeeper. NOT/HAVE
Ответ: did not have / didn’t have
21 He himself was a very old man with white hair which grew over most of his face as well as on his head. The children liked him almost at once. Only Lucy, who was the __________________ of them, felt a little afraid of him. YOUNG
Ответ: youngest
22 On their __________________ evening, after dinner, they said good night to the Professor and went upstairs. It was the largest house they had ever seen, so Peter suggested exploring it in the morning. ONE
Ответ: first
23 When the next morning came, there was a steady rain falling.
«I wish the weather __________________ more cheerful!» said Edmund.
BE
Ответ: were
24 «Stop complaining, Ed,» said Susan. «I think the weather __________________ soon.» IMPROVE
Ответ: will improve
25 «We were going to explore the house,» Peter reminded them. He __________________ a sandwich at the moment and was absolutely happy with the whole situation. EAT
Ответ: was eating
26 Everyone nodded and at that point their amazing adventures __________________. BEGIN
Ответ: began

EE401F

Прочитайте приведённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте слова, напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами 27-32, так, чтобы они грамматически и лексически соответствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными словами. Каждый пропуск соответствует отдельному заданию 27-32.

27 Last year my friend Mia and I went on holiday to Thailand. We stayed in a __________________ resort which is popular with tourists. FAME
Ответ: famous
28 We were very __________________ with the weather and we spent most of our days on the beach. LUCK
Ответ: lucky
29 The ocean was __________________ – the water was clear and warm. FANTASY
Ответ: fantastic
30 Thailand is a former French colony and that’s why French is very popular there. Mia was delighted with this fact because she learns French, she wants to be a __________________ of French, and she was able to practise the language there. She is also interested in architecture and she found some fine examples of the French colonial style in Thailand. TEACH
Ответ: teacher
31 It was an __________________ trip for me too. I am a photographer and I took lots of pictures of people and nature. FORGETTABLE
Ответ: unforgettable
32 Several magazines found my photos __________________ enough to publish. I feel very proud of that. INTEREST
Ответ: interesting

EC9D68

Опубликовано 3 года назад по предмету
Английский язык
от Кybako

  1. Ответ

    Ответ дан
    КотДилан

    прочитайте текст еще раз и определите правильное или неправильное предложение

  2. Ответ

    Ответ дан
    _gatha_145

    T
    f
    t
    f
    t

    ребят, делайте так. мне 5 поставили

Самые новые вопросы

Julia2101

Математика — 3 года назад

Решите уравнения:
а) 15 4 ∕19 + x + 3 17∕19 = 21 2∕19;
б) 6,7x — 5,21 = 9,54

na2005stud

Информатика — 3 года назад

Помогите решить задачи на паскаль.1)
дан массив случайных чисел (количество элементов
вводите с клавиатуры). найти произведение всех элементов массива.2)
дан массив случайных чисел (количество элементов
вводите с клавиатуры). найти сумму четных элементов массива.3)
дан массив случайных чисел (количество элементов
вводите с клавиатуры). найти максимальный элемент массива.4)
дан массив случайных чисел (количество элементов
вводите с клавиатуры). найти максимальный элемент массива среди элементов,
кратных 3.

Оксаночка1233

География — 3 года назад

Почему япония — лидер по выплавке стали?

Анимешка2

Математика — 3 года назад

Чему равно: 1*(умножить)х?     0*х?

laraizotova

Русский язык — 3 года назад

В каком из предложений пропущена одна (только одна!) запятая?1.она снова умолкла, точно некий внутренний голос приказал ей замолчать и посмотрела в зал. 2.и он понял: вот что неожиданно пришло к нему, и теперь останется с ним, и уже никогда его не покинет. 3.и оба мы немножко удовлетворим свое любопытство.4.впрочем, он и сам только еле передвигал ноги, а тело его совсем застыло и было холодное, как камень. 5.по небу потянулись облака, и луна померкла. 

Информация

Посетители, находящиеся в группе Гости, не могут оставлять комментарии к данной публикации.

За это задание ты можешь получить 1 балл. На решение дается около 2 минут. Уровень сложности: высокий.
Ответом к заданию 13 по английскому языку может быть цифра (число) или слово.

Разбор сложных заданий в тг-канале

Задачи для практики

Задача 1

I have a confession to make. Even though my wife, Morgen, is an endless fount of interesting topics, when she suggested that I write about passenger pigeons, my first reaction was a yawn. How interesting can pigeons be? There are bazillions of them out there — I practically trip over them walking down the sidewalk every day. “But passenger pigeons are extinct,” she said. So are lots of animals, and that’s very sad, but it still doesn’t make them particularly interesting to the general public. She kept insisting that no, really, this particular kind of extinct pigeon is truly fascinating, and I kept displaying a complete lack of enthusiasm. Finally, she started reading some facts off a Web page. After the fi rst couple of items, I thought, “Yeah, OK, that’s a bit interesting, but if that’s all there is to it…” Only it wasn’t. She kept reading — and I kept saying “Wow.” Even I had to admit, yes, the story of the passenger pigeon is quite interesting. So by way of penance, allow me to present the official information on passenger pigeons.

The last passenger pigeon in the world died less than 100 years ago — in 1914, according to most reports. In fact, we know exactly when and where the species went extinct: Tuesday, September 1, 1914, at 1:00 p. m. Eastern time at the Cincinnati Zoo. We even know the last bird’s name: Martha. She was 29 years old. It’s rather extraordinary that we should have such detailed and precise information about the moment when a species meets its demise — the passenger pigeon is almost certainly unique in that regard. What’s even more extraordinary is that just a century or so earlier, passenger pigeons had been more numerous than any other bird in North America — numbering in the billions.

The word “passenger” in the name does not mean the pigeon liked to hitch rides on other animals (nor should the passenger pigeon be confused with the carrier pigeon, an entirely different animal). Rather, the name apparently comes from the French word passage, which means, roughly, “passage” (or “transit” or “crossing”); it referred to the birds’ massive and frequent migrations. The adjective form of passage is passager, and this apparently became “passenger” in English via folk etymology. The scientific name is Ectopistes migratorius, which means, more or less, “migrating wanderer.”

Because the birds always stayed in large groups, the small animals that were their main predators posed little threat; they could never kill enough of a flock to threaten the group’s survival. This behavior, however, became their undoing once the human population began to balloon in North America. As European settlers and their descendants moved across the continent, they cut down many of the trees that had provided food and shelter for the passenger pigeons. This had relatively little effect on the birds’ overall population, but it did restrict their habitat. Because birds nesting by the hundreds of thousands or millions in a confined area were such an easy target — and, perhaps, in “retaliation” for destroying crops — farmers and hunters began to trap and kill passenger pigeons in huge numbers, selling them (very cheaply) for meat.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

How did the author become interested in the topic of passenger pigeon?

  1. His wife read him some facts from the Internet in a loud voice.
  2. His wife found some facts in books and gave him to read.
  3. His wife found and read him some facts from traditional books.
  4. His wife showed him some facts on the Internet and he read them himself.

Задача 2

I’m not normally one to lose sleep over missed opportunities; we all make the best decisions we can and life goes on. But about a decade ago, I made a truly stupid choice and I’ve been kicking myself for it ever since. I was doing graduate work in linguistics at the University of California, San Diego, and a musical group called Huun-Huur-Tu came to town and put on a concert at the university. I saw the posters, noticed that my classmates excitedly anticipated the concert, and seriously considered going… but for some unfathomable reason, I decided not to. The next day, and for a week or two afterward, that was all anyone could talk about: this amazing, surreal event — and, for linguistics students in particular, the complex vocal mechanics behind it. In the years since, I’ve yet to cross paths with the Huun-Huur-Tu again, and when two different people suggested to write about them, it was with a certain sense of shame and self-pity that I agreed.

What could be so special about a style of singing — don’t all singers use their throats? Not like these folks. The simplest way of explaining what throat singers do is that they can sing two notes at the same time. In fact, not just two notes — some throat singers can produce as many as four distinct tones simultaneously. The effect is truly weird and chilling. The singers hail from Tuva, an autonomous Russian republic just north of the Mongolian border and a bit west of Irkutsk. Although Tuvans are the best-known throat singers, similar vocal techniques are used by some Tibetan Buddhist monks, as well as Mongolians and other residents of central Asia; the technique is also known among the Inuit in North America and Siberia. Xhosa-speaking women in southern Africa also practice a form of throat singing.

The combinations of notes you hear in throat singing aren’t really chords in the conventional sense; even the best throat singer can’t sing a melody and counterpoint at the same time. Instead, the sound is more like a bagpipe, with a constant-pitched drone under a higher melody with a different timbre.

There are in fact several very distinct forms of throat singing. One sounds rather like a digeridoo, with a flute- or whistle-like melody. Others resemble a low growling sound, a bird call, or rolling water, to give just a few examples. But in every case throat singing sounds like it could not possibly be coming from a human being — especially not a single human.

Throat singing is closely related to vocal techniques known as overtone singing, harmonic singing, and multiphonic singing. Whether these techniques amount to the same thing, or whether one is considered a subset of another, depends on whom you ask; there are no precise, widely agreedon definitions. But all have in common a way of changing vocal sounds so that multiple distinct tones are perceived at once.

Although Huun-Huur-Tu is the best-known group of traditional Tuvan Throat Singers, there’s another Tuvan who has taken the art down a different path. A singer named Ondar combines Tuvan throat-singing techniques with modern instruments and pop stylings that sound familiar to western ears. While some critics feel he has corrupted a beautiful art form, a more charitable view is that he has helped to make throat singing more accessible and understandable to an audience that would otherwise not accept it. Ondar was featured in the documentary Genghis Blues, and has music available on Apple’s iTunes Music Store — a sure sign of popular acceptance.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

What is the meaning of the word ‘note’ in the second paragraph?

  1. A characteristic way of speaking.
  2. Something written down to assist the memory.
  3. A musical sound which represents a tone.
  4. A short, informal letter.

Задача 3

When I travel, I usually make a conscious effort to avoid having very specific expectations. I plan out an itinerary, but I try to maintain a sense of equanimity about the experiences ahead. I like to be surprised — and I like to be able to experience new things in my own way, on my own terms. This sort of attitude has not only saved me some disappointment, it’s helped me to approach fairly commonplace sights and events with a sense of wonder and delight. As a result — and frankly, without much effort — I found myself feeling neutral, perhaps even about the prospect of visiting a glacier in Patagonia. I’ve seen ice; what could this be other than a great quantity of it? I expected to be cold, so I packed appropriate clothing. I expected scenic views, so I packed my camera. And that was about as far as I thought about it.

The trip to the Perito Moreno glacier took us more than an hour by bus from the town of El Calafate, Argentina. When we rounded a corner on a mountain road and I got my first glimpse of the glacier, I thought, “Wow. That’s really big.” Later, from a much different angle, I realized what a tiny slice of one corner of one end of this glacier I’d seen earlier, and I was overwhelmed at the scale of what I saw. As glaciers go, I am told, this is not one of the larger ones. Even though I took dozens of pictures, including some panoramic shots, there is simply no way to capture how big this thing looks in person. No wide-angle lens could do it, because it’s not only impossibly wide but tall and long as well. Shot of climbing a mountain or flying high overhead, there is no way to take in the whole thing at once. So, yes: a lot of ice… but that doesn’t begin to tell the story.

We took a boat across the lake into which the glacier drains, then hiked along the shore to a point near the edge of the glacier. There, we were outfitted with crampons for a 90-minute hike on the glacier itself. After about five minutes of climbing on the steep ice, our guides mentioned that it would become much more strenuous from here on, and two members of our group decided to turn back. The rest of us got a good workout, some extraordinary views, and a few surprises.

The Perito Moreno glacier also has several unique features. For one thing, it is, at the moment (according to some experts, at least) the only glacier in the world in a state of equilibrium — neither advancing nor retreating. Retreating is the norm, due to global warming — numerous glaciers have disappeared in recent decades, and many others are shrinking rapidly. The Perito Moreno glacier, however, advances at the same rate ice breaks off, and has done so for many years.

Another unusual characteristic is that this glacier empties into a lake right at the point where two branches connect through a fairly narrow channel. From time to time, the glacier’s face reaches all the way to the outcropping of land on the other side of the channel — sealing it off to create, in effect, two separate lakes. As the glacier continues to melt, the water level in one of the lakes rises at a faster rate than the other, causing significant flooding. Eventually, the warm water melts enough of the ice that an underwater tunnel forms between the lakes; as the tunnel expands, the water levels equalize. Before long, the tunnel becomes more of an underpass for a giant ice bridge; when this inevitably collapses, it’s a spectacular sight. The last such collapse occurred in March 2004. The glacier then advanced to block the channel again, and when we visited in December 2004, a small tunnel had recently formed and the water from the higher lake was still rushing into the lower one.

Just before we went around the last wall of ice on our way off the glacier, the guide said there was a special treat waiting for us. They’d set up a little table on the ice with complimentary cups of hot tea for everyone — on the rocks, of course. Yes, those rocks. It was a delightful treat. We left tired, sweaty, sunburned, and very satisfied.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

‘Word THIS in’ ‘… what could this be other than a great quantity of it?’ (The first paragraph) refers to…

  1. a glacier in Patagonia.
  2. ice.
  3. the prospect.
  4. his feelings.

Задача 4

As an American, I have always been a bit ambivalent when it comes to units of measurement. I learned units like inches, pints, and pounds first, but all through elementary and secondary school, the metric system (or S. I., Système International) was taught, along with dire warnings that we’d better get used to the new measurements because the U. S. was going to be giving up Imperial units real soon now. That would have been fine with me, because I’m fluent in meters, liters, and grams too, and they all make more sense to me than their Imperial counterparts. Temperature, strangely, is the exception: I can’t seem to switch my brain out of Fahrenheit. The entire world — excluding Americans — has come to the sane conclusion that units of measurement based on outdated and arbitrary standards should be abandoned, and that everything should be based on easy-to-calculate units of ten.

Everything, that is, except time, the measurement of which requires dealing in inconvenient quantities such as 60, 12, 7, 365, 31, 30, 28, and every so often, 29 and 366. Why shouldn’t time be measured in units of 10, 100, and 1000? Seconds, hours, weeks, and months, after all, are simply arbitrary divisions of days, seasons, and years. It would be better to divide them up in a decimal-friendly way. But it turns out that there have been numerous proposals to do exactly that.

Let’s back up a bit and consider a few basics. Everyone agrees that time measurements should be based on regular, observable phenomena such as the dependable fact that the sun rises and sets every day, and that the Earth’s position relative to the sun follows predictable, year-long cycles. One could argue that the notion of a “day” having a fixed duration is a bit of a fiction, since the hours of sunlight vary according to season and latitude, but I think most people are content taking an average (i. e., a mean solar day) as the rule. And of course there’s the whole leap year problem, but that need not hold up an entire timekeeping revolution. Though the idea of a “day” and “year” are with us to stay, however, all the other units — seconds, minutes, hours, weeks, and months (and even seasons, depending on where you live)— are arbitrary divisions that are ripe for revision.

The first serious attempt to slice up the clock and calendar decimally happened in France as a consequence of the French Revolution. The new government instituted a republican calendar that consisted of 12 months of 30 days each, months bearing names suggestive of the season in which they fell (but only, of course, in France). An extra five days of festivities were added at the end of each year (not part of any month) to make the solar cycle work out. Each month consisted of three “dekades,” or 10-day weeks. New clocks had to be designed and built, too. A day now had 10 hours; hours had 100 minutes, and minutes had 100 seconds. Because the months were not that much different from existing months (breaking the strict unitof- 10 rule), they were relatively easy to get used to. But having a “minute” that was almost a minute and a half long, and an “hour” that lasted almost two and a half hours, was too much. The republican government fought a losing battle to institute the new timekeeping system from 1793 until 1805, when it was finally abandoned.

One exception to the solution is Internet Time, a standard promoted by Swiss watchmaker Swatch. In Swatch’s system, the day is divided evenly into 1000 units called “beats”; each beat lasts 1 minute, 26.4 seconds. Internet Time is designed to be universal, rather than local — so if you say an event is going to occur at 435 beats (which is how Internet Time is notated), that represents a fixed time that works anywhere in the world. Beat 0 is defined as midnight in Biel, Switzerland, where the Swatch headquarters is located. The downside to the lack of time zones, of course, is that Internet Time has no consistent relationship to the cycle of the sun; you simply have to memorize what beat range constitutes periods such as “morning,” “afternoon,” and “evening” in your local area — and then recalculate if you travel.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

The phrase ‘in a decimal-friendly way’ in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to…

  1. the way of accurate calculation.
  2. the way of using convenient fractions.
  3. the way based on the unit ten.
  4. the way of easy calculation.

Задача 5

Books used to be such rare and wonderful things. I’m not talking about centuries ago, either. As recently as a couple of decades ago, when I was in school, I felt awestruck every time I visited the large public library downtown. It was amazing to me that as an ordinary citizen—a kid, no less—I could walk in and borrow nearly any book, no matter how old, famous, or important it was. Searching through endless card catalogs seemed like a mysterious black art, and I was always slightly surprised to find that a book I was looking for was actually on the shelves. Wouldn’t everyone in the city want to read this?

I’m equally amazed at the profound changes that have taken place in the last ten years or so with respect to how people think about books. On the one hand, there seems to be an increasingly common assumption that all useful knowledge exists in digital form, or is at least catalogued that way. Where once a search for information would begin at the library, now it seems that’s the last place many people look—if it isn’t on the Web, how important can it be?

On the other hand, despite the ever-increasing numbers of books being published and mega-bookstores, the meme of borrowing books from a library has lost a lot of its vigor. You can pick up any book you might want on the way home from work, or order it online with one click. For a certain segment of modern western society, going to a library for books is now seen as a sign of lower, rather than higher, class. Be that as it may, libraries remain the primary repository of a huge portion of the world’s knowledge, ready to be uncovered by seekers of all kinds. But there are libraries…and then there are libraries.

Public libraries funded by taxes are a relatively modern invention, dating back only to the mid-1800s in the United States. Before that time, members of the general public who wanted access to a large collection of books had to pay for it. One very common form of library required patrons to pay monthly or annual dues in exchange for access (which may or may not have included borrowing rights). When public libraries began to catch on, these membership libraries (also called subscription libraries) began to dwindle rapidly; there are now just 18 still functioning in the U.S.

One such library is the Mechanics’ Institute Library in San Francisco, of which I’m a member. The library was founded in 1854 as an educational resource for “mechanics”—that is, anyone in an engineering or technical field—providing not just books but classes, lectures, and cultural programs. By 1906, the library’s collection had reached nearly 200,000 volumes, but they were completely destroyed by the fire resulting from the great earthquake that hit the city that year. Within four years, however, a new building was erected for the library, and with a number of generous donations, it was back in business—this time, with a more general collection to appeal to a wider and less technically oriented audience. It also added a chess room, home to one of the oldest chess clubs in the country but available for use by all members. Today, the Mechanics’ Institute Library is still going strong, with an up-to-date and ever-expanding collection of books, periodicals, CDs, videotapes, and DVDs; high-speed wireless internet access; and a very popular series of cultural events. It’s one of my favorite spots to do research, write, or just get away from the noise and chaos of the city.

Why would I pay to go to the Mechanics’ Institute Library when there is a perfectly good public library in town that’s much larger, closer to where I live, and free? That’s a bit like asking why I’d eat at a small, out of the way, expensive French restaurant when there’s a perfectly good mall food court nearby. In other words: you get what you pay for. When I go to the Mechanics’ Institute, I know that I will be walking into a clean, quiet, beautiful setting filled with great books—as well as intelligent and thoughtful people who, like me, care enough about the quality of their library experience to pay for it. Both patrons and staff take books very seriously— much more so, on average, than what I’ve seen in public libraries.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

What question does the author pose in the first paragraph?

  1. Why hasn’t the book been borrowed yet?
  2. Why don’t people go to the library?
  3. Why has the book never been read?
  4. Who would like to read the book?

Задача 6

I have a special fondness for contradiction — the apparent not-goingtogether of things I like or believe equally. For example, I love living in the city, and can’t imagine being without the energy, resources, and constant stimulation it provides. But I could say with equal conviction that I’m the happiest person when I’m far away from people, noise, and chaos, immersed in the solitude of nature. As a result, when planning a vacation, I’m never quite sure whether I want to “get away from it all” or experience the novelty and adventure of another urban area. Las Vegas, New York, and Paris are among my favorite places to visit; on the other hand, I also enjoy a meditative retreat, a long weekend in the desert, or a lazy trip through the countryside. But my very favorite place to go for peace and quiet is Saturna Island.

Perhaps I should begin with a quick geography lesson. British Columbia is Canada’s westernmost province. Its largest city, Vancouver, is on the Pacific coast. Not far off the coast — about an hour and a half by ferry — is Vancouver Island, which is an immense piece of land. On Vancouver Island you’ll find Victoria, the capital city of British Columbia, and about three-quarters of a million people. The stretch of ocean between the mainland and Vancouver Island is known as the Georgia Strait, and scattered along the 300-mile length of the strait are hundreds of smaller islands, only a handful of which are inhabited. The Gulf Islands, as they are called, have all the natural beauty typical of the Pacific Northwest, and a much more relaxed pace of life than the big cities.

Saturna is the southernmost Gulf Island, just beyond U. S. waters. Although it’s one of the larger islands at twelve square miles, it’s the least populated, with just over 300 year-round residents. It can be reached only by float plane, private boat, or ferry, but there are no direct ferry routes from the mainland. By the time you get there, you already have a sense of its remoteness. And as soon as you begin to look around, you realize you’re in a wonderfully different place.

Guidebooks sometimes describe Saturna in terms of what it doesn’t have. There are no camping facilities. There’s no town, either — just a few scattered businesses. There’s no laundromat, bookstore, movie theater, or pharmacy. And there’s no bank; by law, that would require the presence of a full-time police officer on the island, which it also doesn’t have. In this tiny rural outpost of civilization, you can find not only peace and quiet, but an amazing concentration of interesting things and people.

I distinctly remember the exact moment I got hooked on Saturna. On our first visit there several years ago, Saturna was our last stop on a tour of the Gulf Islands. We had reservations at the Breezy Bay Bed & Breakfast. When we arrived, our host, Renie Muir, showed us to our room in the 1890s farmhouse. As we walked up the stairs, we first entered a library. I just gasped — this was the room of my dreams. Dark wood, the smell of old books, and comfy chairs all around. For me, that’s heaven. I knew I had come to the right place, and as I was to discover, that room was in a way a microcosm of the entire island: a place of contemplation, interesting ideas, and a simpler, more meaningful way of life.

Outside our window was a farm. One path led down to a small beach; another led up to the top of a hill with a beautiful panoramic view. We spent many hours relaxing, exploring, reading, and talking. You may be thinking, “That’s nice, but I can relax or talk anywhere. What’s really so special about Saturna?” The best way I can think of to put it is, of all the places I’ve visited, Saturna has consistently had the highest concentration of memorable moments. Something about the place, the environment, and the people who are drawn to the island, makes it a fertile breeding ground for interesting things.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

How many people live on Vancouver Island?

  1. About 600 000 people.
  2. About three million people.
  3. About 750 000 people.
  4. About 350 000 people.

Задача 7

When I get a sore throat, I always find a cup of tea with some honey very soothing. I always assumed that the restorative power of honey was mostly in my head. Sure, it tastes good and has a pleasant texture that coats my irritated throat, but it’s practically pure sugar, after all. What good could it possibly do me other than diminishing my perception of discomfort for a few minutes? So I’ve been content in my belief that honey is little more than a tasty treat. Now, ironically enough, my convictions are being challenged, as researchers are turning up new evidence of honey’s medical benefits left and right.

Historically, honey has been used as a folk remedy in cultures around the world for millennia. It has been prescribed informally as a cure for smallpox, baldness, eye diseases, and indigestion. As with most natural “cures” unsupported by scientific studies, I sort of chuckle and sigh when I read about things like this—honey’s properties make it a surprisingly effective cure-all. Or, let’s say, cure-much.

Honey’s salutary effects stem primarily from its antimicrobial properties. Most bacteria and other microorganisms cannot grow or reproduce in honey. I found this quite surprising, because bacteria love sugar. Honey contains around 40% fructose and 30% glucose—among other sugars—making it seemingly a great treat for microbes. However, honey is also somewhat acidic, and acids prevent the growth of some bacteria.

So what happens when you dilute honey with water—the bacteria just multiply like crazy, right? Well…yes and no. Amazingly enough, diluted honey supports the growth of bacteria that are helpful to humans while killing off dangerous bacteria. Some microorganisms do indeed flourish in a water solution of honey—such as the yeast added into honey.

What does all this mean in practical terms? For one thing, it means that honey applied topically to a wound can promote healing just as well as, or in many cases better than, ointments and other cures. Its antibacterial properties prevent infection. It also functions as an anti-inflammatory agent, reducing both swelling and pain. As if that weren’t enough, it even reduces scarring. In studies around the world, honey has been shown to be extraordinarily effective in the treatment of wounds, burns, and surgical incisions. Honey has been shown to be effective in treating inflammation of the eyes. Honey also functions as cream, making it a useful treatment for sunburn as well as a skin softener. But wait, there’s more! Honey is truly a head-to-toe cure.

Now that you’ve worked yourself into a gleeful frenzy over the miraculous properties of honey, I want to temper your enthusiasm a bit. The bad news, if you can call it that, is that not all honey is created equal. The chemical composition of honey depends on a huge number of variables, the most important of which is the type or types of plant that provided the source nectar. Honeys vary not only in color and flavor, but in their medicinal properties, with some varieties being much more potent than others. Because it’s impossible to regulate the comings and goings of millions of bees, there’s also no way to guarantee that honey from any location will be chemically the same from year to year or free of contamination from pollutants the bees may have found their way into. Honey supplies must be tested thoroughly and regularly.

As I was reflecting on all the health benefits of honey, it suddenly occurred to me: I don’t think I’ve ever seen a sick bee. Coincidence? Probably. But honey may be one miracle cure that lives up to the buzz.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

The author is skeptical…

  1. when he reads that honey heals almost all diseases.
  2. reading that honey heals baldness and smallpox.
  3. when he reads about folk stories about this remedy.
  4. when he reads about the support of scientific studies.

Задача 8

The other day I was at a restaurant with some friends, and one member of our party arrived a bit late. Before sitting down, he started heading toward the corner of the room, and when someone asked where he was going, he held up his hands and said, “Demunification.” Although I had never heard that word before, I understood immediately what he was saying: he was heading to the lavatory to wash his hands in order to “de-MUNI-fy” them — MUNI being short for San Francisco Municipal Railway, the transit authority that runs the city’s buses and streetcars. When you’re riding a bus or streetcar that’s so crowded you have to stand, you end up holding onto the handrails, which feel grimy from being handled by untold thousands of people before you. Almost everyone I know who rides MUNI habitually washes their hands as soon afterward as possible, which is probably an excellent idea.

From time to time I’m in some sort of social situation where a handshake is expected, but my hands are not necessarily clean. This always makes me feel awkward — it’s one thing to decline a handshake when my hands are covered with motor oil or pastry flour, but in the absence of visible contaminants, North Americans typically consider it an insult not to accept a handshake. Not that I’m hypersensitive about germs, but this made me wonder: considering the wide range of alternatives, how did the handshake come to be the standard greeting in this society?

I’ve read at least half a dozen contradictory accounts of the origin of the handshake. Because handshakes clearly predate written history, all these explanations are ultimately somewhat speculative. But the most popular story is that an open right hand showed you were not carrying a weapon; if two men met and displayed empty right hands, this presumably meant a basic level of trust existed that neither would stab the other. In one variant of this story, the handshake evolved from an elbow-to-wrist “patdown” to check for hidden knives; in another, the shaking motion was supposed to dislodge any sharp objects that may have been kept in the sleeve.

Meanwhile, the “I’m-not-going-to-stab-you” story doesn’t tell us why the handshake won out over other greeting gestures in the West. After all, in some cultures the standard greeting (even between people who don’t know each other well) is a kiss on one or both cheeks; in others, people hug, rub noses, bow, or even stick out their tongues. I suggest one possibility. At one time the English were more demonstrative with their gestures of greeting — for example, English men routinely greeted all women with a kiss. As part of the Victorian behavioral “reforms,” public kissing of any kind became socially unacceptable and the handshake came into fashion for both men and women as a convenient way to keep a person at arm’s length. So to speak.

At least in the United States, the handshake has become an extremely ambiguous symbol. At one level, it just means “hello” or “goodbye.” But it can also be construed to mean “we’re in agreement” or even that an informal contract has been reached.

Of course, business types will read all sorts of meaning into the very style of your handshake. Even if you execute it under exactly the right circumstances, it must be firm but not too firm; it must be held for exactly the right amount of time but no longer; it must be accompanied by direct eye contact; and, for bonus sincerity points, you should add your left hand to make a “hand sandwich.” You may also be judged on the angle of your hand and the number and intensity of shakes.

So then, how do we convey all those extra meanings that are supposed to be encoded in a handshake? My advice is to do what our parents told us when we were three years old: “Use your words.”

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

Which of the following makes the author feel awkward?

  1. To decline a handshake when his hands are covered with motor oil.
  2. To decline a handshake when his hands are covered with pastry flour.
  3. To decline a handshake when his hands are covered with visible contaminants.
  4. To decline a handshake when his hands are seen clean.

Задача 9

My decision to re-think my consumer habits and become more eco conscious was an awareness that grew slowly over time. It was an accumulation of noticing rubbish strewn around the city, seeing videos on the effect of plastic pollution on our oceans, numerous documentaries and books and the infamous Blue planet II. It finally culminated with the realisation that the cheap synthetic material involved in fast fashion, the rows and rows of plastic film covering items on the supermarket shelf, the takeaway cutlery, and every disposable coffee cup you see in the hands of people in the city, cannot be recycled and are therefore going straight to landfill or to be incinerated.

Plastics can stay around for up to 450 years, releasing toxins into the environment and breaking down into smaller pieces which pollute our oceans and harm birds and marine life. I quickly realised that the throw away culture and the plastic waste epidemic that is destroying the world’s oceans and finding its way back to us through the food chain wasn’t just happening ‘elsewhere’ – the Emerald Isle was just as much a part of the mess and what’s more we were all contributing to it! But why? How had it come to this and why wasn’t this being talked about?

I knew that I had to make a change and transform my consumer habits so that I could begin as much as possible, to lessen my negative impact on this beautiful planet. I decided to start with my personal contribution to landfill waste and began to reduce the amount of items in plastic packaging that I bought, seeking biodegradable and compostable options, or simply no packaging at all, as well as durable and recyclable replacements such as glass and stainless steel.

Our current linear economy where we endlessly “make, use, and dispose” and intentionally construct products ‘designed for the dump’ is creating global depletion of natural resources and over accumulation of waste which is detrimental to our environment, our wildlife and our health. We want to create a more sustainable circular economy where items are designed and manufactured to last and then kept in use for as long as possible by repairing them, reusing, upcycling, sharing, or repurposing them and at the end of their life, when they are completely exhausted, the individual parts can be used again to make something else or otherwise biodegrade harmlessly back into the earth.

Fast Fashion has a big environmental impact which includes worker exploitation, chemical pollution and depletion of natural resources. Synthetic fibres also don’t biodegrade and are derived from coal and petroleum products. Globally we consume 80 billion new pieces of clothing each year, this is 400% more than we consumed 20 years ago and we are discarding them even faster.

We need to take back our consumer power and start talking about the impact our throwaway culture is having on the planet. Each one of us can make a difference and if we engage and empower our families, friends and communities and through this begin to influence local government and businesses, small changes can lead to big ones!

I am interested in minimalism, zero waste and in becoming part of a circular economy where things are built to last, where we can reduce the over consumption that is draining the earth’s resources and polluting our oceans, and instead become conscious consumers, where we value and take responsibility for our possessions, and repair, swap, thrift, upcycle or recycle rather than throw away.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

The necessity of improving the throw away culture is evident because…

  1. it is happening only in the Emerald Isle.
  2. the plastic waste epidemic leads to change the food chain.
  3. it applies to all parts of the world.
  4. it contributes to the destruction of the world’s oceans.

Задача 10

By Joshua Marks

While 97 percent of climate scientists agree that climate change is occurring and greenhouse gas emissions are the main cause, political measures will have not been strong enough so far to initiate a massive policy shift away from fossil fuels and toward sustainable forms of energy. Perhaps more extreme weather events such as droughts, wildfires, heat waves and flooding will convince the public to put more pressure on policymakers to act urgently to curb carbon emissions and address this issue before it’s too late.

Air pollution and climate change are closely linked, as the same greenhouse gas emissions that are warming the planet are also creating smoggy conditions in major cities that endanger public health. If you’ve seen horrifying images of pollution-choked Chinese cities and think the smog is isolated to Beij ing or Shanghai, think again. U. S. scientists are finding that Chinese pollution is intensifying storms over the Pacific Ocean and contributing to more erratic weather in the U. S.

Water and soil pollution might not get the media attention that air pollution does, but they are still important public health concerns. According to the Natural Resources Defense Council, dirty water is the world’s biggest health risk. While the Clean Water Act did much to make American water safe from harmful pollutants, today there is a new threat to clean water coming from the shale gas fracking boom taking place across the country.

Soil contamination is a major issue across the world. In China, nearly 20 percent of arable land has been contaminated by toxic heavy metals. Soil pollution threatens food security and poses health risks to the local population. The use of pesticides and fertilizers are also major factors in soil pollution.

Forests are important to mitigating climate change because they serve as “carbon sinks,” meaning that they absorb CO2 that would otherwise escape into the atmosphere and worsen global warming. It is estimated that 15 percent of total greenhouse gas emissions come from deforestation. Cutting down trees also threatens animals and humans who rely on healthy forests to sustain themselves, and the loss of tropical rainforests is particularly concerning because around 80 percent of the world’s species reside in these areas. About 17 percent of the Amazon rainforest has been cut down in the past 50 years to make way for cattle ranching.

As the population increases and climate change causes more droughts, water scarcity is becoming more of an issue. Only three percent of the world’s water is fresh water and 1.1 billion people lack access to clean, safe drinking water. As the current drought in California dramatically shows, access to water is not just an issue for developing countries but the United States as well. In fact, by the middle of this century more than a third of all counties in the lower 48 states will be at higher risk of water shortages with more than 400 of the 1,100 counties facing an extremely high risk.

Increasing human encroachment on wildlife habitats is causing a rapid loss of biodiversity that threatens food security, population health and world stability. Climate change is also a major contributor to biodiversity loss, as some species aren’t able to adapt to changing temperatures. According to the World Wildlife Fund’s Living Planet Index, biodiversity has declined 27 percent in the last 35 years.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

What are U. S. scientists mostly worried about?

  1. Smog is dangerous for humans.
  2. Chinese cities suffer from air pollution.
  3. The weather in the USA is becoming unpredictable.
  4. Major cities are going to vanish in the Pacific Ocean.

Задача 11

The first Wednesday in every month was a Perfectly Awful Day — a day to be awaited with dread, endured with courage and forgotten with haste. Every floor must be spotless, every chair dustless, and every bed without a wrinkle. Ninety-seven squirming little orphans must be scrubbed and combed and buttoned into freshly starched ginghams; and all ninety-seven reminded of their manners, and told to say, ‘Yes, sir,’ ‘No, sir,’ whenever a Trustee spoke.

It was a distressing time; and poor Jerusha Abbott, being the oldest orphan, had to bear the brunt of it. But this particular first Wednesday, like its predecessors, finally dragged itself to a close. Jerusha escaped from the pantry where she had been making sandwiches for the asylum’s guests, and turned upstairs to accomplish her regular work. Her special care was room F, where eleven little tots, from four to seven, occupied eleven little cots set in a row. Jerusha assembled her charges, straightened their rumpled frocks, wiped their noses, and started them in an orderly and willing line towards the dining-room to engage themselves for a blessed half hour with bread and milk and prune pudding.

Then she dropped down on the window seat and leaned throbbing temples against the cool glass. She had been on her feet since five that morning, doing everybody’s bidding, scolded and hurried by a nervous matron. Mrs. Lippett, behind the scenes, did not always maintain that calm and pompous dignity with which she faced an audience of Trustees and lady visitors. Jerusha gazed out across a broad stretch of frozen lawn, beyond the tall iron paling that marked the confines of the asylum, down undulating ridges sprinkled with country estates, to the spires of the village rising from the midst of bare trees.

The day was ended — quite successfully, so far as she knew. The Trustees and the visiting committee had made their rounds, and read their reports, and drunk their tea, and now were hurrying home to their own cheerful firesides, to forget their bothersome little charges for another month. Jerusha leaned forward watching with curiosity — and a touch of wistfulness — the stream of carriages and automobiles that rolled out of the asylum gates. In imagination she followed first one equipage, then another, to the big houses dotted along the hillside. She pictured herself in a fur coat and a velvet hat trimmed with feathers leaning back in the seat and nonchalantly murmuring ‘Home’ to the driver. But on the door-sill of her home the picture grew blurred.

Jerusha had an imagination — an imagination, Mrs. Lippett told her, that would get her into trouble if she didn’t take care — but keen as it was, it could not carry her beyond the front porch of the houses she would enter.

Poor, eager, adventurous little Jerusha, in all her seventeen years, had never stepped inside an ordinary house; she could not picture the daily routine of those other human beings who carried on their lives undiscommoded by orphans.

Je-ru-sha Ab-bott, you are wanted in the office, And I think you’d better hurry up!

Tommy Dillon, who had joined the choir, came singing up the stairs and down the corridor, his chant growing louder as he approached room F. Jerusha wrenched herself from the window and refaced the troubles of life.

‘Who wants me?’ she cut into Tommy’s chant with a note of sharp anxiety.

Mrs. Lippett in the office, And I think she’s mad. Ah-a-men!*

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

Why the day was especially distressing for Jerusha?

  1. Because she had a lot of duties as she was the oldest girl.
  2. Because Jerusha hoped to find a family.
  3. Everybody needed her advice.
  4. Nobody wanted to help her.

Задача 12

Four grunts, an indignant voice asking why nobody could leave a hat alone, a slammed door, and Mr Packington had departed to catch the eightforty- five to the City. Mrs Packington sat on at the breakfast table. Her face was flushed, her lips were pursed, and the only reason she was not crying was that at the last minute anger had taken the place of grief.

«I won’t stand it,» said Mrs Packington. «I won’t stand it!» She remained for some moments brooding, and then murmured: «The minx. Nasty sly little cat! How George can be such a fool!»

Anger faded; grief came back. Tears came into Mrs Packington’s eyes and rolled slowly down her middle-aged cheeks.

«It’s all very well to say I won’t stand it, but what can I do?»

Suddenly she felt alone, helpless, utterly forlorn. Slowly she took up the morning paper and read, not for the first time, an advertisement on the front page.

«Confidential

Are you happy? If not, consult Mr Parker Pyne, 17 Richmond Street».

«Absurd!» said Mrs Packington. «Utterly absurd.» Then: «After all, I might just see…»

Which explains why at eleven o’clock Mrs Packington, a little nervous, was being shown into Mr Parker Pyne’s private office.

As has been said, Mrs Packington was nervous, but somehow or other, the mere sight of Mr Parker Pyne brought a feeling of reassurance. He was large, not to say fat; he had a bald head of noble proportions, strong glasses and little twinkling eyes.

«Pray sit down,» said Mr Parker Pyne. «You have come in answer to my advertisement?» he added helpfully.

«Yes,» said Mrs Packington, and stopped there.

«And you are not happy,» said Mr Parker Pyne in a cheerful, matter-offact voice. «Very few people are. You would really be surprised if you knew how few people are happy.»

«Indeed?» said Mrs Packington, not feeling, however, that it mattered whether other people were unhappy or not.

«Not interesting to you, I know,» said Mr Parker Pyne,

«but very interesting to me. You see, for thirty-five years of my life I have been engaged in the compiling of statistics in a government office. Now I have retired, and it has occurred to me to use the experience I have gained in a novel fashion. It is all so simple. Unhappiness can be classified under five main heads — no more, I assure you. Once you know the cause of a malady, the remedy should not be impossible.

«I stand in the place of the doctor. The doctor first diagnoses the patient’s disorder, then he proceeds to recommend a course of treatment. There are cases where no treatment can be of any avail. If that is so, I say frankly that I can do nothing. But I assure you, Mrs Packington, that if I undertake a case, the cure is practically guaranteed.»

Could it be so? Was this nonsense, or could it, perhaps, be true? Mrs Packington gazed at him hopefully.

«Shall we diagnose your case?» said Mr Parker Pyne, smiling. He leaned back in his chair and brought the tips of his fingers together. «The trouble concerns your husband. You have had, on the whole, a happy married life. Your husband has, I think, prospered. I think there is a young lady concerned in the case — perhaps a young lady in your husband’s office.»

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

The expression “I won’t stand it” in the second paragraph means …

  1. I’ll cope with it.
  2. I like it.
  3. I’ll change it.
  4. I can’t bear it.

Задача 13

One was called Mrs Richman and she was a widow. The second was called Mrs Sutcliffe; she was American and she had divorced two husbands. The third was called Miss Hickson and she was a spinster. They were all in the comfortable forties and they were all well off.

Mrs Sutcliffe had the odd first name of Arrow. When she was young and slender she had liked it well enough. It suited her and the jests it occasioned though too often repeated were very flattering; she was not disinclined to believe that it suited her character too: it suggested directness, speed, and purpose.

She liked it less now that her delicate features had grown muzzy with fat, that her arms and shoulders were so substantial and her hips so massive. It was increasingly difficult to find dresses to make her look as she liked to look. The jests her name gave rise to now were made behind her back and she very well knew that they were far from obliging. But she was by no means resigned to middle age. She still wore blue to bring out the colour of her eyes and, with the help of art, her fair hair had kept its lustre.

What she liked about Beatrice Richman and Frances Hickson was that they were both so much fatter than she, it made her look quite slim; they were both older and much inclined to treat her as a little young thing. It was not disagreeable. They were good-natured women and they chaffed her pleasantly about her beaux; they had both given up the thought of that kind of nonsense, indeed Miss Hickson had never given it a moment’s consideration, but they were sympathetic to her f lirtations. It was understood that one of these days Arrow would make a third man happy.

‘Only you mustn’t get any heavier, darling,’ said Mrs Richman.

‘And for goodness’ sake make certain of his bridge,’ said Miss Hickson.

They saw for her a man of about fifty, but well-preserved and of distinguished carriage, an admiral on the retired list and a good golfer, or a widower without encumbrances, but in any case with a substantial income. Arrow listened to them amiably, and kept to herself the fact that this was not at all her idea. It was true that she would have liked to marry again, but her fancy turned to a dark slim Italian with flashing eyes and a sonorous title or to a Spanish don of noble lineage; and not a day more than thirty. There were times when, looking at herself in her mirror, she was certain she did not look any more than that herself.

They were great friends, Miss Hickson, Mrs Richman, and Arrow Sutcliffe. It was their fat that had brought them together and bridge that had cemented their alliance. They had met first at Carlsbad, where they were staying at the same hotel and were treated by the same doctor who used them with the same ruthlessness. Beatrice Richman was enormous. She was a handsome woman, with fine eyes, rouged cheeks, and painted lips. She was very well content to be a widow with a handsome fortune. She adored her food. She liked bread and butter, cream, potatoes, and suet puddings, and for eleven months of the year ate pretty well everything she had a mind to, and for one month went to Carlsbad to reduce.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

When Mrs Sutcliffe was young she liked her name because…

  1. she liked the sound of it.
  2. it suited her character.
  3. it matched her surname.
  4. it suited both her appearance and her character.

Задача 14

Mackintosh went into the dining-room and turned over once more the old newspapers. But he could not read them. The house was very still. Walker was upstairs in his room asleep, the Chinese cook was busy in the kitchen, the two policemen were out fishing. The silence that seemed to brood over the house was unearthly, and there hammered in Mackintosh’s head the question whether the revolver still lay where he had placed it. He could not bring himself to look. The uncertainty was horrible, but the certainty would be more horrible still. He sweated.

At last he could stand the silence no longer, and he made up his mind to go down the road to the trader’s, a man named Jervis, who had a store about a mile away. He was a half-caste, but even that amount of white blood made him possible to talk to. He wanted to get away from his bungalow, with the desk littered with untidy papers, and underneath them something, or nothing. He walked along the road.

As he passed the fine hut of a chief a greeting was called out to him. Then he came to the store. Behind the counter sat the trader’s daughter, a swarthy broad-featured girl in a pink blouse and a white drill skirt. Jervis hoped he would marry her. He had money, and he had told Mackintosh that his daughter’s husband would be well-to-do. She flushed a little when she saw Mackintosh.

‘Father’s just unpacking some cases that have come in this morning. I’ll tell him you’re here.’

He sat down and the girl went out behind the shop. In a moment her mother waddled in, a huge old woman, a chiefess, who owned much land in her own right; and gave him her hand. Her monstrous obesity was an offence, but she managed to convey an impression of dignity. She was cordial without obsequiousness; affable, but conscious of her station. ‘You’re quite a stranger, Mr Mackintosh. Teresa was saying only this morning: «Why, we never see Mr Mackintosh now.»‘

He shuddered with disgust a little as he thought of himself as that old native’s son-in- law. It was notorious that she ruled her husband, notwithstanding his white blood, with a firm hand. Hers was the authority and hers the business head. She might be no more than Mrs Jervis to the white people, but her father had been a chief of the blood royal, and his father and his father’s father had ruled as kings.

The trader came in, small beside his imposing wife, a dark man with a black beard going grey, in ducks, with handsome eyes and flashing teeth. He was very British, and his conversation was slangy, but you felt he spoke English as a foreign tongue; with his family he used the language of his native mother. He was a servile man, cringing and obsequious.

‘Ah, Mr Mackintosh, this is a joyful surprise. Get the whisky, Teresa; Mr Mackintosh will have a gargle with us.’

He gave all the latest news of Apia, watching his guest’s eyes the while, so that he might know the welcome thing to say.

‘And how is Walker? We’ve not seen him just lately. Mrs Jervis is going to send him a sucking-pig one day this week.’

‘I saw him riding home this morning,’ said Teresa.

‘Here’s how,’ said Jervis, holding up his whisky.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

Where did Mackintosh decide to go?

  1. To the post-office.
  2. To the nearest shop.
  3. To a well-known restaurant.
  4. For a walk.

Задача 15

Most of us would confess to have a soft spot for these charismatic birds. Penguins spread across our daily lives, featuring on items such as biscuit wrappers and book covers through to Christmas and birthday cards, as well as starring in animations on cinema and television screens. We focus on their comedic waddle, their flightless vulnerability, their enduring parental care in the frozen tundra. Who could fail to care for these birds? But for those still unsure of a penguin’s charm, there is one woman in particular who could change their minds. Her name is Dyan deNapoli, whose infectious passion for protecting penguins has earned her the moniker, ‘The Penguin Lady’. She is a penguin expert and educator. Dyan is on a mission to raise awareness and help to save these very special and endangered birds. And it all began after being surrounded by penguins at Boston’s New England Aquarium, when she became smitten and captivated by their antics.

But it requires a lot of dedication — saving penguins is rewarding and stressful in equal measure. Chicks need feeding every few hours with freshly prepared and specialised food, and constantly weighed to monitor their growth. Dyan has spent many nights awake with worry; life is tenuous for young animals and penguin chicks are no exception. But her dedication to save these birds is vital because of the severe conservation status of many penguin species.

It’s a worrying possibility as penguins, as we all know, aren’t usual birds: they’re flightless, spend long periods of time in the water chasing food, are long-lived and take months to raise chicks; all features that make them very susceptible to natural and man-made disasters. Crucially, penguins have important — even critical — roles to play in the ecosystem of the ocean and on land. There are 18 recognized species of penguins in the world today, with 13 of them currently in trouble.

But it’s much more than these birds’ loveable nature and striking good looks that makes deNapoli so passionate about penguins. She has been extremely concerned about threatened and endangered species since childhood. “When I learned about the conservation status of most penguin species, I became determined to educate the public about them.” And as most species have seen a 50–95% decline over the last 50–100 years, there is plenty to worry about — especially when it’s known that healthy populations of penguins mean healthy oceans.

On rocky shores, beaches, coastal forests, and sea-ice penguins come ashore to breed and raise their young. And here some populations are still at risk from egg poaching, habitat loss, and human disturbance. Being flightless they are particularly vulnerable to introduced predators, such as rats, cats and foxes, that shouldn’t naturally be there. It is the main problem.

Dyan has first-hand experience of the devastating impact of oiling on these seabirds. There have been many tragic examples to deal with, but perhaps the most notable, she says, occurred in 2000 when an ore carrier called the MV Treasure sank off the coast of Cape Town, South Africa spilt more than 1,300 tonnes of oil into the ocean. It threatened a large proportion of the endangered African penguins and prompted an international rescue mission involving 12,500 volunteers, who were quickly on scene. It was a crisis that deNapoli couldn’t ignore and rushed to the affected area, where she worked as a supervisor and bird rehabilitation manager on this historic team. Together they relocated 19,500 birds before they became oiled, and cleaned and nursed back to health 91% of the 20,000 birds that were actually affected by the oil.*

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

Why is Dyan named as ‘The Penguin Lady?’

  1. Because she was surrounded by penguins in the aquarium.
  2. Because she has organized special park for penguins.
  3. Because she is an activist who tries to save these birds.
  4. Because she sells penguins and earns a lot of money.

Задача 16

I’ve never entirely understood radio. As in: why do so many people have a radio on so much of the time? That’s a habit I never got into, and the whole concept of radio as an always-on background noise strikes me as odd, if not downright annoying. I love listening to music, but I prefer to pick my own tunes and play them when I’m able to pay attention to them. Besides, if I’m looking for audio, the Internet offers me a much wider range of choices than terrestrial or satellite radio stations do. As a result, I couldn’t tell you the first thing about my local radio stations: their frequencies, call letters, or what sorts of programming they offer.

When I was growing up in western Pennsylvania, however, I had a somewhat greater awareness of radio stations — particularly during the winter months, when we’d listen eagerly on snowy mornings to find out if school had been cancelled that day. The station we usually listened to was KDKA, which happened to be both the first commercial radio station in the country and a notable exception to the rule that all radio stations in the eastern U. S. had call letters that started with W. I always had the vague idea that these two facts had something to do with each other, but as a habitual non-radio listener, I never thought that much about it. It turns out that not-thinking-that-much-about-it was a prominent theme in the history of radio call letters.

Around the turn of the 20th century, radio was brand new and was originally used as a wireless telegraph, with messages transmitted in Morse code. To shorten the number of dots and dashes needed to identify each party, operators of radio stations on both ships and land adopted the practice already common in telegraphy to begin messages with short (oneto three-letter) identifiers — call letters (or call signs). Without a central authority to hand out call letters, users chose their own, and frequently chose ones already in use. By 1906, an international convention established that every station should have a unique, three-letter call sign, but left vague the matter of how that uniqueness was to be ensured.

To help eliminate the confusion, the Bureau of Navigation, part of the U. S. Department of Commerce, began assigning three-letter call signs to American ships in early 1912, using the K prefix for ships on the Atlantic and Gulf coasts and W for ships on the Pacific coast and the Great Lakes; the reasons for choosing K and W, if any, are unknown. Shortly thereafter, at the London International Radiotelegraphic Convention, ranges of letters were assigned to each of the participating nations; in addition to W and most of the K range, the U. S. got the N prefix (to be used only by the navy).

In the late 19th century and the first decade and a half or so of the 20th, call signs for both ships and land-based stations had only three letters. But as the number of ships and stations increased, the pool of available combinations began to run out. Adding a fourth letter was the obvious solution, though if a ship sank or was otherwise put out of commission, its call sign was sometimes “recycled” by a land-based station. By 1930, only four-letter call signs were available. Meanwhile, authority to assign call letters moved in 1927 from the Bureau of Navigation to the newly formed Federal Radio Commission, which was replaced by the Federal Communications Commission in 1934.*

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

Which of the following is true?

  1. The author prefers to have a radio on to provide background noise.
  2. The author wants to have the possibility to choose the music to listen to.
  3. The author prefers terrestrial or satellite radio stations to the Internet.
  4. The author knows all about local radio stations.

Задача 17

On a few evenings when we were living in San Francisco, we were startled to hear a long succession of enormously loud booming noises. We went outside to investigate. The sky was clear, we didn’t see any lights to suggest explosions, and everyone seemed to be going about their business without worrying about the strange sounds, so we presumed we were simply unaware of some normal occurrence. The source, on further investigation, turned out to be fireworks — sometimes they were coming from the baseball stadium. What amazed us, though, was that the spots where these fireworks were being set off were miles away from us and over a hill — far enough that we couldn’t catch even a glimpse — and yet from the volume we would have thought they were going off right over our heads.

Today’s interesting thing is a phenomenon consisting of similarly mysterious booming noises, but without such a ready explanation. The most generic term I could find for such sounds is mistpouffers (spelled “mistpoeffers” in Belgium and the Netherlands). In various areas they go by such diverse terms as “Guns of the Seneca” (near Seneca Lake and Cayuga Lake in New York), “Barisal guns” (in Bangladesh), “uminari” (in Japan), “fog guns,” “lake guns,” and many others. In all these instances, the terms describe a sound or series of sounds that resemble loud but distant cannon fire, usually heard near the edge of a large body of water. The sounds occur when there are no storms in the vicinity that could produce thunder and no other obvious source. Sometimes they’re accompanied by a rumble that can be felt strongly enough to shake plates and hanging pictures; other times no vibration is felt.

The fact that such sounds have been reported for centuries means that proposed explanations such as artillery tests and sonic booms are not entirely satisfying. Earthquakes and volcanoes, on the other hand, can certainly produce loud booming sounds. If the atmospheric conditions are right and the sound is loud enough, it can travel enormous distances; the 1883 eruption of Krakatoa in Indonesia was heard at least 3000 miles away. However, one would expect that if seismic activity were the cause, it would be on a newsworthy scale, and therefore easily connectable to the sounds. That doesn’t seem to be the case with mistpouffers, and they’re also too frequent to make this a really good answer.

I’ve read a number of theories having to do with escaping gases, the idea being that for one reason or another a giant gas bubble is released from the sea floor, floats up to the surface, and then makes a huge “pop”; this is thought to explain why the sounds are usually heard near water and results in the evocative name “lake farts.” The gas-bubble idea strikes me as distinctly silly. If this were truly the cause, surely there’d be innumerable reports of people sighting such bubbles popping on the water’s surface — passengers in nearby ships would be stunned by the noise — and that would be that.

The leading theory about the sounds is disappointingly mundane: the source is thought to be thunder (or, in some cases, explosions of one sort or another) whose sound travels a long way simply because atmospheric and topographic conditions happen to be just right. This seems eminently plausible: if a volcano could be heard thousands of miles away, undoubtedly the sound from a thunderstorm far out over the sea could carry from beyond the horizon. There is a bunch of math and atmospheric science that seems to support this explanation, and while the details are a bit opaque to me, I feel confident that we need not appeal to invisible alien spacecraft, the footsteps of the gods, or other such fanciful causes.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

Was the author able to see the fireworks?

  1. Yes, they were seen over the hill.
  2. Yes, they went off right over their heads.
  3. Yes, though they were miles away.
  4. No, they were too far away.

Задача 18

I confess that I am something of a fan of the Swedish home furnishings store IKEA, having spent countless hours wandering its shiny showrooms in different countries. I always feel like I’ve found a tiny corner of Sweden wherever I happen to be in the world.

For years I had noticed that horses, and red horses in particular, were a common decorative motif in IKEA products, whether appearing twodimensionally on pillows or rugs, or as carved decorative figures gracing elegant bookshelves. I’ve only recently learned the significance of these tiny horses, and the centuries of history they represent. I thought IKEA was a popular symbol of Sweden, but the Dalahäst (or Dalecarlian) horse is a much more ancient and enduring one. Created in the Swedish province of Dalarna (Dalecarlia in English), the painted wooden horse has become a potent icon of Swedish culture.

Horses are an integral part of the history of Sweden, having deep cultural and religious significance. It is believed that horses were first introduced to Sweden around 2000 B.C., when nomads invaded the area, overpowering the local inhabitants with their superior military capabilities—including their horsemanship. Horses soon became a valuable asset in farming and forestry for the region.

The religious symbolism of the horse is long-standing in Sweden; not only was the horse the sacred animal of the religion of the Vikings, but it was celebrated in Norse mythology as well. Horses were associated with the gods, most notably with Odin, who was said to have an eight-legged horse named Sleipner, given to him by the trickster figure Loki.

When Christianity was introduced to Sweden in the 11th century, church leaders worked to discourage horse worship among the people, teaching that the horse was unclean, as were the practices associated with it. The ongoing struggle between the church and local custom can be seen in two separate incidents from the 17th century. In 1624, Bishop Johannes Rudbeckius of Västerås, the diocese city of Dalarna, gave a sermon denouncing the selling of certain “articles of destruction” in the market, a list that included wooden horses. Forty years later, during a witchcraft trial in Dalarna, the parish priest accused those on trial of using a “baror,” a magic wooden object in the shape of an animal (possibly a horse).

Despite these negative reactions to wooden horses, they seemed only to grow in popularity in the following years. In the 18th century, men working in the forests of Dalarna would carve wooden horses as a leisure activity and give them to children back in the village. By the 19th century, painted wooden horses were a common item of trade, often used by traveling salesmen as payment for room and board on their journeys. Created primarily in the villages around the town of Mora, these horses were painted with a floral design, reflecting the general decorative style of the time. This pattern of decoration eventually developed into the kurbits (or ripple) style of painting, which continues to this day.

Now produced only in the town of Nusnäs by two companies, the Dalahäst remains a popular icon of Sweden, often given as a gift (as when the Swedish Prime Minister presents them to foreign heads of state). Crafted from premium pine timber found in the forests surrounding Lake Siljan, the horses undergo a multi-step process, from felling the tree through hand carving, various stages of hand-painting, sanding, and varnishing. The finished product is stunning, a beautiful tribute to the long and intimate relationship between horses and humans in Sweden.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

Why did nomads overpower the inhabitants of Sweden?

  1. Because they had deeper cultural significance.
  2. Because they had deeper religious significance.
  3. Because they had valuable assets.
  4. Because they were more powerful warriors.

Задача 19

A few years ago on a family trip to Europe, we had the chance to spend an afternoon in Geneva, Switzerland, and despite limited time, we hoped to see as many of the city’s iconic sights as possible. Alas, our timing was off : the European headquarters of the United Nations, the Palais des Nations did not accept visitors over the lunch hour (right when we showed up at the gates), and more surprisingly, the famous Jet d’Eau (“water-jet”), a fountain rising 140 meters from Lake Geneva, was closed for repairs. All was not lost, however, as we consoled ourselves with wine, chocolates, and souvenir shopping.

In 2003, two years after our visit to Geneva, the hours of operation for the Jet d’Eau were expanded, and it is now possible to see it in action all year long. This daily consistency calls to mind the Jet d’Eau’s nonmechanical predecessor, the geyser, which similarly releases water and steam at regular intervals. However, while the Jet d’Eau is the result of human ingenuity, geysers are the product of extremely rare circumstances, and once damaged, cannot be repaired so easily.

Although, like most people, I had heard of geysers before, it was not until I looked more closely at their workings that I realized how unique they are among geological formations. For a geyser to become active and stable, four conditions must be met. The first thing required is a geothermal heat source, most often provided by underground volcanic activity. Second, there must be a reservoir of water available. Third, a geyser requires a certain kind of rock, which when exposed to water, can develop the pressure- and water-tight seal that is necessary for the proper functioning of a geyser. The fourth requirement is a constriction in the geyser formation near the surface, which allows pressure to build up below it until the geyser erupts. The life cycle of a geyser begins when water seeps into the ground from the surface (because of rain) or from underground reservoirs, eventually sinking deep enough to reach a layer of hot rock. This water is slowly heated and gathers at the bottom of the geyser channel, while colder water enters the channel from above, and sits on top of the warmer water. The pressure of the cold water prevents the warm water from boiling, although it continues to become super-heated. When the pressure becomes too great, the hot water turns to steam and pushes the colder water out of the channel. This reduces the pressure further, producing even more steam. This whole cycle can take 500 years, which means the water rushing from a geyser today may have fallen as rain during the 16th century.

One of the most famous geysers in the world is Old Faithful in Yellowstone National Park, which gets its name from its consistent schedule; it erupts on average every 91 minutes. Every geyser has its own schedule, based on its unique conditions. Even slight changes to the water supply or the rock formation can adversely affect the fragile balance of a geyser. Some are caused by natural processes, such as volcanic activity, but increasingly, geysers are threatened by human interference.

Of course, geysers can become dormant for many reasons, and their fragility is part of their rarity; it takes a lot to create a geyser, and just as much to keep it going. They are truly scientific marvels, and worthy of being protected as much as possible, not only for their entertainment value, but for what they tell us about long-term geological processes.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

Two years after the author’s visit to Geneva …

  1. Jet d’Eau was not in action any longer.
  2. Jet d’Eau fountain was not mechanical.
  3. Jet d’Eau fountain worked for longer hours.
  4. Jet d’Eau worked in very rare circumstances.

Задача 20

Several years ago, a Swiss friend of mine told me excitedly about a new theme park that was under construction near the city of Interlaken. He sent me a magazine article about it, and even went so far as to buy me a stock certificate for the park, giving me some trivial sliver of ownership in this hot new property.

Ever since then, Mystery Park has been on my list of things to write about, but for one reason or another it had never managed to percolate up to the top of the list until now. Which is a pity: the park closed permanently on November 19, 2006, due to a shortage of visitors (and, therefore, money). Mystery Park was the brainchild of Erich von Däniken, a Swiss author perhaps best known for his 1968 book ‘Chariots of the Gods?’, which alleged that aliens visited Earth thousands of years ago, bringing with them the technology needed to create such artifacts as the Nazca lines, the Antikythera mechanism, the pyramids in Egypt, and the statues on Easter Island. Although the book was popular, no one with any scientific credentials took it seriously, and von Däniken was immediately pigeonholed as, shall we say, a fringe theorist.

The lack of credibility didn’t stop von Däniken from authoring more than two dozen additional books and selling tens of millions of copies worldwide. After a few decades as a bestselling author, von Däniken had some cash to play with, and he decided to design a theme park that would explore the world’s great mysteries. Not just any mysteries, of course, but those for which von Däniken implied the answer “aliens did it.” The park, built on the site of a former military air base, would be an interactive, hands-on way to spread his ideas in the guise of history, science, and entertainment.

The park, which was tiny as theme parks go, consisted mainly of seven pavilions or “theme worlds” arranged in a ring. An elevated sphere in the center of the park served as an observation tower.

Although von Däniken repeatedly asserted that the park’s goal was to provide questions, not answers, he certainly tried to steer visitors toward accepting his interpretations of things. He helped design the attractions, sold his books at the park, maintained an office on the premises, and regularly interacted with visitors. Critics pointed to his well-known biases as a reason the park didn’t draw more people; even to the extent that some of the exhibits were reasonably objective, skeptical would-be visitors frequently assumed they’d be getting a full dose of UFO mania and little more.

After trying unsuccessfully to stave off creditors for months, the park eventually declared bankruptcy and closed. Analysts blamed everything from an underperforming stock market to the fact that the exhibits never changed, discouraging repeat visits. But a large part of the reason for the park’s failure seems to have been that there’s only so much to say about von Däniken’s theories and so many people who will listen to them, no matter how entertaining the multimedia presentations may be for their kids. There’s still a chance, however remote, that the park may reopen at some point—under new management, presumably, and with significant changes.

As for the content, what can I say? I liked ‘The X-Files’; conspiracy theories and stories of alien visitors are nothing if not entertaining. But I enjoy those stories as fiction, and I hope I know enough to separate entertainment from reality. It sounds to me as though that’s exactly where von Däniken failed with his Mystery Park. Or it might have been sabotaged by aliens. You just never know.

Прочитайте текст. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

The book ‘Chariots of the Gods?’ by Erich von Däniken …

  1. described the Nazca lines, the Antikythera mechanism, the pyramids in Egypt, and the statues on Easter Island.
  2. described how aliens had visited Earth many years ago.
  3. implied that many artifacts had been created by aliens.
  4. implied that many artifacts had been created by people using extraterrestrial technologies.

Рекомендуемые курсы подготовки

Change the verbs in bold into their correct adjective form so that they are grammatically correct in the context of the sentences.

1.At the recruitment drive we were shown a lot of promote material, but it wasn’t very inspire.

2.Recently, there have been some innovate and impress plans to change the student social areas.

3.In the interests of the environment, we all need to change their waste habits, so the college is introducing an oblige code for recycling and cutting down on waste.

4.The task we were given was very repeat and as a result it quickly became very bore.

5.Everybody was very excite when we were told about the cultural trip to Europe, but I was a little doubt it would go ahead.

6.Our new Director of Studies isn’t very decide and needs to play a more act role in the day-to-day running of the college.

7.Computer software designers need to be far more invent if they want to keep up with a changing and change market.

8.The Coke and coffee machines have both been out of order five times this week, and the air conditioning hasn’t been working for a month: these continue breakdowns, coupled with the continue heat, have resulted in a lot of short tempers.

9.My tutor isn’t very approach: in fact, some of my fellow students find him a little bit frighten!

10.Her presentation wasn’t very convince, and several of her classmates were extremely criticize of her arguments.

11.The market for all-include holidays (in which customers pay for their flight, accommodations, meals, and drinks in advance) has become very compete.

12.Our tutor is very help and support, but unfortunately he isn’t very depend.

13.The mistake was easily rectify, but it would have been far more prefer if it hadn’t happened in the first place.

14.Fees are non-negotiate, and you will need to pay a non-refund deposit of $500 before we can enroll you.

15.There is restrict access to the building, and all visitors will need to show a validate pass and some form of ID.

16.Participation in the evening training seminars is entirely volunteer, but we hope that everyone will attend these highly construct sessions.

17.The accident was avoid, and it wouldn’t have happened if you hadn’t been so care.

18.He’s a very create and imagine artist, and his commitment to helping young painters is admire.

19.When you apply for a job, it is very important to be specify about your occupy qualifications, and any previous experience.

20.A good job should offer an attract salary and other excel benefits, such as a company car and free healthcare package.

21.The two comments were contradict, and it was clear the student who wrote the essay wasn’t very enthuse about his subject.

22.An act lifestyle is prefer to a sedentary one, and is certainly much healthier.

Vocabulary General

79

General Vocabulary

Working words

Exercise 1

This exercise lets you review some of the more common uses of “grammar”-type words (prepositions, conjunctions, pronouns, prepositions, etc.) in context. Use one word to complete each gap in the sentences. In some cases, there may be more than one alternative answer, but you should just give one of them.

1.I’m afraid __________ say you have absolutely __________ chance __________ passing the exam.

2.A few years __________, people __________ to write letters to each other. __________ days, it’s all e-mails and text messages.

3.You can’t leave early, __________ if you promise to work late tomorrow.

4.__________ 1999 and 2003, the book sold __________ a million copies.

5.One or two of my friends live abroad, but __________ of them live __________ my home.

6.Please __________ quiet. I’m trying to concentrate __________ my project.

7.__________ it rains tomorrow, we can go __________ a picnic.

8.We wanted to see the exhibition __________ the art gallery, but knowing how __________ other people __________ be there, we decided to give it a miss.

9.In __________ of missing most of his lessons, he __________ to pass the exam.

10.I adore spicy food. __________ is the reason I’m so keen __________ Mexican cooking.

11.Jan Kelly, a teacher __________ works at St. Clare’s in Portland, Oregon, has __________ been given a “Teacher of the Year” award.

12.He approached his English lessons __________ enthusiasm, and __________ excellent progress as a result.

13.His sudden change of heart took everyone __________ surprise, since previously he __________

been very interested in the project.

14.He spent the second half of his life living in _______ remote village of Hogstail Common,

__________ he wrote most of his novels.

15.__________ the time she retired, she __________ worked for the company for thirty two years, and during __________ time, she only took one or two days __________ sick.

16.I’ve __________ working on this essay __________ over a week, but __________ matter how much I work, I just can’t seem to finish __________.

80

Exercise 2

Instructions as above.

1.Some people try to __________ up cigarettes by smoking _____ they feel sick, or by limiting themselves to one or __________ a day, but __________ methods are not very effective.

2.There were at __________ sixty people in the room, which was far __________ than the organizers expected, and __________ there were only 20 chairs, most of us __________ to stand.

3.I enjoy working __________ people who come __________ a wide range of backgrounds.

__________ is the reason why I’m so keen __________ working for the U.N.

4.“Interphone”, __________ is in __________ city center, is __________ of the biggest companies in

_______ country.

5.Up __________ a few years ago, people __________ have the same career for life. Nowadays,

__________ can reasonably expect __________ change careers two __________ three times.

6.In spite __________ being rather lazy, he is always able __________ get good results and has made

__________ good impression __________ his tutors.

7.He spent __________ greater part of his life working __________ Barcelona, __________ he produced most of his most famous works of art.

8.__________ 2001 and 2004, unemployment figures dropped to an all-time low, but __________

2004 to 2007 __________ rose __________ their highest level ever.

9.One __________ two of our lecturers commute from the country, but __________ of them live

__________ the college or in the accommodations __________ the college provides.

10.Students are __________ allowed to miss a class __________ they inform their tutor at __________

three days in advance, __________ they are ill, in which case they should try to call the college on the day itself.

11.Please come __________ time to your lessons, and __________ prepared to work a __________

harder from __________ on.

12.We discussed holding the interviews __________ our Washington branch, but knowing how many people would apply __________ the job, we decided to use our bigger offices __________ New York.

13.In most respects he was a typical student, but __________ made him different __________

everybody else in his class __________ his enthusiasm for working __________ weekends.

14.I agree __________ I’m not perfect. I’m __________ capable _______ making mistakes as

__________ else.

15.He approached his course __________ enthusiasm, __________ all the assignments he was set, and

__________ excellent progress as a result.

Also see Pronouns and determiners on pages 46 – 47

Vocabulary General

81

Topics

Children and the family

Exercise 1

Complete definitions 1 – 15 with words and expressions from the box. You will not need all of the words and expressions from the box.

adolescence

adolescent

adopt

authoritarian

birth rate

bring up

dependent

divorced

extended family

family life

formative years

foster

foster child

foster family

freedom

infancy infant juvenile

juvenile delinquency

lenient

minor (noun)

nuclear family

nurture

over-protective

protective

raise

rebellious

relationship

relatives

responsible

separated siblings

single parent

single-parent family

strict

supervision

running wild

teenager

upbringing

well-adjusted

1.__________ is the period in someone’s life when they change from being a child to being a young adult. A boy or a girl who is at this stage in their life is called an __________.

2.A __________ is someone who has not reached the age at which they are legally an adult.

3.Your brothers and sisters are sometimes referred to as your __________.

4.A couple (for example, a husband and wife) who are __________ no longer live together. If a married couple get __________, their marriage is legally ended.

5.A __________ is a family that looks after someone else’s child in their own home for a period of time. A child who lives with this family is called a __________. The verb is __________.

6.A __________ is a formal word for a young person, and can also be used as a word for a young person who has committed a crime.

7.A __________ child is one who is mentally strong and able to deal with problems without becoming upset. A child who is badly behaved and refuses to obey his / her parents, teachers, etc., can be described as __________.

8.Your __________ are those in your life when your character and beliefs are most strongly influenced.

9.If you bring someone else’s child into your family and legally make him or her your own child, we say that you __________ him / her.

10.A __________ is a child between the ages of 13 and 19.

11.An __________ is a baby or very young child. This period in a child’s life is called __________.

12.__________ and __________ both mean the same thing: to take care of children while they are growing up.

13.An __________ is a family group that includes grandparents, aunts, uncles, etc. A __________ is a family unit consisting of a mother, a father, and their children.

14.A __________ or __________ parent is one who makes their children follow rules and behave in a very “correct” way. The opposite of this is __________.

15.A __________ is a child or other relative to whom you give food, money, and a home. This word can also be an adjective.

82

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Complete this case study with appropriate words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

Bob’s problems began during his (1) ________________. His parents got (2) ________________ when he was young, and neither of his parents wanted to raise him or his brother and sister, so he was

(3) ________________ by a (4) ________________ chosen by his parent’s social worker. Unfortunately, his foster-father was a strict (5) ________________ and often beat him. Bob rebelled against this strict

(6) ________________ and by the time he was eight, he was already (7) ________________ stealing from shops and playing truant. By the time he reached (8) ________________ sometime around his thirteenth birthday, he had already appeared in court several times, charged with (9) ________________. The judge blamed his foster parents, explaining that children needed (10) ________________ parents and guardians who would look after them properly. The foster father objected to this, pointing out that Bob’s (11) ________________ – his two brothers and sister – were (12) ________________ children who behaved at home and worked well at school.

This has raised some interesting questions about the modern family system. While it is true that parents should not be too (13) ________________ with children by letting them do what they want when they want, or be too (14) ________________ by sheltering them from the realities of life, it is also true that they should not be too strict. It has also highlighted the disadvantages of the modern (15) ________________

where the child has only its mother and father to rely on (or the (16) ________________, in which the mother or father has to struggle particularly hard to support their (17) ________________). In fact, many believe that we should return to traditional family values and the (18) ________________ family: extensive research has shown that children from these families are generally better behaved and have a getter chance of success in later life.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the vocabulary box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

Some people believe that children nowadays have too much freedom. Others believe that children are protected too much by their parents. Which of these statements do you agree with? Use specific reasons and examples to support your decision.

Topics

83

Topics

Education

Exercise 1

Complete definitions 1 – 14 with words and expressions from the box. You will not need all of the words and expressions from the box.

acquire

class

correspondence course

course

day release

degree

discipline

doctorate

elementary (education)

elementary school

enroll

exam

experience

faculty

fail

fees

grade grades

grade school

graduate (noun)

graduate (verb)

graduate school

grant

higher degree

higher education

high school

junior high school

kindergarten

learn

learning resources center

lecture

lecturer

lesson

literacy

mature (student)

middle school

night class

numeracy

opportunity

pass

physical education

private school

professor

prospectus

public school

qualifications

quarter

retake (an exam)

resources

secondary (education)

semester

seminar

SAT® (Scholastic Aptitude Test)

sit / take (an exam)

skills

study

subject

syllabus

topic

tutor

tutorial

undergraduate

1.A ______________ is an educational course that you take at home, receiving your work and sending it back by mail or email. A ______________ is a lesson in the evening for people who work during the day. People who have a job might be given ______________ by their employer, which means that can take a day off work about once a week to attend a course of study.

2.The ______________ is an examination that students must take before they can go to university.

3.A ______________ is a period of time in which students are taught a subject in school (also called a

______________.

4.A ______________ is a talk given to a group of students at college or university about a particular

______________. The person who gives this talk is called a ______________. A ______________ is a meeting at which a group of students discuss something they are studying. A ______________ is a meeting at which one student, or a small group of students, discusses something he / she is studying with his / her ______________.

5.______________ is the ability to read and write. ______________ refers to basic skills in mathematics.

6.A ______________ is a small book that provides information about a university. Once a students who has read this book decides he / she would like to study there, he must ______________ (in other words, he / she puts his / her name on the official list of students).

7.A ______________ is a main department at a university. This word can also be used to refer to the teaching staff of a school, college, university, etc.

8.______________ refers to sports and exercise that children do at school as a school subject.

9.A ______________ is a school that is funded by taxes. A ______________ is a school where the parents of the children who attend it must pay ______________.

10.A ______________ is school for very young children (aged 4 or 5), which prepares them for the first

______________ at school. An ______________ is a school for the first six or eight years of a child’s education. It is also known as a ______________.

84

Topics

11.

A ______________ is a list of the main subjects in a course of study (sometimes called a curriculum).

12.

A ______________ is a school for students between the ages of 12 and 14 or 15. It is also known as

a ______________. From the age of 14 or 15, students attend a ______________.

13.

A ______________ is one of two periods into which the school year is divided. A ______________ is

one of four periods into which the school year is divided.

14.

A ______________ is someone who has completed a course at school, college, or university. A

______________ is a college or university where students can study for a ______________ such as a

Master’s or Ph.D.

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Complete this essay with appropriate words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

You are never too old to learn. Do you agree with this statement?

Education is a long process that not only provides us with basic (1) _______________ such as

(2) _______________ and (3) _______________, but is also essential in shaping our future lives. From the moment we enter (4) _______________ as 5-year-olds, and as we progress through (5) _______________ and

(6)

_______________ education, we are laying the foundations for the life ahead of us. We must

(7)

_______________ ourselves to work hard so that we can (8) _______________ exams and gain the

(9) _______________ we will need to secure a good job. We must also (10) _______________ valuable life skills so that we can fit in and work with those around us. And of course (11) _______________ helps us to develop our bodies and stay fit and healthy.

For most people, this process ends when they are in their mid-to-late teens and they (12 _______________ from high school. For others, however, it is the beginning of a lifetime of learning. After they finish school, many progress to (13) _______________ education where they will work towards a (14) _______________ in a chosen

(15)_______________ at university. After that, they may work for a while before opting to study at a

(16)_______________ for a Masters degree, or a (17) _______________. Alternatively, they may choose to attend a (18) _______________ after work or, if they have a sympathetic employer, obtain (19) _______________ so that they can study during the week. And if they live a long way from a college or university, they might follow a

(20)_______________ using mail and the Internet. In fact, it is largely due to the proliferation of computers that many people, who have not been near a school for many years, have started to study again and can proudly class themselves as (21) _______________ students.

We live in a fascinating and constantly changing world, and we must continually learn and acquire new knowledge if we are to adapt and keep up with changing events. Our schooldays are just the beginning of this process, and we should make the best of every (22) _______________ to develop ourselves, whether we are eighteen or eighty. You are, indeed, never too old to learn.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the vocabulary box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

Do you agree with this statement? “The most important things in life are not learnt at school or college.” Use examples and details in your answer.

85

Topics

Food and diet

Exercise 1

Complete definitions and sentences 1 – 12 with words and expressions from the box. You will not need all of the words and expressions from the box.

allergy

allergic

anorexia

balanced diet

bulimia calcium

calories carbohydrates

cholesterol

consume

consumption diabetes diet (noun + verb)

eating disorder

exercise

fast food

fat

fat farm

fiber

food group

food intolerance

food poisoning

free range

genetically modified (GM)

harvest

health food

heart disease

junk food listeria

malnutrition

malnourished

minerals

monounsaturated nutrition nutritious obese obesity

organic

overweight

protein

salmonella saturated scarce scarcity underweight

vegan

veganism

vegetarian

vegetarianism

vitamins

1._____________ are the parts of fruit, vegetables and grains that your body cannot digest, and helps food to pass through your body. _____________ is the oil found in food, and there are three main types of this: _____________, polyunsaturated, and _____________.

2._____________ are units used for measuring how much energy you get from food. _____________

is a substance found in food such as eggs, milk, and meat that people need in order to grow and be healthy. _____________ is a white chemical element that is an important part of bones and teeth, and is found in food products such as eggs, milk, and cheese. _____________ are found in foods such as sugar, bread, and potatoes, and supply your body with heat and energy.

3.People who weigh more than they should often go on a _____________ to help them lose weight. Some of them may go to a _____________, an informal expression for a place where people can go to try to lose weight by eating in a healthy way and doing lots of _____________.

4._____________ food is food which is produced without using artificial chemicals. _____________

food is food produced from animals which are allowed to move around and feed naturally.

_____________ food is food that has been produced from a plant or animal that has had its gene structure changed in order to make it more productive or resistant to disease.

5.People who eat too much, or who don’t eat enough (often because they think they look fat), suffer from a medical condition known generally as an _____________. Examples of this include

_____________ and _____________.

6.A _____________ is someone who doesn’t eat meat. A _____________ is someone who doesn’t eat meat or other products derived from animals (including cheese and milk).

7._____________ is food that is made very quickly, especially food like burgers and pizzas that you can take out. It is sometimes called _____________, because it is often not very healthy or

_____________.

8.Someone who is heavier than they should be is _____________. If they are a lot heavier than they should be, they are _____________. The noun is _____________. This can result in _____________, cancer, _____________, and many other serious illnesses.

9.E-coli, _____________, and _____________ are three kinds of _____________.

10.Meat, vegetables, and dairy products are three of the main _____________.

11.If you eat a _____________, you eat the correct amounts of the right sorts of food; you do not eat too much of one particular sort of food.

86

Topics

12.People who have a _____________ are unable to eat certain kinds of food because it has a negative effect on them (although it will not affect them seriously). People with an _____________ to certain kinds of food must avoid them, as the effects may be much more serious (for example, if someone who is _____________ to peanuts eats something with peanuts in, it might kill them).

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Complete this essay with appropriate words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

“Despite the huge variety of foods in our supermarkets, it is becoming increasingly difficult to eat a healthy diet. Do you agree? Support your opinion by using specific reasons and examples.”

Most children enjoy eating (1) _____________, but scientific tests have shown us that burgers and pizzas can lack essential (2) _____________ and (3) _____________ which are essential for health and growth, while simultaneously containing large amounts of (4) _____________ and (5) _____________ which can result in obesity and heart problems. Many children end up suffering from (6) _____________, since they eat too much of the wrong sort of food. In fact, in many areas of the developed world, a lot of children show similar symptoms to those in poorer developing countries, where (7) _____________ of food causes thousands of deaths from starvation, especially in the wake of natural disasters which ruin crops and in some cases totally destroy the annual (8) _____________.

Dieticians tell us that we must eat a (9) _____________, as it is essential we consume sufficient quantities of the different food groups. They tell us that we should all eat more (10) _____________, which cannot be digested by the body, and fewer foods which are high in (11) _____________, as this can block the walls of arteries and lead to heart problems. This is good advice, of course, but our lifestyles often make this difficult. Many of the ready-prepared foods we buy from supermarkets are high in (12) _____________, giving us more energy than we actually need. (13) _____________ foods are appearing on our supermarket shelves, even though nobody is really sure if altering the composition of food cells is safe. We have the option, of course, of buying (14) _____________ foods, but naturally-cultivated fruits and vegetables are expensive. And to make matters worse, we are continually hearing about outbreaks of (15) _____________

and (16) _____________ which put us off eating certain foods, as nobody wants to spend time in hospital suffering from (17) _____________.

A few things to watch out for next time you go shopping. If you have the time and the money, that is!

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the vocabulary box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

“If food tastes good, it’s probably bad for you”. How far do you agree with this statement? Use specific reasons and examples to support your opinion.

87

Topics

The media

Exercise 1

Complete sentences and definitions 1 – 12 with words and expressions from the box. You will not need all of the words and expressions.

airtime

audience

broadcast

broadsheet

censor censorship

channel

check book journalism

circulation

current affairs

coverage

documentary

download

dumbing down editor

entertainment

exploit

feature

freedom of the press

gutter press

honest

information

informed

Internet

invasion of privacy

journalism

journalist

libel

libelous log on

mass media

media circus

media event

media tycoon

news

online

paparazzi

the press

program

read between the lines

readership

reality TV

reporter

restriction

slander

slanderous

tabloid

tabloid TV the

Internet

unscrupulous

website

1._____________ is the crime of saying something about someone that is not true and is likely to damage their reputation (the adjective is _____________). _____________ is the illegal act of writing things about someone that are not true (the adjective is _____________).

2.If you _____________, you guess something that is not expressed directly (for example, if a newspaper reports a story, it might not tell you the truth or give you all the information you want, so you try to guess what that information is).

3._____________ is an occasion when someone finds out or uses information about your private life, especially illegally.

4.A _____________ is a newspaper that is printed on large sheets of paper, and usually contains serious news. A _____________ is a newspaper that is printed on smaller sheets of paper and generally contains stories about famous people (papers like these are sometimes referred to as the

_____________, because many of the stories and either untrue, or are about sex and crime).

_____________ refers to television programs that are intended to be shocking or exciting.

5.If a media company is accused of _____________ its stories or programs, it means that it presents these stories or programs in a simple and attractive way without giving many details.

6.A _____________ is someone who writes news reports for newspapers, television, etc. A

_____________ often does the same thing, and then tells people the news himself / herself (for example, by appearing on a television program).

7.The process of removing parts of books, films, letters, etc., that are considered unsuitable for moral, religious, or political reasons is called _____________.

8.A _____________ is someone who owns and controls several different newspapers, television stations, etc., and is very rich as a result.

9._____________ programs are television programs in which ordinary people are put into artificially created environments and situations in order to entertain people (the most famous example is “Big Brother”).

10.A _____________ is a radio or television program that deals with real people, events, places, etc., and is designed to inform people about different things. A _____________ program is one that deals mainly with political, social, and economic events that are happening now.

11._____________ is the practice of paying people a lot of money for information that can be used in newspaper stories, especially stories about crime or famous people.

88

Topics

12._____________ refers to the amount of time given to someone or something in a radio or television broadcast. _____________ refers to the amount of attention that television, radio, and newspapers give to something, or to the way in which something is reported. A newspaper’s _____________ is the group or number of people who read that newspaper.

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Complete this essay with appropriate words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

“The media plays a valuable role in keeping us informed and entertained. However, many people believe it has too much power and freedom”. Do you agree?’

Barely a hundred years ago, if we wanted to stay (1) _____________ about what was going on in the world, we had to rely on word of mouth or, at best, newspapers. But because communication technology was very basic, the news we received was often days or weeks old.

We still have newspapers, of course, but they have changed almost beyond recognition. Whether we choose to read the (2) _____________, with their quality (3) _____________ of news and other (4) _____________ by top (5) _____________ and acclaimed (6) _____________ or if we prefer the popular (7) _____________, with their lively gossip and colorful stories, we are exposed to a wealth of information barely conceivable at the beginning of the last century.

We also have television and radio. News (8) _____________ let us know about world events practically as they happen, while sitcoms, chat shows, and (9) _____________, etc., keep us entertained and informed. And there is also the (10) _____________, where we can access information from millions of (11) _____________

around the world which we can then (12) _____________ onto our own computers.

However, these forms of (13) _____________ and (14) _____________ (or “infotainment” as they are now sometimes collectively called) have their negative side. Famous personalities frequently accuse the (15) _____________ (and sometimes even respectable papers) of (16) _____________by camera-wielding (17) _____________ who are determined to get a picture or a story regardless of who they upset. Newspapers are often accused of (18)__________ by angry politicians who dislike reading lies about themselves, and there are frequent accusations of (19) _____________, with (20) _____________ newspapers paying people lots of money for stories about crime and famous people. Of course, it is not just the papers which are to blame. Sex and violence are increasing on the television, and many complain that there is increased (21) _____________

of news and current affairs programs, with major stories being presented in a simple and attractive way, but with very little detail. Others argue that too much time is being given to (22) _____________ shows, in which ordinary people are put into artificially created environments and situations for our entertainment. Meanwhile, anyone with a computer can go (23) _____________ to find undesirable material placed there by equally undesirable people.

Some people argue that the government should impose stricter (24) _____________ to prevent such things happening. But others argue that (25) _____________ and media is the keystone of a free country. Personally, I take the view that while the media may occasionally abuse its position of power, the benefits greatly outweigh the disadvantages. Our lives would be much emptier without the wealth of information available to us today, and perhaps we are better people as a result.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

What are the qualities or features of a good newspaper, current affairs television program, or news website? Use specific details and examples to explain your answer.

89

Topics

Money and finance

Complete sentences and paragraphs 1 – 20 with a word or expression from the box. In each case, the word / expression you need is connected in some way with the word in bold in the same sentence / paragraph (for example, it might have a similar meaning, it might be an opposite, or it might be a word that is sometimes confused with that word). In some cases you might need to change the form of the word in the box.

balance

bank

bankrupt

bargain

bill

borrow

broke

bankrupt

cash

check

cost of living

credit card

credit

debt

debit

deposit

discount

distribution of wealth

dividends

economical

economize

exorbitant

expenditure

extravagant

frugal

income

income tax

inflation

inherit

insolvent

interest

in the black

in the red

invest

investment

invoice

lend

loan

loss

market

mortgage

on credit

overcharged

overdraft

overpriced

pension

priceless

profit

receipt

reduction

refund

salary

save

savings and loan association

shares

statement

stocks

tax / rent (etc) rebate

undercharged

unemployment / housing / child (etc.) welfare

wage

wealthy

welfare

withdraw

worthless

1.Income is the money you receive (your wage or salary is part of your income), and _____________

refers to the money you spend.

2.If you lend money, you let someone use your money for a certain period of time. If you

_____________ money, you take someone’s money for a short time, and then you pay it back.

3A discount is the percentage by which a full price is reduced in a store. A _____________ is money paid back to a customer when, for example, they return something to a store.

4.If a person or company is insolvent, they have lost all their money. If a person or company is

_____________, they have lost all their money, have then borrowed a lot, and cannot pay it back.

5.A bank statement is a detailed written document from a bank showing how much money has gone into and come out of a bank account. A _____________ is the amount of money you have in your bank account.

6.If your bank account is in the red, the amount of money you have spent is greater than the money you have made, and so you have less than $0 in your bank account. If your account is

_____________, you have more than $0 in your bank account.

7.An invoice is a note, or bill, sent to you to ask for payment for goods or services, and a

_____________ is a note (from a store, for example) which shows how much you have paid for something.

8.When you make a profit, you gain money from selling something which is more than the money you paid for it. When you make a _____________, you have spent money which you have not gotten back.

9.Something which is overpriced is too expensive. Something which is _____________ costs much more than its true value.

10.If you save money, you keep it so that you can use it later. If you _____________ money, you put it into property, stocks, etc., so that it will increase in value.

90

Topics

11.A wage and a _____________ are both money you receive for doing a job, but the first is usually paid daily or weekly and the second is usually paid monthly.

12.A worthless object is something which has no value. A _____________ object is an extremely valuable object.

13.If you deposit money in an account, you put money into the account. If you _____________ money, you take it out of your account.

14.If you have been undercharged, you have paid less than you should have for goods or services. If you have been _____________, you have paid too much.

15.Extravagant describes someone who spends a lot of money. _____________ describes someone who is careful with money.

16.A bill is a piece of paper showing the amount of money that you have to pay for goods or services. A _____________ is the same thing, but shows what you have to pay after a meal in a restaurant.

17.When you credit an account, you put money into it. When you _____________ an account, you take money out of it.

18.A bank is a business which holds money for its clients, and deals with money generally. A

_____________ is similar, but is usually used by people who want to save money, or to borrow money to buy a house.

19.A loan is money that you borrow from a bank to buy something. A _____________ is similar, but in this case the money is only used to buy property.

20.A loan is money that you borrow from a bank, where a formal arrangement has been made with the bank to borrow it. An _____________ is the amount of money that you take out of your bank account, which is more than there is in your account. It is usually done without making a formal arrangement with your bank.

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box. Note that many of them can have more than one grammatical function without changing their form (for example, balance can be a noun and a verb). Also note that some of the words can have more than one meaning (for example, a bill is a banknote, and it is also a piece of paper showing you how much you have to pay for a product or service).

Exercise 3

Complete this conversation with appropriate words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

“Financial advice from a father to a son”

In the play “Hamlet” by William Shakespeare, a father gives his son some financial advice. “Neither a borrower nor a lender be”, he says. He is trying to tell his son that he should never (1) _____________ money from anyone because it will make it difficult for him to manage his finances. Likewise he should never give a

(2) _____________ to a friend because he will probably never see the money again, and will probably lose his friend as well.

91

Topics

The play was written over four hundred years ago, but today many parents would give similar advice to their children. Imagine the conversation they would have now:

Jim:

Right dad, I’m off to college now.

Dad:

All right son, but let me give you some sound financial advice before you go.

Jim:

Oh come on dad…..

Dad:

Now listen, this is important. The first thing you should do is to make sure you balance your

(3) _____________ – the money you receive from me and mom – and your (4) _____________ – the

money you spend. If you spend too much, you will end up with an (5) _____________ at the bank.

Don’t expect me to pay it for you.

Jim:

But it’s so difficult. Things are so expensive, and the (6) _____________ goes up all the time.

(7) _____________ is running at about 10%.

Dad:

I know, but you should try to (8) _____________. Avoid expensive stores and restaurants. Also, leave

your money in a good local (9) _____________ account . They offer a much higher rate of

(10) _____________ than banks. Also, avoid buying things (11) _____________.

Jim:

Why?

Dad:

Because some stores charge you an (12) _____________ amount of money to buy things over a

period of time. It’s much better to (13) _____________ a little bit of money each week so that when

you see something you want, you can buy it outright. Try to wait for the sales, when stores offer

huge (14) _____________ and you can pick up a (15) _____________. And try to get a (16)

_____________.

Jim:

How do I do that?

Dad:

Easy. When you buy something, ask the store if they’ll lower the price by, say, 10%. Next, when you

eventually get a job and are earning a good salary, try to (17) _____________ the money in a good

company. Buy (18) _____________ in government organizations or (19) _____________ in private

companies.

Jim:

OK dad, I’ve heard enough. Thanks for the advice. It’s been (20) _____________.

Dad:

Well, it’s true what they say: there are some things that money just can’t buy.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

Some people say that “Money makes the world go round”; others say that “Money is the root of all evil”. Which of these do you agree with? Use examples and details in your answer.

92

Nature and the environment

Exercise 1

Replace the words and expressions in bold in sentences 1 – 15 with one of those from the box. You will not need all of the words and expressions from the box.

acid rain

activists

animal rights

battery farming

biodegradable packaging

biodiversity

biofuels

breeding

(in) captivity

CFC gases

climate change

conservation

conservation program

conserve

contaminated

deforestation

degradation

desertification

eco-friendly

ecological

ecology

ecosystem

emissions

endangered species

environmentalists

environmentally friendly

erosion

extinct

fossil fuels

fumes

genetically modified

global warming

green belt

greenhouse effect

greenhouse gases

intensive farming

natural behavior

natural resources

organic

organic farming

ozone-friendly

ozone layer

poaching

pollute

(air) pollution

rare breeds

rainforest

recycle

recycling

renewable / sustainable energy

research

solar power

tidal energy

toxic waste

unleaded gas

wildlife management

1.In some countries, building is restricted or completely banned in the area of farmland or woods and parks which surround a community.

2.More and more companies are using boxes, cartons, and cans which can easily be decomposed by organisms such as bacteria, or by sunlight, sea, water, etc., for their products.

3.The burning of some fuels creates carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, and methane which rise into the atmosphere.

4.Farmers have cleared acres of thick wooded land in tropical regions where the precipitation is very high to provide pasture for their cattle.

5.Planting trees and bushes can provide some protection from the gradual wearing away of soil.

6.We should all try to process waste material so that it can be used again.

7.Many shops now sell fruit and vegetables which are cultivated naturally, without using any chemical fertilizers or pesticides.

8.This bread is made from wheat which has been altered at a molecular level so as to change certain characteristics which can be inherited.

9.Most modern cars use fuel which has been made without lead additives.

10.Polluted precipitation which kills trees often falls a long distance from the source of the pollution.

11.Human activity has had a devastating effect on the living things, both large and small, in many parts of the word.

12.The gases and other substances which come from factories using oil, coal, and other fuels which are the remains of plants and animals can cause serious damage to the environment.

13.Don’t drink that water. It’s been made dirty by something being added to it.

14.Friends of the Earth, Greenpeace, and other people concerned with protecting the environment are holding an international summit in Geneva next month.

15.The heating up of the earth’s atmosphere by pollution is threatening life as we know it.

Topics

93

Topics

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Read this essay and complete the gaps with one of the words or expressions from the box in Exercise 1.

“Environmental degradation is a major world problem. What causes this problem, and what can we do to prevent it?”

There is no doubt that the environment is in trouble. Factories burn (1) _____________ which produce

(2) _____________ , and this kills trees. At the same time, (3) _____________ rise into the air and contribute to (4) _____________ which threatens to melt the polar ice cap. Meanwhile farmers clear huge areas of

(5) _____________ in places such as the Amazon to produce feeding land for cattle or produce wood for building. Rivers and oceans are so heavily (6) _____________ by industrial waste that it is no longer safe to go swimming. Cars pump out poisonous (7) _____________which we all have to breathe in. (8) _____________

and overfishing are killing off millions of animals, including whales, elephants, and other (9) _____________

In fact, all around us, all living things large and small which comprise our finely balanced (10) _____________

are being systematically destroyed by human greed and thoughtlessness.

There is a lot we can all do, however, to help prevent this. The easiest thing, of course, is to (11) _____________ waste material such as paper and glass so that we can use it again. We should also check that the things we buy from supermarkets are packaged in (12) _____________ which decomposes easily. At the same time, we should make a conscious effort to avoid foods which are (13) _____________ (at least until someone proves that they are safe both for us and for the environment). If you are truly committed to protecting the environment, of course, you should only buy (14) _____________fruit and vegetables, safe in the knowledge that they have been naturally cultivated. Finally, of course, we should buy a small car that uses (15) _____________ which is less harmful to the environment or, even better, make more use of public transportation.

The serious (16) _____________, however, do much more. They are aware of the global issues involved and will actively involve themselves in (17) _____________ by making sure our forests are kept safe for future generations. They will oppose activities which are harmful to animals, such as (18) _____________. And they will campaign to keep the (19) _____________ around our towns and cities free from new building.

We cannot all be as committed as them, but we can at least do our own little bit at grass roots level. We, as humans, have inherited the earth, but that doesn’t mean we can do whatever we like with it.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

Some people think that the government should spend as much money as possible on protecting the environment. Others think this money should be spent on other things such as education and healthcare. Which one of these opinions do you agree with? Use specific reasons and details to support your answer.

94

On the road

Exercise 1

Some of the words and expressions from the box below have been defined in sentences 1 – 16. In some cases, these definitions are correct, and in some they are wrong. Decide which are which.

accelerate

accident

accident risk

auto theft

back out

black spot

brake congestion

crosswalk

cut in (in a vehicle)

cycle lane

destination

dominate

drunk driving

driver

driver’s licence

driving test

expressway

fatalities

a fine

freeway

gas

highway

highway patrol

injuries

intersection

interstate

joyriding

mile

mobility

overtake

park and ride

pedestrian

pedestrian mall

pollution

public transportation

pull in

pull over

road rage

road work

rush hour

safety island

sidewalk

to speed

speed limit

subsidized (e.g., public transportation)

to tailgate

traffic light / signal

traffic calming

traffic circle / rotary

traffic-free zone

traffic jam

traffic school

transport strategy

turnpike

1.Rush hour is the time of day when there are not many vehicles on the road because most people are at home.

2.If a service such as public transportation is subsidized, all of its running costs are paid for by the government or a local authority.

3.A traffic school is a school for people who want to learn to drive a motor vehicle.

4.An expressway is a wide road (usually in a city) where people can drive quickly, and is the U.S. equivalent of a British dual carriageway.

5.Road rage is anger or violent behavior by one driver toward another driver.

6.Traffic calming measures are fines and other penalties imposed by the police on bad or dangerous drivers.

7.In the U.S.A., the interstate is part of the national public transportation system (including trains and buses) which people use to travel around the country.

8.Someone who has been accused of joyriding has stolen a car in order to drive it for pleasure, usually in a dangerous way.

9.A turnpike is a main road in the eastern part of the U.S.A. that drivers must pay to use.

10.Someone who backs out in a vehicle drives it very quickly and dangerously, usually in a busy or built-up area.

11.A cycle lane is a part of the road that is set aside for people on bicycles, and which may not be used by drivers of motor vehicles.

12.A traffic-free zone is a main road between major towns and cities that drivers do not have to pay to use.

13.Fatalities (in this context) refers to people who are injured in accidents on the road.

14.A black spot is a place on a road where a lot of car accidents happen.

15.A mile is a measure of distance equivalent to 1.609 kilometers.

16.A sidewalk is a part of the road in a town or city where drivers can park their vehicle.

Topics

95

Topics

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Complete this article with appropriate words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

(1) _____________ and (2) _____________ on our roads are increasing from year to year: last year, 2,827 people were killed and almost 300,000 hurt in traffic-related accidents in the state. Most of these were caused by drivers (3) _____________ in built-up areas, where many seem to disregard the 30mph (4) _____________, or (5) _____________, especially around July 4th and Thanksgiving, when more alcohol is consumed than at any other time. In many cases, it is (6) _____________ who are the victims, knocked down as they are walking across the street at (7) _____________ by drivers who seem to have forgotten that a red (8) _____________

means “Stop”.

But these innocent victims, together with the help of the highway patrol and local safety groups, are fighting back. In New Stockholm, a city plagued by (9) _____________ and (10) _____________ caused by traffic, and a notorious accident (11) _____________ for pedestrians and cyclists, the city council has recently implemented its new (12) _____________, which has improved the flow of traffic to the benefit of those on foot or on two wheels. (13) _____________ measures such as speed bumps have slowed traffic down. (14) _____________ programs have helped reduce the number of cars in the city, as office workers and shoppers leave their cars outside the city and bus in instead. Harley Street, the main shopping thoroughfare, has been designated a (15) _____________, closed to all vehicles during the day. There are more (16) _____________ on main routes into the city, making it safer for the huge number of students and residents who rely on bicycles to get around. And (17) _____________ public transportation has helped to keep down the cost of using buses. Meanwhile, the police and the courts are coming down hard on drivers who misuse the roads, handing down large (18) _____________ or even jail sentences on selfish, inconsiderate drivers who believe it is their right to (19) _____________ the roads; for these people, (20) _____________ is not offered as a softer alternative.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

Do you agree or disagree with the following statement?: It is time we all relied less on private motor vehicles to get around, and instead used other forms of transport. Use specific examples and details to support your answer.

96

Science and technology

Exercise 1

Complete definitions 1 – 15 with words and expressions from the box. You will not need all of the words and expressions from the box.

analyze

bioclimatology

biology

breakthrough

cellphone

chemistry

computers

control

cryogenics

cybernetics

development

digital

discover

discovery

e-mail

experiment

genetic engineering genetic fingerprinting

genetic modification

geneticist

information superhighway

information technology (IT)

innovation

Internet

invent

invention

life expectancy

microchip

modified

molecular biology

nuclear engineering

physics

research

safeguard

scientist

technocrat

technologist

technophile

technophobe

1._____________ is the practice or science of changing the genes of a living thing, especially in order to make it more suitable for a particular purpose.

2.A _____________ is a rule, law, or plan that protects people or something from harm or problems.

3._____________ is the study of living things.

4.A _____________ is someone who does not like, trust, or want to use technology, especially computers.

5.A _____________ is a discovery or achievement that comes after a lot of hard work.

6._____________ is the study or use of computers and electronic systems for storing and using information.

7.If something is _____________, it is changed slightly in order to improve it.

8.A _____________ is a scientist who studies or works in genetics.

9._____________ is the use of technology to make copies of natural things (for example, artificial body parts).

10.A _____________ is a scientist or other technical expert with a high position in industry or government.

11._____________ is the detailed study of something in order to discover new facts.

12._____________ is the science that studies the effects of low temperatures, especially the use of low temperatures for preserving the bodies of dead people.

13.An _____________ is a scientific test to find out what happens to someone or something in particular conditions.

14._____________ is the length of time that someone is likely to live.

15._____________ is the invention or use of new ideas, methods, equipment, etc.

Topics

97

Topics

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Complete this essay with appropriate words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

“Science and technology have come a long way in the last 60 years, and our lives have become better as a result. Do you agree with this statement?”

The second half of the twentieth century saw more changes than in the previous two hundred years. Penicillin has already been (1) _____________ and used to treat infections; there have been many remarkable advances in medicine that have helped to increase our average (2) _____________ way beyond that of our ancestors. Incredible (3) _____________ such as television have changed the way we spend our leisure hours. Perhaps the most important (4) _____________, however, has been the microchip. Nobody could have imagined, when it was first (5) _____________, that within a matter of years, this tiny piece of silicon and circuitry would be found in almost every household object from the kettle to the DVD recorder. And nobody could have predicted the sudden proliferation of computers that would completely change our lives, allowing us to access information from the other side of the world via the (6) _____________ or send messages around the world by (7) _____________ at the touch of a button. Meanwhile, (8) _____________ into other aspects of information technology is making it easier and cheaper for us to talk to friends and relations around the world. Good news for (9) _____________ who love modern technology, bad news for the (10) _____________ who would prefer to hide from these modern miracles.

But everything has a price. The development of (11) _____________ led to mass automation in factories, which in turn led to millions losing their jobs. The genius of Einstein led to the horrors of the atomic bomb and the dangerous uncertainties of (12) _____________ (we hear of accidents and mishaps at nuclear power stations around the world, where (13) _____________ to prevent accidents were inadequate). The relatively new science of (14) _____________ has been seen as a major step forward, but putting modified foods onto the market before scientists had properly (15) _____________ them was perhaps one of the most irresponsible decisions of the 1990s. Meanwhile, pharmaceutical and cosmetic companies continue to (16) _____________

on animals, a move that many consider to be cruel and unnecessary.

Of course we all rely on modern science and technology to improve our lives. However, we need to make sure that we (17) _____________ it rather than the other way round.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

What, in your opinion, has been the single most important scientific or technological development of the last fifty years? Use specific reasons and details to support your answer.

98

Town and country

Exercise 1

Complete sentences 1 – 12 with a word or expression from the box. Then take the letter indicated at the end of each sentence, and write it in the grid that follows the sentences. If you do this correctly, you will “find” another word which means “showing the influence of many different countries and cultures”.

agriculture

amenities

apartment block

arable land

atmosphere

to breed crime

building sites

Central Business District (CBD) commute

commuter

commuter belt

congestion

construction

cost of living

crops

crowded

cultivation

cultural events

depopulation

development

drug abuse

employment

environment

facilities

fields

green belt

industry

infrastructure

housing project

inner city

lively

mall / shopping mall

melting pot

metropolis

migration

nature

nightlife

outskirts

peaceful

peak period

pedestrian precinct

pollution

population

population explosion

poverty

productive land

property prices

prospects

resident

residential area

rural

rush hour

slum

street crime

stressful

suburbs

traffic jam

unemployment

urban

urban lifestyle

urban sprawl

1.If the town in which you live offers you good __________, it offers you the chance for success, especially in a job or career. (Write the 7th letter of this word in the grid)

2.A __________ is a big city, especially one that is busy and exciting. (Write the 5th letter of this word in the grid)

3.An __________ is the set of systems within a place or organization that affect how well it operates (for example, a public transportation system or road system). (Write the 6th letter of this word in the grid)

4.A __________ is someone who travels regularly to and from work. (Write the 3rd letter of this word in the grid)

5.The __________ of a town or city are the areas that are furthest away from the center. (Write the 1st letter of this word in the grid)

6.__________ is a situation in which many people leave a place in order to live somewhere else. (Write the 3rd letter of this word in the grid)

7.__________ occurs when there are a lot of vehicles on the road, and as a result the traffic moves very slowly. (Write the 2nd letter of this word in the grid below)

8.If a town or city is described as a __________, it has people of many different races, religions, cultures, etc., living together. (2 words: Write the 3rd letter of the 1st word in the grid)

9.__________ refers to the movement of people from one place to another (often from one part of a country to another, or from one country to another country). (Write the 2nd letter of this word in

the grid)

10.If a situation, place, etc., is __________, it causes a lot of pressure and makes people worry. (Write the 2nd letter of this word in the grid)

11.__________ is an adjective relating to towns and cities. (Write the 4th letter of this word in the grid)

12.A town’s __________ are the things that make it comfortable and pleasant to live in (for example, parks, theaters, stores, etc.). (Write the 4th letter of this word in the grid)

Sentence number:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Letter:

Topics

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Complete this essay with appropriate words and expressions from Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words, and one of the words you will need is the extra word you revealed by doing Exercise 1.

“Describe a place where you live or have lived, outlining its good points and bad points”.

For seven years I lived in Singapore, a (1) _____________ of almost three million people. Like London, Paris, and New York, Singapore is a (2) _____________ city, with people from different parts of the world living and working together. I enjoyed the (3) _____________ lifestyle I led there, and made the most of the superb

(4) _____________, ranging from the excellent stores to some of the best restaurants in the world. In the evenings and at weekends there were always (5) _____________: with such diverse attractions as classical western music, an exhibition of Malay art, or a Chinese opera in the street, it was difficult to get bored. Perhaps most impressive, however, was the remarkable transportation (6) _____________, with excellent roads, a swift and efficient bus service, and a state-of-the-art subway system which could whisk

(7) _____________ from the suburbs straight into the heart of the city (this was particularly important, as the government banned private cars from entering the (8) _____________ during the morning and afternoon

(9) _____________ in order to reduce (10) _____________ on the roads and (11) _____________ from the exhausts).

Of course, living in a city like this has its disadvantages as well. For a start, the (12) _____________ can be very high – renting an apartment, for example, is very expensive. And as the city is expanding, there are a lot of (13) _____________ where new apartments are continually being built to deal with the (14) _____________

which is a direct result of the government encouraging people to have more children.

Fortunately, Singapore doesn’t suffer from problems that are common in many cities such as (15) _____________, which is partly the result of the government imposing very severe penalties on anyone bringing narcotics into the country, so it is safe to walk the streets at night. In fact, the (16) _____________housing estates there are probably the safest and most orderly in the world.

Singapore wouldn’t be ideal for everyone, however, especially if you come from the countryside and are used to a (17) _____________ lifestyle. The traditional villages that were once common have disappeared as the residents there realised there were no (18) _____________ for their future and moved into new government housing in the city. Nowadays, there is very little (19) _____________ around the city, which means that Singapore imports almost all of its food. And despite a “green” approach to city planning, the (20) _____________ which has eaten into the countryside has had a detrimental effect on the (21) _____________.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

Some people prefer to live in the countryside or in a small town. Others prefer to live in a big city. Which place would you prefer to live in? Use specific reasons and details to support your answer.

100

Travel

Exercise 1

Look at the words and expressions in the box, then answer questions 1 – 16. Some of these questions ask you to explain what a word or expression means, and some of them ask you to complete a sentence with the appropriate word(s) or expression(s).

acclimatize

alien

all-inclusive

business class

check-in

check in (to a hotel or for a flight)

check out (of a hotel)

coach class

consulate

cruise

culture shock

customs

deport

disembark

displaced

economic migrants

ecotourism

embark

embassy

emigrate

emigration

excursion

expatriate

first class

flight

gate

green card

illegal alien

immigrant

immigration

independent traveler

internally displaced

journey

long-haul

luggage

mass tourism

migrant

migrate

package tour

package tourist

passport

persona non grata

refugee

repatriate

safari

short-haul

tour operator

trafficking

travel agency

travel agent

trip

UNHCR

visa

voyage

work permit

1.What does the expression persona non grata mean?

2.Complete this sentence: _____________ is the nervous or confused feeling that people sometimes get when they arrive in a place that is very different from the place they normally live.

3.What is the difference between a travel agency and a tour operator?

4.Complete this sentence: An _____________ is a short trip somewhere, usually for one day or part of a day.

5.Complete this sentence: A _____________ seat is the cheapest type of seat on a plane or train. The most expensive type of seat is called _____________. Between these two, there is _____________.

6.Would you be happy if the country that you were staying in deported you?

7.Complete this sentence: _____________ refers to the large numbers of people that travel for their vacation, usually over long distances.

8.What is the difference between a package tourist and an independent traveler?

9.Is a refugee the same as an expatriate?

10.What do you think the letters UNHCR stand for?

11.Complete this sentence: _____________ is the business of creating and selling vacations that give people the chance to learn about a natural environment, and which cause little damage to the environment itself.

12.If someone has been repatriated, what has happened to them?

13.What is a cruise? What is a safari?

14.Why might someone want a green card?

15.If someone is trafficking something, are they doing something that is legal or something that is illegal?

16.Complete this sentence: A person who has been _____________ has been forced to move from one part of their country to another (often because of a war or other threatening situation).

Topics

101

Topics

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Read this essay and complete the gaps with one of the words or expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

“There are two types of traveler: those who do it because they want to, and those who do it because they have to. Discuss this statement, using specific examples”.

Most of us have, at some point in our lives, experienced the joys of travel. We go to the (1) _____________ to pick up our brochures. We book a two-week (2) _____________ with flights and accommodations included, (or if we are (3) _____________, we make our own way to the country and travel around from place to place with a rucksack on our back). We make sure we have all the right currency, our passport, and any

(4) _____________ that are necessary to get us into the country. We go to the airport and (5) _____________. We strap ourselves into our tiny (6) _____________ aircraft seats and a few hours later we (7) _____________

from the aircraft, strange new sights, smells, and sounds greeting us. Nowadays, it seems, the whole world goes on vacation at once: the age of (8) _____________ is in full swing!

But for the great majority of people around the world, travel is done in the face of great adversity and hardship. They never get to indulge in an (9) _____________ vacation in a luxury hotel with all meals and drinks included. They never get to explore the lush Amazon rain forest or the frozen wastes of the Arctic on an (10) _____________ vacation. For them, travel is a matter of life and death. I refer, of course, to all the (11) _____________ escaping from their own countries, or the (12) _____________, moved from one part of their country to another by an uncaring government, or (13) _____________ forced to find a job and seek a living wherever they can.

Can you imagine anything worse than the misery these people must face? Let’s not confuse them with those (14) _____________, who choose to live in another country and often have nice houses and high salaries. These people are simply desperate to survive. As well as losing their homes because of war or famine or other natural disasters, they must come to terms with their new environment: for many, the (15) _____________ can be too great. And while many countries with an open policy on (16) _____________ will welcome them in with open arms, others will simply turn them away. These people become (17) _____________, unwanted and unwelcome. Even if they manage to get into a country, they will often be (18) _____________ or repatriated. Their future is uncertain.

Something to think about, perhaps, the next time you are (19) _____________ to your five-star hotel by a palm-fringed beach or sitting in a coach on an (20) _____________to a pretty castle in the countryside.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

What are the good things and bad things about traveling? Use specific examples to explain your answer.

102

Work

Exercise 1

Look at the words and expressions in the box, and answer questions 1 – 14. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

adverse working conditions

applicant

application form

be laid off

blue-collar worker

boss

candidate

commission

demanding

dismiss

dismissal

downsize

employee

employer

fire

fixed income

flexible working hours

freelance

full time

hire

homeworker

incentives

incentive scheme

income

increment

interview

interviewee

interviewer

job satisfaction

job security manager

manual worker

manufacturing industry

(on) leave

overtime

part-time

pension

pension contributions

perks

profession

promotion

raise

recruitment drive

repetitive strain injury (RSI)

resign

retire

rewards and benefits

salary

self-employed

semi-skilled

service industry

sick building syndrome

sickness benefit

skilled

a steady job

stress supervisor

unemployed

unemployment

union

unskilled

unsociable hours

wage

(on) welfare

white-collar worker

workaholic

1.Replace the word in bold in this sentence with another word from the box which has a similar meaning: “A lot of people wanted the job, but she was the best candidate”.

2.What is the difference between a wage and a salary?

3.Complete this sentence: _____________ is a painful condition of the muscles in the hands and the arms caused by doing the same movement many times (for example, using a computer over a long period of time).

4.Replace the word in bold in this sentence with another word from the box which has a similar, but less formal, meaning (you will need to change the form of the word): “When he was caught stealing from the company, he was instantly dismissed”.

5.Complete this sentence: The word raise in the box is similar in meaning to _____________ (which is also in the box).

6.What is the difference between a blue-collar worker and a white-collar worker?

7.True or false?: When a company downsizes its work force, this means that it pays its workers less than before.

8.Complete this sentence: _____________ are extra payments or benefits that you get in your job (for example, free meals, health insurance, company car, etc.).

9.What do you think sick building syndrome is?

10.Complete this sentence: If you have _____________, you have work which is reliable and will last for a long time.

11.True or false?: retire and resign have the same meaning.

12.Complete this sentence: Banks, hospitals, and hotels are examples of _____________.

13.Would you be happy if you had adverse working conditions?

14.Complete this sentence: A person who is _____________ is not permanently employed by one company, but sells their services to more than one company.

Topics

103

Topics

Exercise 2

Use your dictionary to check the meanings of the other words and expressions in the box.

Exercise 3

Complete this essay with appropriate words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1. You may need to change the form of some of the words.

“Some people live to work and others work to live. In most cases, this depends on the job they have and the conditions under which they are employed. In your opinion, what are the elements that make a job worthwhile?”

In answering this question, I would like to look first at the elements that combine to make a job undesirable. By avoiding such factors, potential (1) _____________ are more likely to find a job that is more worthwhile, and by doing so, hope to achieve happiness in their work.

First of all, it doesn’t matter if you are an (2) _____________ worker cleaning the floor, a (3) _____________

(4) _____________ worker on a production line in one of the (5) _____________, or a (6) _____________

worker in a bank, store, or one of the other (7) _____________: if you lack (8) _____________, with the knowledge that you might lose your job at any time, you will never feel happy. Everybody would like a

(9) _____________ in which he or she is guaranteed work. Nowadays, however, companies have a high turnover of staff, (10) _____________ new staff and (11) _____________ others on a weekly basis. Such companies are not popular with their workers.

The same can be said of a job in which you are put under a lot of (12) _____________ and worry, a job which is so (13) _____________ that it takes over your life, a job where you work (14) _____________ and so never get to see your family or friends, or a physical job in which you do the same thing every day and end up with the industrial disease that is always in the papers nowadays – (15) _____________.

With all these negative factors, it would be difficult to believe that there are any elements that make a job worthwhile. Money is, of course, the prime motivator, and everybody wants a good (16) _____________. But of course that is not all. The chance of (17) _____________, of being given a better position in a company, is a motivating factor. Likewise, (18) _____________ such as a free lunch or a company car, an (19) _____________ plan to make you work hard such as a regular (20) _____________ above the rate of inflation, (21) _____________ in case you fall ill and a company (22) _____________ plan so that you have some money when you retire all combine to make a job worthwhile.

Unfortunately, it is not always easy to find all of these. There is, however, an alternative. Forget the office and the factory floor and become (23) _____________ and work for yourself. Your future may not be secure, but at least you will be happy.

Exercise 4

Now try this essay. Use words and expressions from the box in Exercise 1, and any other words or expressions that you think would be relevant.

“It is more important to have a job you enjoy doing than a job which pays well.” How far do you agree with this statement? Use specific reasons and examples to support your answer.

104

Соседние файлы в предмете [НЕСОРТИРОВАННОЕ]

  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #

    19.03.201524.47 Mб41ChENTsOV.pdf

  • #
  • #
  • #

Английский язык Тесты

Работа добавлена на сайт samzan.net: 2015-07-10

Поможем написать учебную работу

Если у вас возникли сложности с курсовой, контрольной, дипломной, рефератом, отчетом по практике, научно-исследовательской и любой другой работой — мы готовы помочь.

Предоплата всего

от 25%

Подписываем

договор

TEST 1                                              B— 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1 — 6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. POOR COMMUNICATION

B. HELPFUL METHOD

C. PAST HOBBY

D. BODY LANGUAGE

E. ENJOYABLE GAMES

F. HEALTH PROBLEMS

G. MORE IMAGINATION

In just a few years mobile phones have become a common sight everywhere. Walk past any cafe and you will see people chatting on their phones or sending text messages. However, some people are concerned that the signals these phones send out may be bad for our health. They worry that holding a mobile close to your head might have an effect on your brain. So, it may be a good idea to use your ordinary phone when you can.

We learn a lot by reading, but what if you can’t see the words on the page? Many blind people can read braille. Braille is a system of writing using raised dots on the page that you can feel with your fingers. A Frenchman called Louis Braille invented it in 1821, when he was just 12 years old. His system makes lffe easier for many thousands of blind people all over the world.

When we talk to someone, only a small part of our meaning is in what we say. Some people say that as little as 7% of our message is contained in our words. We use our hands to express ourselves and we use our faces to show that we are listening or to show how we feel. Our faces and our hands can also show things that we might want to hide, like the fact that we are lying, for example.

People can now use the Internet and e-mail to communicate with each other cheaply and quickly. Twenty years ago, however, this wasn’t possible. In those days in Britain, some people used amateur radio to contact people all over the country, and even around the world. They had special radios in their houses that sent out radio signals. They contacted each other to exchange news about their lives and about the weather, or even to play games such as chess.

One of the most interesting types of radio programme is radio drama. Although some radio stations only broadcast music, some also produce plays for their listeners. Many people prefer listening to a play on the radio to watching it on TV because they can be more creative. On TV, the programme-makers decide exactly what a place or a person looks like. On radio, though, you can imagine it any way you like.

Before the invention of radio, it was almost impossible to communicate over large distances. The only way to communicate with people far away was to send a message or a letter with a person. People lit fires on hills as a signal to each other, but it wasn’t a very good way of communicating. It was very difficult to find out what was happening in distant places and news often took weeks or even months to travel around the world.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 1           B- 3

Прочитайте утверждения 1-6 и следующие за ними тексты. Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текстов. Напишите цифру 1 если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 ~ если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

  1.  Most people in Devon
    work as farmers or
    fishermen.
  2.  Devon is famous for its
    modern buildings.
  3.  The south coast is popular
    because of the climate.
  4.  It’s easy to drive from
    London to Devon.

 Devon is a large county in the south-west of England. Agriculture and fishing have always been important parts of the local economy, but these days tourism is the main source of income. Nearly five million people visit the area each year, many of them coming to enjoy Devon’s beaches and even to surf along its north coast. Apart from the beaches, Devon is also well known for its beautiful countryside and old, traditional cottages.

Many coastal towns in Britain have suffered as more and more people go abroad on holiday. However, on the south Devon coast, resort towns such as Brixham and Torquay are enjoying new life as the English Riviera, offering mild weather and sandy beaches. Another reason for its popularity is that it’s possible to get to Devon from London in a short time by car. Two motorways, the M4 and the M5, connect the capital to Devon and in just four or five hours Londoners can be enjoying a cream tea or a relaxing country walk.

5.  Today, Lancashire produces a large amount of goods for sale abroad.

6.  Visitors can travel on   old planes and trains at the museum.

 Lancashire, in the north-west of England, is a county with a long history, first as an agricultural area and later as one of the most important areas during the Industrial Revolution. Here, from die start of the nineteenth century onwards, factories and mills produced cotton and other goods that were sold all around the world. Today, almost all the mills are silent, but Lancashire is still an interesting place to visit. Apart from the attractions of coastal towns such as Fleetwood and Blackpool, there are many interesting museums, including the Museum of Transport in Rimington. Open all year round, die museum has a wonderful collection of models of different means of transport, including trains, planes and ships. For visitors who prefer a more active holiday, there are also many beautiful areas to walk in, particularly in north Lancashire.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 1

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

When my Uncle Alan turned up at my thirteenth birthday party without a present, I couldn’t hide the disappointment on my face. He was my favourite uncle, and he always bought me fantastic presents.                                                                                                                                     ‘Don’t look so sad, Anna,’ he said kindly. ‘I haven’t forgotten to get you a present. I just couldn’t bring it with me. Tomorrow, I’m taking you abseiling.’

‘I didn’t know you had a boat,’ I said. ‘No, not sailing! Abseiling!’                                                    ‘What’s that?’ I asked. ‘I’ve never heard of it.’ ‘You’ll see,’ he said mysteriously.                            Early the next day, Uncle Alan drove me to Lamerton Adventure Park. I’d never been there before, but had often told my mum and dad how exciting it sounded. As we drove through the gates, it seemed that, once again, Uncle Alan had found me a birthday present I’d never forget. When we arrived, we went to find my instructor, a friendly young woman called Isabelle. She

put me completely at ease, and I knew that, whatever I was going to be doing, I’d be quite safe with her.

‘So, Anna, have you ever been abseiling before?’ she asked. I admitted I didn’t even know what abseiling was. ‘Well, it’s always fun to experience something new, isn’t it?’ she said.

We walked through the park, and ended up at a rocky hill. The biggest rock face was extremely high and steep, but there were smaller, easier faces too. When I saw the equipment waiting for me — a rope, a harness and a helmet — I guessed what I was going to be doing.

‘Oh, I’m going rock climbing!’ I said excitedly.

‘Not exactly,’ said Uncle Alan.

Isabelle explained. ‘With rock climbing, you start at the bottom and go up, but with abseiling,  you start at the top and go down.’

Now I understood. We carried the equipment up a path to the top of the smallest rock face. I carefully looked overthe edge. The ground was about five metres below. ‘This is going to be fun,’ I thought. Isabelle tied the rope carefully to a metal ring, and then threaded it through my harness, which by now I was wearing round my waist. She threw the other end of the rope over the edge of the rock face, and it fell to the ground.

‘This is where I say goodbye,’ said Uncle  Alan. ‘I’m going back down to the bottom. I’ll be  holding the other end of the rope, so you’ll be quite safe. See you when you come down!’

Isabelle was the perfect instructor. She talked me through what to do step by step. I stood on the edge of the rock face with my back to the drop. My left hand was holding the rope in front of me, my right hand holding the rope behind me. ‘Now,’ she said, ‘gently lean back.’

This was the most difficult part. It’s a terribly scary experience leaning back over a cliff,

especially the first time you attempt it, and for the first few minutes I wondered whether I could actually do it. Finally, I decided to risk it. I didn’t want Uncle Alan thinking I was a coward. Keeping my feet still, I leant back a little. Then a little more.

‘Fantastic!’ shouted Uncle Alan from below me.

‘That’s wonderful,’ said Isabelle. ‘Now, slowly start to walk down the rock.’

It was more like bouncing than actual walking, but I started to go down. It didn’t take long to reach the bottom, but I felt a huge sense of achievement when I put my feet on the ground next to Uncle Alan.

‘I’m so proud of you!’ he said. ‘Do you want to try a higher rock face now?’

‘You bet!’ I said. ‘The higher, the better!’

TEST 1

А14     When Uncle Alan saw Anna’s disappointment, he realised that

  1.  he should have brought a present with him.
  2.  he really was her favourite uncle.
  3.  she thought he had forgotten to bring her a present.
  4.  he had to take her somewhere the next day.

A15     Anna had frequently told her parents that

  1.  Lamerton Adventure Park appealed to her.
  2.  she had never been abseiling before.
  3.  Uncle Alan’s birthday presents were unforgettable.
  4.  abseiling sounded like a very interesting activity.

A16      Isabelle made Anna

  1.  admit how little she knew about the park.
  2.  feel totally secure and comfortable.
  3.  think about previous enjoyable experiences.
  4.  realise that abseiling would be easy.

A17     When Anna saw the equipment, she

  1.  understood immediately what abseiling was.
  2.  tried hard to guess what it would be used for.
  3.  asked Isabelle for an explanation.
  4.  still didn’t understand what she would be doing.

A18     Uncle Alan didn’t stay at the top of the rock face because  

  1.  he wanted to see Anna when she reached the bottom.
  2.  he had to hold the rope at the bottom.
  3.  the rope had fallen over the edge by mistake.
  4.  he thought she would be safer without him up there.

A19      As Anna started to lean back, she

  1.  felt extremely frightened.
  2.  wondered if she was a coward.
  3.  knew she had to risk the danger.
  4.  remembered the first time she’d done this.

A20     After reaching the bottom, Anna

  1.  thought she had achieved enough for one day.
  2.  wanted to abseil down a more difficult rock face.
  3.  made a bet with her uncle about the height of the rock.
  4.  felt relieved to be on the ground again with her uncle.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1 !                                                                                     ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней чисти бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

TEST 2                                       B — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1-6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. DIFFERENT SUBJECTS

B. MANY STUDENTS

C. TWO SECTIONS

D. DIFFERING OPINIONS

E. USEFUL FACTS

F. IMPORTANT LESSON

G. EASIER ANSWERS

Oxford University has been a centre of learning for over 900 years. Today, there are over 16,000 people studying at Oxford, but they are not all British. About 4,000 of them come from other countries. In fact, there are currently students from over 130 countries studying there. Every student at Oxford is a member of a ‘college’. There are 39 main colleges, and each college is in a different part of the town.

What’s the best age for a child to learn how to read? Some people believe that children should learn at as young an age as possible. Because of this, some parents start teaching their children when they are about three years old. Other people believe it’s better for a teacher at school to teach a class of children how to read, so many children don’t learn to read until they are five or six years old.

In most countries, you are only allowed to drive a car on a public road if you have a driving licence. You usually have to pass a driving test in order to get the licence. In European countries, this test is in two parts. The first part is a ‘theory’ test. You have to answer questions about road safety. The second part is a ‘practical’ test. You are in a car with an examiner, who tells you where to drive and asks you to do various things, such as parking or reversing around a corner.

When was Mozart born? What’s the capital of Nigeria? Before the Internet, if we wanted to find out the answers to these questions, we’d have to look them up in reference books, such as encyclopaedias. If we couldn’t find the information in books at home, we’d have to go to a public library. This kind of research would often take a very long time. Now, however, as long as you have a computer connected to the Internet, you can find the answers to questions like these in seconds.

Although people sometimes confuse astronomy and astrology, they arc completely different. Astronomy is the scientific study of the universe. Astronomers study stars, planets and other things in space, such as comets, and record their findings scientifically. Astrology, which is based on the belief that the position of the planets affects human behaviour, is not a science. It is astrologers who write horoscopes in magazines, telling us what they think is going to happen to us in the future.

A guide book can be extremely helpful when you’re visiting a place for the first time. Guide books provide loads of practical information, such as the opening times and entrance fees of the main attractions, and often recommend sights to visit and places to stay. They can also provide interesting information about the history of the place and famous people who lived there.

№ текста

1

2

4

5

6

Тема

TEST 2                                       B – 2

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

Oliver glanced at his watch. There were ten minutes left until the supermarket closed and he was rushing round, quickly dropping things he needed for the weekend into his trolley. He hadn’t been in his own flat long and now his mother had invited herself for dinner the following day. He really wanted to impress her with his ability to cope on his own, but he knew that the usual critical comments would soon appear if everything wasn’t perfect. He hoped that the three days he’d spent cleaning the place from top to bottom wouldn’t be wasted, and he’d even gone so far as painting the front door. His mother wouldn’t notice that, though, of course. What she would notice was the dust on top of the pictures, or the old sofa, or one of a thousand other things that Oliver had forgotten about. Still, he was determined to give her a good meal, and maybe that would put her in a slightly better mood than usual.

He checked his shopping list again and bent over to look through his trolley. He mentally ticked off the items and then realised that he still needed eggs. As he straightened up to set off towards the dairy section, there was an enormous collision, a clatter of tins and a loud shriek of pain. When Oliver had recovered his balance, he saw an attractive woman of about nineteen on her knees, putting tins and vegetables back into a handheld basket.

‘Why don’t you watch where you’re going?’ she snapped at him over her shoulder. ‘Some people just have no manners. Honestly … ‘

‘Er … sorry,’ stammered Oliver. ‘Let me help you.’ He began to pick tins up. ‘It really wasn’t my fault, though, you know. I was just … ‘The girl grabbed a tin of tuna from his hands.

‘Never mind,’ she said, her basket now full, and she strode off down the aisle without looking back. Oliver watched her go and sighed. He never seemed to have much luck with girls. Maybe that was just what he needed to show his mother how grown up he was. He turned back to his own trolley and began to push it. Maybe if she came to dinner and he introduced her to an intelligent, charming young woman then she would stop calling him every day to check he was okay. As Oliver thought about this possibility, something caught his eye and he stopped his trolley. There was a red leather purse on top of his shopping. It must have come out of the girl’s basket and landed in his trolley. Oliver quickly glanced around, looking for the girl. She wouldn’t be able to pay for her shopping. He picked up the purse, left his trolley and sprinted towards the line of checkouts.

When he got there, he scanned the lines of customers waiting to pay. There were about a dozen queues, but Oliver couldn’t see the girl in any of them. Thinking that she must still be shopping somewhere in the supermarket, Oliver turned to go and find her when he suddenly heard a familiar voice at the front of the queue next to him.

‘I’m sure I had it here a minute ago. I want to speak to the manager. I think it’s been stolen. It must be someone in this supermarket because I know … ‘

She stopped as she realised that Oliver was standing next to her, holding her purse out towards her.

‘Lost something?’ Oliver asked.

The girl smiled, then recognised Oliver and frowned, before her expression softened again and she took the purse with a faint smile on her lips.

‘Thanks,’ she said quietly.

А15

А17

А18

А19

А20

 А14 Oliver is anxious to prove to his mother that he

  1.  has learned a lot about cooking.
  2.  is capable of living independently.
  3.  knows she looked after him very well.
  4.  has learned not to be so negative.

When she visits his flat, Oliver’s mother will

  1.  appreciate the effort he has made.
  2.  find something she isn’t happy about.
  3.  help him do up his flat.
  4.  remind him to get new furniture.

The young woman drops her shopping because

  1.  she and Oliver bump into each other.
  2.  her basket is too full.
  3.  she is frightened by Oliver.
  4.  she feels pain in her knees.

When Oliver offers to help, the young woman

  1.  forgives him for what he has done.
  2.  shows that she doesn’t trust him.
  3.  thanks him despite her anger.
  4.  refuses to listen to his explanation.

Oliver thinks that his mother might give him more independence if he

  1.  found a friend for her.
  2.  had a girlfriend.
  3.  told her to stop phoning him.
  4.  had nicer friends.

When he sees the purse, Oliver realises that

  1.  he might be accused of theft.
  2.  there’s no money in it.
  3.  he could get his revenge.
  4.  it fell into his trolley by accident.

Oliver manages to find the girl because he

  1.  sees her standing in one of the queues.
  2.  knows where she is still shopping.
  3.  recognises her voice when she speaks.
  4.  joins the same queue as her.
  5.  

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ №1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются е разных, частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

Прочитайте утверждения 1 -6 и следующие за ними тексты. Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текстов. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 — если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

  1.  Buckingham Palace has
    always been the official
    London residence of the
    British King or Queen.
  2.  Queen Victoria was the
    first British monarch to
    live there.
  3.  Queen Elizabeth II and
    her husband live in the
    ‘state rooms
    in the
    palace.
  4.  Elizabeth II has been
    queen for mare than fifty
    years.

No visit to London is complete without a trip to Buckingham Palace, the official London residence of the British monarch (currently Queen Elizabeth II).

Buckingham Palace was built for the Duke of Buckingham in 1703 and, as such, was known simply as Buckingham House. Its first royal resident was King George III, who bought it in 1762, but it was not until 1837, when Victoria became queen, that it became die official royal palace of die British monarch.

Approximately 450 people work at Buckingham Palace, and each year more than 50,000 people enjoy some form of entertainment there — the Queen often holds garden parties and receptions for invited guests. In die 1990s, the palace became even more open, with members of die public being allowed to go on a tour of the ‘state rooms’. These are the official reception rooms in the palace, rather than the rooms that die Queen and her husband live in.

In June 2003, a concert of classical music and a pop concert were held in die grounds of Buckingham Palace. This was to celebrate Elizabeth’s 50m anniversary as queen.

  1.  Kings and queens once
    lived in the Palace of
    Westminster.
  2.  If you stand outside the
    Palace of Westminster and
    look up, you can see Big
    Ben.

No king or queen has lived in die Palace of Westminster, which is on the north bank of the River Thames in London, since the 1500s. Today, die Palace of Westminster is better known by its other name: the Houses of Parliament.

Although the oldest part of the palace in existence today is over 900 years old, most of die building is less than two hundred years old. In 1834, the palace was almost completely destroyed by fire and had to be rebuilt. Parts of the building were also damaged by bombs during the Second World War.

At one end of the palace is a famous tourist attraction: a tower, often mistakenly referred to as ‘Big Ben’. In fact, its actual name is the Clock Tower, or St. Stephen’s Tower, and Big Ben is the large bell hidden inside which rings every hour on the hour.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 3                          B — 2

Установите соответствие тем А — G текстам 1 ~ 6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. UNUSUAL VIEWS

B. EARLY INVENTORS

C. SENSIBLE DECISIONS

D. POPULAR ARTISTS

E. COMMON MISTAKES

F. FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS

G. SCIENTIFIC VALUE

  1.  Photography has many uses. Most of us use photographs to save special moments for the future, but scientists can also learn a lot from them. In the nineteenth century, for example, people argued about whether all four of a horse’s legs left the ground at the same time when it ran. A man call Eadwcard Muybridge took high-speed photographs of a horse and proved that all four legs were indeed off the ground at the same moment.
  2.  The ordinary camera that uses film seems to be a thing of the past. These days, more and more people are using digital cameras to capture those unforgettable moments. In ten years’ time, we’ll all be taking pictures that we then put on our computers to print out or to send around the world by e-mail. The cameras will get better and cheaper, and the world of photography will never be the same again!
  3.  Is your album full of boring snapshots? Taking good photographs is a lot easier than you might think. The secret is to find new ways of looking at an ordinary scene. If you’re taking a picture of a building, what happens if you look up? Or perhaps the back of the building is more interesting than the front. Photography is about surprises and discovering new points of view.
  4.  Before buying a camera, it’s important to decide what you’re going to use it for. Do you want to take-quick photos of your friends and family? In that case, you should go for a cheap camera that you can keep in your bag or pocket, always ready. Do you want to take artistic pictures? If so, you will probably want to spend a bit more on a more expensive professional camera. A little thought now can help you choose wisely.
  5.  Many people hope to simply pick up a camera, point it and produce great pictures. Photography is a lot easier than it used to be, but it’s still easy to get it wrong. Remember that you should have the sun behind you. Too many people take photographs facing the sun and then are surprised when there’s too much light! Another thing to avoid is taking pictures of something far away in the dark. Your flash won’t help at a distance.
  6.  When the Englishman William Henry Fox Talbot first pointed his camera at a window in his home, Lacock Abbey, in 1835, he helped to start a revolution. This was the moment he created the first photograph on paper. His ideas, together with those of other pioneers, including the Frenchmen Daguerre and Niepce, changed things forever. Today’s world of full-colour images had its beginnings in their experiments.

№ текста

1

2

3

4

5

6

Тема

      TEST 3                              B— 3

  Прочитайте утверждения I — 6 и следующий за ними текст Установите соответствие      между утверждениями и содержанием текста. Напишите цифру 1 если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

1.  England was a part of the Roman Empire.

 2. The wall went from one side of England to the other.

3.  Building the wall helped to stop the soldiers from thinking about home.

4.    The wall showed how powerful the Roman people were.

5  None of the wall has survived to the present day.

6   There is a large collection of Roman objects at Chesters House.

 In 122 AD, the Roman Empire stretched across Europe, the Middle East and north Africa. In Britain, it reached to the far north of England. However, many Scottish tribes resisted the Romans. So, in that year, Emperor Hadrian decided to build a huge wall across the island to keep them out.

The wall ran all the way across England, from what is now Carlisle in the west to Newcastle in the east — 73 miles in total. It was built by Roman soldiers, and was a useful way of keeping them busy. Remember that in those days they were living on die edge of the civilised world. To stop them missing home too much, it was important to give them something to do, and building a ten-foot-thick wall certainly did that. Local people also benefited, since the soldiers and craftsmen working on the wall needed to buy supplies wherever they were. It took six years to build and was a very clear symbol of the strength of the Romans.

Today, this wall is known as Hadrian’s Wall and, although most of it has disappeared, it is still possible to see parts of it. The Romans built forts along the wall for the men to live in and some of these buildings have survived. The best example is the fort at Chesters House on the River Tyne, in an area which the Romans called Cilurnum. The soldiers living here did not just come from Rome. They also came from modern-day Germany and areas of central Europe, which at the time the wall was built were under Roman control. Visitors to the fort today can see a small number of everyday objects in the museum and get an idea of what life was like on the edge of the Roman world.

1

2

        3

4

5

6

      TEST 3                              

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

I looked out of the window again and then back at the clock. ‘Typical Helen!’ I thought to

myself, wondering what excuse she would try this time. We had had this arrangement for a

year now. We took it in turns to drive to work, stopping along the way to pick the other up. It

saved petrol and was better for the environment, which was something that Helen claimed to

care about, although I had seen her empty her ashtray out of the car window more than once.

For me, the main advantage was the stress reduction. If I could avoid battling the city centre

traffic a few days a week, I’d put up with any amount of meaningless gossip along the way.

A car horn sounded and I looked up to see Helen waving from her car window and pointing at

her watch as if to say, ‘Hurry up’. I deliberately sat down out of view and counted to thirty before picking up my jacket and bag and heading towards the car, locking the front door behind me.

‘Sorry,Vanessa!’ Helen called. ‘Justin just wouldn’t get ready for school this morning.’ If

Helen’s excuses were to be believed, then Justin was the most difficult child imaginable. He also seemed to be the unluckiest, having suffered from half a dozen different minor illnesses in

the last month alone. It was strange that he never seemed to have any problems on mornings when it was my turn to drive.

‘Never mind,’ I replied, fastening my seat belt. ‘We should be okay.’ Helen set off and we joined the rush hour traffic.

‘Did you read the report?’ she asked me after a minute and I nodded. ‘What did you think?’ I had been’ expecting the question, but still I hesitated for a moment. I couldn’t say what I really thought, which was that Helen would be lucky to keep her job because the report was very critical of her department. Helen glanced at me.

‘I know,’ she said. ‘It’s bad, isn’t it? I knew that Peterson was out to get me.’

Carl Peterson was the area manager. The report was the result of a month-long study of the company and we had all been asked to read it over the weekend. I understood why Helen didn’t get on with him. Both were determined to get to the top in the company. The difference

was that where Helen had no idea how to deal with other people and spent her time finding ways of avoiding blame, Carl was a talented manager.

‘I’m sure that’s not the case,’ I said. ‘He’s just doing his job.’ Helen’s lips tightened.

‘Hmm,’ she said. After a moment, she continued. ‘Look. I know I’m not perfect, but it’s not my fault. I …’

Just at that moment, a young child on a bicycle pulled out into the road in front of us. I shouted ‘Look out!’ and Helen slammed on the brakes and turned the wheel quickly. There was a crunch of metal as we hit the back of the car in front, which had stopped at the traffic lights. The boy glanced over his shoulder before quickly pedalling off. Steam began to rise from under the bonnet. Helen hit the steering wheel in anger and frustration.

‘You okay?’ I asked.

‘Yes, fine,’ she replied, and then I saw her expression change from anger to shock and she let her head fall forward onto die wheel. I followed where she had been looking and saw what she had seen. The driver of the other car had got out and was standing by the car, looking at us with a fixed expression. It was Carl Peterson                                  .                                          

.

      TEST  3                      

A14     When Vanessa thinks ‘Typical Helen!’ she implies that

  1.  she feels sorry for Helen.
  2.  Helen is often late.     »
  3.  Helen will be in a hurry.
  4.  they will be lace for work.

                 A15     Vanessa mentions Helen emptying her ashtray to show

  1.  how much Helen’s views on the environment have changed.
  2.  how their arrangement makes a big difference to pollution.
  3.  that she thinks their arrangement is a bad idea.
  4.  that she doubts that Helen really cares about the environment.

                    A16     Vanessa feels that the driving arrangement

  1.  gives her and Helen a good chance to chat.
  2.  makes getting to work more relaxing.
  3.  causes arguments between her and Helen.
  4.  helps to reduce the amount of traffic on the road.

                    A17     Vanessa waits before leaving the house to join Helen

  1.  to show that she won’t allow Helen to hurry her.
  2.  to check that she has everything she needs.
  3.  because she knows they have .plenty of time.
  4.  because she has to check that the door is locked.

                     A18     Vanessa believes that Justin

  1.  gets ill more than other children his age.
  2.  is used as an excuse by his mother.
  3.  is a difficult child to deal with.
  4.  should learn to deal with his problems himself.

                    A19     Vanessa thinks that Carl

  1.  is jealous of Helen’s success.
  2.  wants Helen to do his job for him.
  3.  is very good at his job.
  4.  gives everyone too much work to do.

                   A20     In the final paragraph, Helen realises that

  1.  she and Vanessa will be late for work.
  2.  she is lucky to be alive.
  3.  the boy is badly injured.
  4.  she has made her situation worse.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

               TEST  4   

 Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую        номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

‘Congratulations, Angela! You’ve won the car, you’ve won the holiday for two in the Caribbean, and now you’re through to the final for a chance to win one million pounds!’

Angela was sure that even the screaming and clapping of the audience wouldn’t be able to drown out the sound of her beating heart. She couldn’t believe it — the first time she’d ever taken part in a game show and here she was in a potentially life-changing situation. ‘Stay calm,’ she thought to herself. ‘Don’t lose control now.’

‘Okay, Angela,’ said Bob, the presenter. ‘Now, skill has got you this far but, as you know, there’s always an element of chance in the final and this week is no exception.’ Angela nodded. She’d never missed an episode and knew what every round entailed. ‘So let’s have a look at how you could win one million pounds!’

A brightly-coloured board descended from the ceiling of the studio. On the board were three large doors. ‘Angela, behind one of these doors is one million pounds. Pick the right one, and you’re going home today a millionaire. Pick the wrong one and you’re going home with… ‘The audience didn’t hesitate to complete Bob’s catchphrase for him: ‘… just your bus fare!’ Even Angela mouthed it, she knew it so well.

‘That’s right! And we don’t want that, do we? So pick a door, Angela, and may luck be with you!’

Angela thought carefully before answering. ‘The middle door please, Bob,’ she said finally.

‘The middle door!’ repeated Bob. ‘Okay! But before we have a look, I’m going to open a door that you were wise not to choose. He opened the door on the far left, revealing a picture of a bus ticket. The audience cheered. Angela’s heart started beating faster.

‘Now, Angela,’ said Bob. ‘We’re going to be nice to you. You’ve got another choice to make. You can either stick with your original choice — the middle door — or you can change your decision and opt for the door on the right-hand side. What’s it to be?’

As a mathematician, Angela had come across the very same problem at university. Now, here she was, facing it in real life. She couldn’t believe her luck. She knew what not many people know, a fact that seemed to contradict all reason and common sense. She did the maths in her head one more time just to make sure she wasn’t mistaken. She wasn’t. When she’d picked the first door, she had a one in three chance of being right. Looking at it the other way round, she had a two in three chance of being wrong. Those were not good odds. But one of the wrong doors had now been eliminated, so if she changed her choice to the other possibility, she would double her chances of being right, of winning the million. It seemed impossible, but she knew it was true.

‘What are you going to do Angela? Stick with your original choice or switch to the other door?’

‘Bob, I’d like to switch, please,’

‘Angela’s going to switch! Let’s get this right, Angela. You now believe — you now hope – the million pounds is behind the right-hand door. Is that correct?’

«The right-hand door, yes,’ said Angela weakly.

‘Not the middle door?’

‘No, not the middle door.’

‘What are you going to do if it is actually behind the middle door?’ asked Bob.

‘Cry, probably!’ said Angela. The audience laughed,

‘I’m going to open the door you chose, Angela — the right-hand door. Let’s hope there isn’t a bus

ticket behind it. Here we go!’

Time seemed to stand still as Bob outstretched his arm and began to open the door. Angela had never known a feeling like this. Surrounded by so many people, she felt like the only person in the universe. Here was the moment of truth, and she was not sure she could face the consequences, whatever they were.

TEST  4   

A14     When she got through to the final, Angela couldn’t believe that

  1.  her heart was beating so loudly.
  2.  she’d never taken part in a game show before.
  3.  the audience were supporting her so much.
  4.  her life might be about to change completely.

A15     The presenter tells Angela that

  1.  she will need some luck to win the money.
  2.  he won’t make an exception for her.
  3.  her skill will increase the chances of her winning.
  4.  there is a small chance her skills will be useful.

A16     When the presenter doesn’t finish a sentence, it’s clear that

  1.  the audience has already been told what to say.
  2.  the presenter is unsure exactly what to say.
  3.  the presenter is well known for saying something.
  4.  Angela had to complete a well-known saying.

A17     When the presenter opens the first door,

  1.  he knows that Angela has won the money.
  2.  he doesn’t know which door the money is behind.
  3.  he knows which door the money is behind.
  4.  he thinks she has made a bad choice.

A18     Angela ‘couldn’t believe her luck’ that

  1.  her education would help her with this decision.
  2.  the presenter was giving her an extra chance.
  3.  she’d been in the same situation at university.
  4.  she knew far more facts than most people.

A19     Angela was absolutely certain that

  1.  the money was behind the right-hand door.
  2.  she could increase her chances of winning.
  3.  she had an impossible decision to make.
  4.  she had to analyse the problem in a different way.

A20     As Bob began to open the right-hand door, Angela felt

  1.  there were too many people around her.
  2.  knowing the truth was the most important thing.
  3.  worried by what the future would bring.
  4.  annoyed by Bob being so slow.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А 14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

Test 4           B— 3

Прочитайте утверждения 1 — 6 и следующие, за ними тексты. Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текстов. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 — если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

  1.  We know for certain
    where and when chess
    was invented.
  2.  We will never know for
    sure why the game is
    called ‘chess’.
  3.  It is possible that the
    rules of the game will
    change in the future.

The two-player game chess is one of the most popular board games in the world. It is also one of the oldest, although there is uncertainty regarding where and when chess originated. Several countries claim to have invented the game.

One possibility is that chess was invented in India about 1,500 years ago. Another theory, however, says that die Chinese were playing a form of chess over 800 years before that. We shall probably never know for sure, but we do know where the word ‘chess’ comes from. It comes from the Persian word shah, which means ‘king’.

The rules for chess have changed several times during the centuries. Many of the modern rules were introduced in the 15th century, and minor changes to the game were also made in the 19th century. An international organisation called FIDE (Federation Internationale des Echecs) is now responsible for making any further changes to the rules. ,

4 A man called Charles
Darrow invented
Monopoly.

  1.  Darrow’s family helped
    him make the board
    game.
  2.  Parker Brothers also
    made a version of the
    game for the UK.

 The enormously successful board game Monopoly has an interesting history. Although many people believe that Charles Darrow created the game, it is now known that he did not. In the 1920s, there were a number of home-made games in the USA called Monopoly, all very similar to the game we play today. Charles Darrow played one of these games, enjoyed it, and decided to make his own version. He, his wife and his son made the sets by hand and he began to sell them. The game’s popularity grew and, in 1935, Darrow sold the game to the American company Parker Brothers. The UK version of the game, with London street names, was produced byWaddington Games in 1936. In a short space of time, there were versions for cities and countries all round the world. It has been estimated that since 1935 more than 500 million people have played Monopoly.

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

TEST 4                                         В — 2                  

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1-6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. EXPENSIVE NEWSPAPERS

B. SERIOUS PROBLEM

C. DIFFERENT TOPICS

D. WAYS OF READING

E. INSTANT INFORMATION

F. EASIER READING

G. FAMOUS AUTHOR

 1  There are two main types of newspaper: ‘broadsheets’ and ‘tabloids’. Broadsheets are often larger than tabloids, and are ‘serious’ newspapers. They present the news in detail, and do not have many stories about the private lives of famous people. Tabloids, on the other hand, are much more interested in news and scandals involving stars than they are in serious news. They often have very big headlines, particularly on the front page, and have lots more photographs.

2  There is an organisation in the UK called the Plain English Campaign. Their aim is to try to get official documents, such as government leaflets, written in a style of English that is easy to understand. They say that a lot of written English, particularly when it’s talking about legal issues, is confusing-, even to British people. They have had a lot of success, and many government departments now make sure that the documents they produce are checked to make sure they’re understandable.

3  The Tolstoy family have contributed much to Russian society andculture for many hundreds of years. One of the most famous Tolstoys, Count Lev Nikolaevich, better known to the world as Leo Tolstoy, was born in 1828. He was a writer, politician and philosopher, and is now considered to be one of the greatest novelists of the 19lh century. Many of his books, including War and Peace and Anna Karenina, are still extremely popular today. LeoTolstoy died in 1910.

4  If you’re reading a newspaper and you want to find out what’s on TV at 8 o’clock tonight, you don’t read every word on the TV page. You ignore all the programmes on earlier in the day, and just look at the information about programmes on at 8 pm. With a news report, however, you may read the whole thing through quickly to get a general idea of what it’s about. If it looks interesting, you might decide to read it in more detail.

5 When we want to find a company’s telephone number, we look in a telephone directory. The Internet, however, doesn’t have a directory of websites, so how can we find the website of a business we’re interested in? The answer is to use a ‘search engine’. One of the most popular search engines at the moment is Google. Let’s say you want to find a company called Haymarket. You do a quick search on Google, and all the websites which have the word Haymarket in them appear in a list.

6  Many people suffer from some form of dyslexia. This means that their reading or writing ability is not as good as you would expect from their level of intelligence. There are actually many different types of dyslexia. If you have ‘scotopic sensitivity syndrome’, for example, you find it difficult to read black print on white paper. Other colours, however, are much easier to read.

№ текста

1

2

3

A

5

6

Тема

TEST 5                                  В — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1-6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. SIMPLE MEALS

B. POPULAR COOKS

C. SAFE COOKING

D. NEW DISCOVERY

E. DIFFICULT JOB

F. DELICIOUS SNACKS

G. CHANGING HABITS

  1.  We’re all used to the idea that there are simply four tastes. Our food can be sweet (like sugar), sour (like lemons), salty (like salt, of course) and bitter (like olives). Now scientists have found that parts of the tongue react to a fifth taste, which they call ‘umami’. Umami is quite a rich taste, found in red meat, soy sauce, mushrooms and hard cheese, such as Parmesan. The word ‘umami’ comes from Japanese.
  2.  One thing you have to remember is that meat can contain bacteria. You have to be particularly careful with white meats like chicken and pork. Make sure that you cook them properly. Use a metal skewer or a fork to test whether the meat is done or not. The juices from the meat should be clear. You should also be careful when preparing food. Use separate chopping boards for meat and vegetables. The reason for this is that we don’t want any bacteria from the meat to find their way onto our vegetables. They might not be killed when we cook the vegetables.
  3.  Running a busy restaurant is a real challenge. A head chef has to be part army officer, part artist and part businessman. With so many people working in a busy kitchen, it’s not easy to keep control and a head chef has to make sure that everyone does their job properly. At the same time, he or she has to create great food without wasting ingredients. It takes years of training to become a head chef and not everyone can do it.
  4.  Walk into any bookshop or turn on your TV and you can’t avoid celebrity chefs. They are famous for cooking and for teaching the nation how to cook. They each have their own style and their own fans, from the very friendly style of Jamie Oliver to the more formal style of Delia Smith. However, they all have one thing in common: they are all very good at communicating their enthusiasm for food and for cooking.
  5.  The thought of cooking for friends at home makes most of us a little nervous. It needn’t be such a nightmare, though. The secret is planning. If you keep your menu simple and stick to dishes you know well, your dinner party will be a success. Give your guests something that is easy to prepare and that doesn’t mean you have to be in the kitchen all the time. That way, you can enjoy the occasion too!
  6.  Traditionally, eating was something that we all did together as families. In the past, most parents insisted that the whole family sat around the dining table at a certain time. All that has changed. These days, we’re more likely to watch TV while we eat, or to eat at different times from the other members of our family. In a world where it’s so easy to cook a microwave meal in seconds and both parents go out to work, it’s very rare for families to share their news over a good meal.

№ текста

1

2

3

4

5

6

Тема

      Test 5           B— 3

Прочитайте утверждения 1 6 и следующие за ними тексты. Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текстов. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

Chaplin’s first performance was in America.

  1.  Chaplin made the first
    full-length comedy film.
  2.  Chaplin stopped making
    silent films in the late
    1920s.

Charlie Chaplin was the greatest comedian of his generation, and probably of all time. He was born in 1889 in England, where he first appeared on stage at the age of five. He travelled to America in 1912 and stayed to work for the Keystone Film Company. Films in those days were silent, so actors had to find characters that could be recognised immediately on the screen. Chaplin’s great character was the little tramp, who appeared in around 70 short films, as well as a number of feature-length comedies. In fact, Chaplin was the first comedian to make a full-length comedy, Tillie’s Punctured Romance (1914).

Talking films began to appear in the late 1920s, but Chaplin continued to make silent films until the mid 30s. He was unusual because he not only starred in his films but also wrote, directed and produced them. He even wrote the music for some of his later films. He will long be remembered for bringing enjoyment to millions throughout the world..

  1.  Stan Laurel was famous
    for appearing with
    Charlie Chaplin,
  2.  Stan Laurel’s parents
    both appeared on stage.
  3.  Laurel and Hardy
    became famous for acting
    together in the early
    1920s.

When Charlie Chaplin went over to America, there was another comedian on the same boat — Stan Laurel, who was to become famous as one half of Laurel and Hardy. Stan was born in 1890. His mother was an actress, while his father managed a number of theatres. His family moved around during his childhood and he spent some time living with his grandparents. He learned a lot from watching the comedians who performed at the theatres run by his father.

Stan first appeared in a film with Oliver Hardy in 1921, but their fame as a double act didn’t begin until 1927. They starred together in dozens of films over the next 30 years until Oliver’s death in 1957. Even today, their films bring pleasure to young and old alike.

1

2

3

4

5

6

      Test 5           

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

Things weren’t working out quite as Lazlo had expected. He’d been in London for six months now and all his early optimism had almost disappeared. None of the galleries were interested in his paintings and he was tired of carrying die same pictures from one buyer to the next. The response was always die same: a shake of the head, some comment about portraits not being fashionable dicse days and a suggestion to try somewhere else, usually somewhere he had already tried. He was beginning to lose hope and was thinking of going back home. It would be difficult, and he would have to face his parents saying ‘I told you so’, but at least he could find a steady job.

He was sitting on a bench in a park one day considering this when he noticed a newspaper beside him. He glanced at it and the word ‘artist’ caught his eye. He picked the paper up and read more closely. It was a job advertisement. Ал advertising company was looking for a portrait artist to work on a new advertising campaign. Lazlo ripped the advertisement out of the paper and started to look for a public phone. ‘I won’t be able to choose my subjects,’ Lazlo thought to himself, ‘but at least I’ll be able to pay the rent, and that’s a bit more important right now.’ He spotted a phone, put a few coins in and dialled. After a few moments, a female voice answered. Lazlo explained who he was and that he was applying for the job. They arranged for him to go to their office the next day with some of his work. He went home excited and nervous.

That night, he chose three paintings from die dozens in his flat mat he thought showed what he was capable of. He selected a self-portrait he had done a few years before; he thought it showed a thoughtful side to his work. He also chose a portrait of an old man that he had met in a cafe. It was simple but clear, and Lazlo thought mat maybe mat was the style they would want for an advertising campaign. The third one was a painting of his mother. It had always seemed to him that that picture captured a lot of feeling mat was difficult to put into words. A lot of people thought it was the best portrait he had ever done, and Lazlo knew that if anything was going to impress them, that painting would.

The next morning, he woke early and got ready. He rolled the pictures up, placed them in a large tube so that they wouldn’t get damaged and set off towards the bus stop. There was a lot of traffic, but he arrived on time. When he got to the office, he saw that another four people were waiting, each with a large tube of paintings just like his. The secretary asked him to take a seat.

Lazlo sat and waited for his name to be called. He knew that a lot depended on the next half an hour or so. With a job, he could begin to sort out his life, maybe doing his art in his spare time. He knew he would never completely give up on his dream, but he had also come to realise that he had to live in die real world, and talent doesn’t pay bills. Without a job, he wouldn’t survive the month; he had just about enough for the ticket home. The secretary picked up the phone and had a short, quiet conversation. She turned to Lazlo. ‘You can go in now,’ she said, smiling.        

      Test 5           

          A14      When Lazlo first arrives in London, he

  1.  immediately loses his job.
  2.  is confident of success.
  3.  doesn’t expect to stay for six months.
  4.  knows that he will have to work hard.

                    A15     The people at the art galleries Lazlo visits

  1.  are very impressed by his work.
  2.  often give him helpful advice.
  3.  ask him to come back with different paintings.
  4.  tell him that his work is old-fashioned.

                     A16     It seems that Lazlo’s parents

  1.  disapprove of his choice of career.
  2.  forced Lazlo into becoming an artist.
  3.  will be happy to welcome him home,
  4.  can help him to achieve his ambitions.

                      A17     Lazlo thinks the job will

  1.  give him more artistic freedom.
  2.  provide him with a salary.
  3.  mean that he has to move house.
  4.  stop him from studying.

A18     Lazlo chooses to take the portrait of his other because    

  1.  it was the third one he thought of.
  2.  it was used in an advertisement before.
  3.  the people at the company ask to see it.
  4.  it expresses emotion well.

                       A19     At the office, Lazlo realises that

  1.  his paintings are the same as everyone else’s.
  2.  he isn’t the only person interested in the job.
  3.  he should have chosen different paintings.
  4.  he has come at the wrong time.

   A20     One of the things Lazlo’s experience has taught him is that

  1.  he needs money to live.
  2.  art is more important than money.
  3.  following your dream is a waste of time.
  4.  he has no artistic talent.

    По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ CBOИ      ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ №1!                                                                                                  ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в гаданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

TEST 6                                                 В — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1 — 6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. LIGHTER SUITCASES

B. BUYING TICKETS

C. FAST-MOVING TRANSPORT

D. TRANSPORT CHOICES

E. AEROPLANE EXERCISES

F. LONGER HOLIDAYS

G. FOOD INCLUDED

  1.  Package holidays, which include flights and hotel accommodation in the same booking, have been popular for several decades. Recently, however, a new type of package holiday has been introduced: the ‘all-inclusive’ package. Many holidaymakers, particularly those with families or those on a limited budget, are attracted by all-inclusive holidays. This is because all meals, drinks and snacks such as ice creams, as well as flights and accommodation, are included in the price.
  2.  The Isles of Scilly, off the south-west coast of Cornwall in the UK, are a popular tourist destination. Many of the visitors to the islands arrive in their own boats, either from Cornwall or from the north coast of France. Those without a boat have a range of options for getting there. There are daily flights from Plymouth and Newquay airports, and a helicopter flies several times a day from Penzance. The ferry Sсillonian III is also based in Penzance, sailing to the islands once a day, and twice on Sundays.
  3.  If you’re going on a trip and are unsure what and how much to pack, follow this simple rule. Get everything that you could possibly want to take with you ready. Then, when you’ve made a big pile, put half of it back. Be strict with yourself! People always take too much with them when they travel -clothes they won’t wear, toiletries they won’t use. Carrying heavy bags is never fun, so don’t take too much with you!
  4.  Bicycles are not just used for recreation. In Britain, thousands of postmen and women deliver the mail each day by bike as it’s much quicker than walking. In towns and cities with traffic problems, such as Los Angeles in the USA, a bike is often the quickest way for a police officer to move around. In India, bicycles are often used to deliver lunch to shop and office workers. At large airports in Germany, it’s quite common to see airport workers riding around on bikes.
  5.  On long flights, it’s important not to sit still for too long, as this can be bad for your health. A good exercise for your hands is to squeeze a tennis ball — or even a pair of socks if you haven’t got a tennis ball — ten or fifteen times. For your feet, take your shoes off and put your feet on the floor. Raise your toes as high as possible and hold them there for about five seconds. Repeat the exercise until your toes get tired.
  6.  Not long ago, if you wanted to book a plane ticket or a package holiday, you had no choice — you had to go to a travel agent’s. The Internet has changed that, however, and now flights and trips can be booked in the comfort of your own home. It’s often cheaper, quicker and more convenient to book tickets online, but you do need a credit card. If you want to pay by cash or cheque, you still have to make that visit to the high street.

№ текста

1

2

3

4

5

6

Тема

 Test 6           B— 3

Прочитайте утверждения 1 -6 и следующие за ними тексты. Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текстов. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 — если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

  1.  The hamburger got its
    name from one of its
    ingredients.
  2.  Roast pork sandwiches
    were eaten in Hamburg
    for the first time a
    hundred years ago.
  3.  Charlie Nagreen changed
    the shape of the meatballs
    to make them more
    popular.
  4.  We know why Charlie
    Nagreen decided to call
    them ‘hamburgers’

 5.   Many people believe that

       eating  sushi means eating

      raw fish.

 6. Modern-day sushi was                          introduced approximately                            two hundred years ago.

 Hamburgers are one of the most popular kinds of fast food in the world today. The name, however, can be misleading, as the burger in a hamburger is not made of ham. It is beef.

Although the name ‘hamburger’ almost certainly comes from the town Hamburg in Germany, the history of the hamburger is unclear.

There was a popular dish in Hamburg several hundred years ago which was basically a roast pork sandwich. It is possible that, in time, that became the hamburger as we know it today.

However, the town of Seymour in Wisconsin in the USA is just one of several other places that claim to have created the hamburger. Their story goes back to 1885, when a man called Charlie Nagreen tried to sell meatballs at a county fair. They weren’t popular, though, as customers had difficulty eating them while walking. Nagreen came up with the idea of flattening out the meatballs and putting them in a bread roll. He called this meat sandwich a ‘hamburger’. Why he chose that name is unclear, and it seems likely that he was not actually the first to use it. 

Many large towns and cities in Europe and the USA have at least one sushi restaurant, but what exactly is sushi? A widely-held belief is that it is a type of Japanese cuisine mat involves raw fish. Certainly, if you go to a sushi restaurant, you are likely to eat some raw fish.

In fact, however, sushi is a number of different dishes all made with a certain type of rice. The rice has a topping or filling with it which may be raw fish, but could also be cooked fish, vegetables or egg. Food similar to sushi has been eaten in Japan for centuries, but sushi as it’s eaten today was developed by HanayaYohei in Tokyo, Japan in the early  1800s. It was designed to be a type of fast food that could be eaten at the theatre or in the street.

1

2

3

4

5

6

      Test 6           

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-A20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

Sean had never felt so nervous before in his life. Sitting alone outside the closed door, he suddenly realised he was physically shaking. ‘This is ridiculous,’ he thought to himself. ‘Pull yourself together. You’ve got to stay calm.’

This was easier said than done, and when a middle-aged woman in a smart business suit opened the door and asked, ‘Sean Perkins?’, there was a definite tremor of fear and weakness in his voice as he answered that that was indeed him.

‘Hello, I’m Katie Sutherland. Do come in,’

Sean was invited into a comfortable and spacious office. The walk from the door to the chair he was to sit on seemed to last a lifetime, and Sean was terrified with each step that he’d suddenly trip or stumble. How could something so simple as walking and sitting down be so difficult?

As the interview progressed, however, Sean slowly began to relax. If he’d had time to think about it, he would have realised he was answering the questions put to him quite well. He was giving clear, full answers without saying too much or anything irrelevant. Then came a question which, at first, he was uncertain how to answer.

‘So, tell me, why do you want to leave your current job?’

Sean hesitated. Should he tell her the truth? This was, of course, that he didn’t feel respected. His boss, Mr Dominguez, took him for granted, overworked him, was often rude, patronising and unpleasant and made him dread going in to work each morning. Sean decided a more positive response was called for.

‘Well,’ he said, ‘I’ve been with Brookes Brothers for over four years now, and although I’ve learned a lot there, and I’m very grateful for the opportunities they’ve given me, I think it’s time for some new challenges, and this seems the ideal company to provide them. From what I’ve seen, Fisher & Fisher is an extremely dynamic company, and I’d like to be a part of that. I really think I could help contribute to the company’s future success.’

Sean was pleased with his answer and knew he’d been right not to criticise his current employer. From Katie Sutherland’s expression, it seemed she was satisfied with his answer too. Her next question prompted Sean to smile. ‘What would you say were your biggest weaknesses, Sean?’

He’d thought he might be asked this, and so had already rehearsed an answer. He didn’t want it to sound rehearsed, though, so he purposefully hesitated slightly before answering. ‘That’s a tricky question, isn’t it?’ he said. ‘In fact, I think we both know it’s a bit of a trick question too, because if I give a list of serious weaknesses, you won’t think I’m suitable for the job, and if I say I haven’t got any, you’ll think I’m arrogant and over-confident. So, in answer to your question, I’d have to say that one of my biggest weaknesses is not being able to talk about myself in too negative a light, even when I know I’m not perfect. For any other weaknesses I’ve got, you might be better off asking my current employer, Mr Dominguez.’

His answer was a risk, but he knew that if he said it in a fairly light-hearted manner, he could probably get away with it. From Katie’s response, it was clear that he had. ‘Yes,’ she said, ‘it is a bit of a silly question, isn’t it?You’d be amazed what some people say when I ask it, though. It can tell me a lot. I’m glad you didn’t fall into that trap.’

This was the first clearly positive comment that Katie had made on his interview so far, and filled Sean both with joy and hope. Perhaps he really was in with a chance of getting this job. Perhaps he would be able to put Mr Dominguez and Brookes Brothers behind him once and for all.

      Test 6           

A14  Waiting outside for the interview, Sean realizes that

  1.  his shaking must look totally ridiculous.
  2.  staying calm is not difficult to do.
  3.  he has to take control of his emotions.
  4.  it’s the first time he’s ever been nervous.

A15    When Sean enters the office, he

  1.  wishes the chair he has to sit on is nearer the door.
  2.  takes too long to walk from the door to the chair.
  3.  almost trips over the chair he is supposed to sit on.
  4.  tries to get to the chair without doing anything foolish.

A16    The answers Sean gives to the questions he is asked

  1.  do not contain unnecessary information.
  2.  show he knows he is doing quite well.
  3.  are a little longer than they should be.
  4.  show he is often unsure what to say.

A17    Sean feels that the question about why he wants to leave his current job

  1.  deserves a totally truthful answer.
  2.  should not be answered in a negative way.
  3.  was not asked in a respectful way.
  4.  is an impossible question to answer.

A18   Sean’s answer to the question about why he wants to leave his current job implies that

  1.  he is not at all happy with the way he is treated at Brookes Brothers.
  2.  Fisher & Fisher will be more successful in the future than Brookes Brothers.
  3.  both he and Fisher & Fisher could benefit from him joining the company.
  4.  the work at Fisher & Fisher will be much more difficult than his current work.

A19   Sean is careful to hide from Katie Sutherland the fact that he

  1.  has practised giving an answer.
  2.  has a lot of serious weaknesses.
  3.  thinks he doesn’t have any weaknesses.
  4.  knows she is trying to trick him.

A20   Katie suggests that she asks the ‘silly question’ because

  1.  she’s always amazed by the answers she gets.
  2.  she wants the people answering to feel trapped.
  3.  people usually give long answers to that question.
  4.  the answers people give can reveal things about them.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1 !

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях 112, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания

      Test 7       

Прочитайте вопросы 1 — 6 и рекламу книжных новинок AG. Установите соответствие между вопросами и рекламными объявлениями. В каждом тексте вы найдете ответ только на один вопрос. В приведенной ниже таблице под номером вопроса впишите букву, соответствующую тексту, в котором вами найден ответ В задании один текст лишний.

Which book

  1.  takes its title from another piece of writing?
  2.  proves that some old theories are incorrect?
  3.  is written by a television presenter?
  1.  is being published in a new form?
  2.  includes useful information for travellers?
  3.  contains pictures that explain how to do things?
  4.  

A     As you accompany author Nick McDonald on his journey through France, you’ll feel  like you’re really there with him. My Trip And Other Mistakes isn’t just the usual collection of local people and landscapes. With real practical tips on where to stay and where to eat, it’s a must for every tourist.

     В

 Squaring the Triangle, from Vivian Norris, is one of those rare books that gives you a new understanding of an old subject. Everyone knows that planes and ships have disappeared in the part of the Atlantic known as the Bermuda Triangle, but no one knows why. Norris discounts all previous ideas and comes up with one or two interesting theories of her own to solve the problem.

    C Crime writer Carol Masterton has done it again. In her latest work Not One Before Another, she creates a mystery that will have you scratching your head. The unusual name for the book comes from the last words of Shakespeare’s well-known play A Comedy of Errors, and like that work, this book involves a lot of confusion over who’s who.

       D

 After the success of the hardback version last year, it was only a matter of time before Introducing Myself appeared in paperback. Now everyone can enjoy Henry Banncrman’s stories of his travels round London as a taxi driver. It’s only £3.99, compared to £15 for the hardback, so there’s no excuse for not getting to know this lovable character.

  E  Beginners will find it too difficult, but expert photographers will love Shooting Animals by Ian Clarke. Clarke shows you in great detail how to catch those moments when animals are at their best. If you want to improve your pictures of wildlife, then this is the book for you.

         F  For years now Karen Wilde has been recreating history on our TV screens in Past Lives. Finally, fans of the show can buy her book that shows exactly how our great-grandparents lived — Past Lives: The Book is the result of three years of research and it gives you a very accurate idea of what it was like to be a child back then.

G   This is the perfect book for those of you who are thinking of taking up a new pastime. The author, Greg King, certainly knows his stuff, and Fishing Essentials tells you everything you need to know to start catching the big fish. Simple techniques are explained for beginners with the aid of detailed colour photographs.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 7                           В — 2

Установите соответствие тем. AG текстам 1-6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. UNEXPLAINED EVENTS

B. SPACE TOURISTS

C. DISTANT WORLD

D. ANCIENT SCIENCE

E. FAILED HOPES

F. SPECTACULAR SIGHT

G. SERIOUS RISKS

  1.   When Neil Armstrong first set foot on the Moon in July 1969, many people around the world thought that it was the beginning of mankind’s journey to the stars. They expected to see people living on the Moon in special bases. However, it wasn’t to be. Getting to the Moon was expensive and of limited scientific value. Those who were expecting a golden age of space exploration were disappointed.
  2.  Astronauts face many dangers in space. The take-off and landing are dangerous, and there’s always a chance that a meteor is going to hit your spacecraft. Other threats come from something you can’t see: radiation. X-rays and other forms of radiation can cause health problems for astronauts above the protection of Earth’s atmosphere.
  3.  For tie first time, it’s possible to buy yourself a ticket to space — that’s if you’ve got $20 million to spend. Dennis Tito, an American businessman, arid Mark Shuttleworth, a businessman from South Africa, have both visited the International Space Station. They were taken up on Russian Soyuz rockets and enjoyed a week of weightlessness before returning to Earth.
  4.  Look up into the sky at the right time and the right direction and you’ll see Saturn. It will look like a bright star, but a pair of binoculars or a small telescope will give you an amazing view. Saturn has rings around it, giving it a beautiful appearance unlike anything else in the night sky. No wonder Saturn has been called the ‘Jewel of the Solar System’.
  5.  Discovered in 1930, the planet Pluto circles the Sun at a distance of approximately six billion kilometres. That’s about 40 times further away from the Sun than the Earth is! At that distance, me Sun looks just like a bright star and provides very little heat. A spacecraft launched from the Earm would take twelve or thirteen years to get to Pluto, so don’t expect to see close-up phorographs any time soon!
  6.  We’re used to the idea of modern telescopes giving us views of the universe and astronauts flying to the space station and back again. But did you know that the roots of astronomy go back thousands of years? The Egyptians studied the night sky, as did the original people of North America. The famous circle of stones at Stonehenge in Britain shows that people there knew about [he movements of the Sun and the Moon at least 2,500 years before Christ was born.

№ текста

1

3

4

5

6

Тема

      Test 7           

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14 – А20, обводя цифру 1,2,3, или 4, соответствую номеру выбранного вами варианта.

The ticket inspector handed the ticket back to Dora with a nod  of his head and continued on his way down the train. He was a handsome young man? Dora thought, and he reminded

her a little of her husband when he had been the same age. She smiled a little at the thought as she watched the coutryside roll past the window of the train. She was now 84 and although she regularly forgot things that other people found so easy to remember, like where she had put her glasses, that March day when she and Ralph had got married stood out clearly in her mind. They hadn’t known each other long, and relatives had tried to advise Dora against it, but they had known it was the right thing to do. They quickly found a house to buy and the wedding was organized in a couple of days. Dora was grateful for the forty happy years they had had together.

The sound of someone sniffing brought Dora’s attention back to her surroundings. Sitting opposite her in the carriage was a woman, who Dora estimated to be in her early thirties. She looked up at Dora, who realised that the woman would welcome conversation. Dora pulled a tissue from her bag and passed it over.

‘What’s his name?’ Dora asked with a friendly smile. The woman wiped her eyes with the tissue.

‘Michael. He’s just got a new job … ‘ the woman began, then laughed a little. ‘How did you know?’

‘I wasn’t always old, you know/ Dora said and looked more closely at the woman. She was smartly dressed, although her clothes weren’t new. Clearly she had had money in the past but now couldn’t afford luxuries. Dora noticed that she had brought her own sandwiches on the journey, rather than spend money on the train. She had the air of someone who is educated but who has never had much luck at turning that education into money. Dora knew what it was like to keep up appearances on a small income and her heart went out to her fellow traveller.

‘Tell me about it,’ she said. For the next half an hour, the woman, whose name turned out to be Sandra, told her story. Dora listened. The details of the relationship escaped her and Sandra mentioned people without explaining who they were, but Dora knew it wasn’t important. Sandra wasn’t looking for solutions from Dora. The only thing that mattered was that she gave Sandra a shoulder to cry on and a sympathetic ear. She nodded in all the right places and by the time the train pulled in at the next station, Sandra seemed a lot happier. Sandra looked up and cried, ‘Oh, this is my stop!’ She grabbed her bags, thanked Dora for listening and hurried off the train.

Dora sat back and closed her eyes. A feeling of sadness came over her for a moment. Listening to Sandra talk had been what she imagined being a grandmother was like. It would have been nice to have had children and watch their children grow up. Still, it wasn’t to be and she and Ralph had spent many happy years travelling the world. She opened her eyes and looked out onto the platform as the train pulled away. Sandra was looking up at the train window and waving at her. Dora waved back and smiled, watching over her shoulder as the train station got smaller and smaller. She turned back to see a teenage girl standing beside her seat. She had a suitcase in one hand and the make-up around her eyes had run as if she had been crying. She looked exhausted.

‘Excuse me,’ she said in a quiet voice. ‘Is anyone sitting here?’ She pointed to the seat where Sandra had been sitting.

‘No, my dear. Sit down,’ said Dora, and began to reach into her bag for a tissue. It’s going to be one of those days, she thought to herself.

      Test 7           

A14    Dora has problems remembering

  1.  how long she was married со Ralph.
  2.  simple, everyday things.
  3.  where her husband had gone.
  4.  what her wedding day was like.

A15     Before getting married, Dora and her husband

  1.  waited until they knew each other well.
  2.  asked their families for advice.
  3.  arranged everything very carefully.
  4.  made sure they had somewhere to live.

A16     Dora thinks the young woman

  1.  would like to chat.
  2.  wants to ask her for a tissue.
  3.  looks younger than she really is.
  4.  is looking at her in a strange way.

A17     The young woman seems to

  1.  be poorer than she once was.
  2.  like only home-made food.
  3.  have problems finding a job.
  4.  be careless about her clothes.

?A18     While Sandra talks about her life, Dora

  1.  gives her some useful advice.
  2.  tries to focus on the important details.
  3.  asks her to explain things more clearly.
  4.  acts as if she understands everything.

A19     When Sandra leaves, Dora feels unhappy for a moment because she

  1.  misses her husband.
  2.  never had children.
  3.  feels sorry for Sandra.
  4.  doesn’t see her grandchildren often.

A20     Dora thinks it’s going to be ‘one of those days’ because

  1.  she would prefer the girl to sit somewhere else.
  2.  she can’t find the tissues in her bag.
  3.  the girl seems to have the same problems as Sandra.
  4.  the girl doesn’t realise that Dora is exhausted.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

TEST 8                               В -2

 Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1 — 6. Занесите, свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. SLOW SUCCESS

B. FILM MUSICIAN

C. LONG HISTORY

D. SEA SOUNDS

E. GREAT CHANGES

F. WONDERFUL PLAYER

G. LIVE PERFORMANCES

  1.  While the electric guitar was invented quite recently (in 1931, by Adolf Rickenbacker), the guitar itself has been around in various forms for an incredibly long time. Musical instruments remarkably similar to the guitar have been played for at least the last five thousand years. The instrument which million of teenagers today dream of playing in a rock band started its life’in Persia (now called Iran), in Central Asia.
  2.  Humans have only been able to record sounds to listen to later since the middle of the 1800s. Since then, however, technology has developed at an enormous speed. Records, cassettes and CDs have all allowed people to listen to recorded music in their own home. These days, more and more music is becoming ‘digital’. We can save pieces of music as files on our computer, and can carry thousands of songs around on personal MP3 players.
  3.  Everyone knows that the British group The Beatles was « the most successful pop group of all time. In the early 1960s, John Lennon, Paul McCartney, George Harrison and Ringo Starr changed popular music forever. Things weren’t easy for the band at the beginning, though. Lennon and McCartney started making music together in 1957. By 1962, almost every single record company in Britain had rejected them, saying they would never achieve anything. Finally, one record company decided to take a risk with them. By 1964, they were the most popular band in the world.
  4.  Before pop groups and singers go on tour, they have to make a decision regarding their music. They probably want to play the songs from their latest album in their concerts, but the question is: should the songs sound as similar as possible to the sound created on the album, or should the audience hear a new version of the song? Madonna, for example, is always keen to sing her songs in a different way at concerts. Other singers choose to sing their songs as they sang them on the album.
  5.  Jerry Goldsmith spent much of his career writing the music for Hollywood movies. From the early 1950s until 2003, Goldsmith wrote the soundtracks for several hundred hit movies, including the Star Trek and Rambo series of films. He often worked on as many as six major movies in one year. If that wasn’t enough, he also found the time to come up with the theme tunes for a large number of American TV and radio shows.
  6.  Dolphins and whales can hear much better than humans can. They can also hear much better than they can see. This does not cause them many problems, however, as sound travels through water much better than light does. They often use sounds to locate things such as rocks and food. Male humpback whales make noises that sound like they’re singing. One whale can hear another whale’s ‘song’ hundreds of miles away.

1

2

3

4

5

6

      Test 8           

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14~А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

I want everyone to be absolutely clear how seriously I’m taking this/ said Mrs Lowry.The twelve children stated at her silently and intently, their frightened expressions demonstrating that they did indeed recognise the gravity of the situation. ‘We will not tolerate stealing in this school. It’s quite simple. Whoever has taken Julie’s purse must return it to me during the lunch break. If you do that, we won’t say anything more about it. I shan’t punish you, and I won’t tell the head teacher or your parents, But if Julie’s purse hasn’t been returned by the end of lunch, then I’m afraid I’ll have no choice but to go to Mr Jenkins, and you know what he’ll do. There’s a school policy for situations like this and there’s no getting out of it. That’s right — he’ll bring the police in. They’ll come this afternoon, and they’ll interview you all. They’ll find out who took the purse, I’m sure of it, and whoever it is will be in very, very serious trouble. So, please, for your own good, if you took Julie’s purse, bring it to me during the lunch break. I’ll be in here, on my own, the whole time. Does everyone understand?»                                                                                                                                               Yes, Mrs Lowry,’ said the group of nine-year-olds in chorus.                                                                                                        Lunch break came and went with no one handing in the purse to Mrs Lowry.                                                                    ‘This is a great shame,’ said Mrs Lowry sadly. ‘Before I go and talk to Mr Jenkins, I’m just going to ask you, Julie, one more time: are you absolutely one hundred per cent sure you brought your purse to school this morning?’                   ‘Yes, Mrs Lowry.’                                                                                                                                                                                ‘And when did you last see it?’                                                                                                                                                       ‘During the break, at eleven o’clock. Just as I told you. I took out a pound coin to go and buy a can of Coke. When I came back with the change, it had gone.’                                                                                                                                ‘And Elizabeth, you saw Julie take the pound coin out of her purse, did you?’                                                                                                                       ‘Yes, Mrs Lowry,’ said the girl sitting next to Julie. ‘Julie’s telling the truth.We went to the drinksmachine» together and when we came back, Julie’s purse wasn’t in her bag anymore. That’s when wecame to find you.»I’ll ask you all one more time. Does anyone know anything about the whereabouts of Julie’s purse?’There was absolute silence in the classroom. ‘Then I shall go and get Mr Jenkins now.’Mrs Lowry had already opened the door and stepped into the corridor when a voice shouted; ‘MrsLowry!’

She immediately turned and came back into the room. ‘What is it?’ she asked.

David, sitting right at the back of the class, was pointing excitedly at the radiator on the wall next to

him. ‘Look, Mrs Lowry! Behind the radiator! I think it’s Julie’s purse!’

There did seem to be something colourful behind the radiator. Mrs Lowry ran to the wall, bent down

and picked it up. ‘Is this your purse, Julie?’

‘Yes!’ said Julie.

‘Remind me how much was in it.’

‘A five-pound note.’

Mrs Lowry opened the purse. ‘Thank goodness for mat,’ she said.»JuliSj, here you are. David, I’d like to

talk to you outside, please. The rest of you just sit quietly until I return.’

Mrs Lowry and David stood silently outside the door. She looked at him sadly. ‘I’m waiting, David,’

she said eventually.

‘What for, Mrs Lowry?’

‘For an explanation.’

‘What do you mean?’ Tears were already beginning to well up in his eyes.

‘I’m not stupid, David. Don’t think I am. I want you to tell me exactly what you did and why you did

it. If you do that, it’ll go no further, I promise.’

‘I didn’t do anything! I saw the purse and I called you in.’

‘I don’t think your parents are going to believe that, are they? Do you want them to know you’re a

thief?’

‘I’m not a thief! I’m not!’ He wiped his eyes with his sleeve. ‘How can I make you believe me?’

Test 8           

A14    The children’s faces showed that they

  1.  were going to remain silent for a long time.
  2.  were scared of having things stolen.
  3.  knew exactly what Mrs Lowry would do.
  4.  were aware how serious the theft was.

Д15     Mrs Lowry said that, if the purse wasn’t returned, she would have to

  1.  punish all of the children.
  2.  tell their parents.
  3.  tell the head teacher.
  4.  inform the police.

A16     Mrs Lowry was confident that

  1.  the purse would be returned during the lunch break.
  2.  she knew who had taken Julie’s purse.
  3.  the police would be able to solve the crime.
  4.  the thief was really a good person.

A17    After lunch, Mrs Lowry wanted to make certain that

  1.  Julie’s purse had been stolen.
  2.  Julie’s purse was still missing.
  3.  Elizabeth hadn’t taken the purse.
  4.  Julie’s purse did have money in it.

AI8    Mrs Lowry showed she was relieved that

  1.  it was, actually Julie’s purse.
  2.  Julie’s money was still in the purse.
  3.  it was David who had found the purse.
  4.  Julie hadn’t had more money in the purse.

A19     In the corridor with David, Mrs Lowry

  1.  asked David to explain why he was crying.
  2.  realised how sad he was about what had happened.
  3.  felt very sorry that David had to experience this.
  4.  was hoping that David would confess to the crime.

А20     Mrs Lowry made it clear to David that

  1.  she’d definitely tell his parents he was a thief.
  2.  she knew why he had stolen Julie’s purse.
  3.  she would not tell anyone if he confessed.
  4.  his crying would not change anything.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. 112, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях /12, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания

TEST 9                                                В — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1-6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. EASY PICTURES

B. EXPENSIVE MISTAKES

C. FUTURE POSSIBILITIES

D. DREAM PAINTER

E. ANIMAL ARTIST

F. SHOCKING STYLE

G. STOLEN PAINTINGS

  1.  It was the kind of event that every museum has nightmares about. In 2004, two robbers threatened
    guards at the Munch Museum in Norway and took two of Edvard Munch’s pictures:
    The Scream and
    Madonna. Munch was Norway’s best-known artist and the two works are worth about $19 million
    together.
  2.  Congo’s art is bought and sold by collectors. His paintings have been sold at auction for around
    $8,000 each. It doesn’t sound out of the ordinary, until you hear that Congo was actually a
    chimpanzee. He produced abstract paintings in the late 1950s and a number of collectors are
    interested in his bright colours and bold splashes of paint. Congo died in
    1964.
  3.  Jackson Pollock was famous for his action pictures, although many people say that it didn’t take
    much artistic skill to produce them. Pollock would hang a bucket of paint on the end of a piece of
    rope over a canvas. As the bucket swung over the canvas, paint would fall through a hole, creating
    a
    painting without Pollock having to do anything.
  4.  When buying a work of art, it’s very important to be sure that it is genuine. Buying a fake work of art
    can cost you a lot of money that you will probably never get back. Some people make a living from
    copying famous works and selling them to unsuspecting collectors. To make sure that never happens
    to you, always have paintings you are thinking of buying checked out by an expert.
  5.  In these days of rapid change, it’s not easy to predict what kind of art we will be enjoying in 50 years’
    time. Of course, traditional art and abstract art will still be around. However, we may find that artists
    prefer to work with computers more and more because of the control it gives them. We may even
    discover that computers are capable of creating art on their own.
  6.  In 19lh century France, a group of artists appeared who are known as the Impressionists. Their art
    was very new and many people were shocked by their paintings when they first appeared. They were
    full of light, energy and ordinary life while the art world was used to formal paintings. Not everyone
    welcomed this new view of art at the time, although Impressionists such as Monet and Cezanne are
    very popular today.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Test 9                             В — 3

 Прочитайте утверждения 1 -6 и следующий за ними текст Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текста. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 — если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

  1.  People lived in Machu
    Picchu from 1440 to
    1911.
  2.  The Incan Empire
    included the whole of
    modern-day Chile.
  3.  The Incas lived in a
    simple society and only
    had basic skills.
  4.  We know why the Incas
    disappeared.

High in the mountains of Peru can be found the ruins of the city of Machu Picchu. Built in around 1440, it was inhabited for nearly a hundred years and then was forgotten until it was rediscovered in 1911. What is the story behind this amazing ‘lost city’?

It was once lived in by a people called the Incas. The Incas started as a small group of people in the twelfth century AD, who built a city called Qosqo. From the middle of the fifteenth century onwards, the Incas began to take control of other areas. They built a large empire, which included the modern-day countries of Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia and parts of Argentina, Chile and Colombia. They had a very developed society and were expert builders, engineers, artists and farmers. There was one reason why they never grew further as a civilisation and why they disappeared: the Spanish arrived in South America in 1532.

  1.  Pizzarro persuaded
    Atahualpa to join his
    army.
  2.  The Spanish beat the
    Incas because they had
    better weapons.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Francisco Pizzarro, a Spanish explorer, landed in Peru with two hundred men, not nearly enough to beat the Incas. However, he invited the ruler of the Incas, Atahualpa, to a meeting and then captured him, later killing him and many members of the royal, family. More people joined Pizzarro’s army and the Incas were gradually defeated. They lasted for approximately 40 years and fought back against the Spanish, but the Incas were no match for European technology. They had never seen guns and cannons before and had nothing similar. The last Inca leader, Tupac Amaru, was finally killed in 1472.

When the Incas left Machu Picchu, nobody else knew it was there. In 1911, an American historian named Hiram Bingham was led to the site by people living in the area. Today, so many tourists visit Machu Picchu each year that there is a real chance that this amazing place could be damaged.

Test 9     

 А14     According to the writer, the Sharpes

  1.  were very noisy neighbours.
  2.  often found things to complain about.
  3.  were sad to leave the street.
  4.  came round with helpful advice.

А15     The writer says her mother

  1.  is annoyed that she has to work so much.
  2.  doesn’t know what her child likes to eat.
  3.  tries to do something she isn’t very good at.
  4.  thinks that more women should have careers.

A16     Judging from the text, the word ‘dash’ in paragraph 2 probably means

  1.  run very quickly.
  2.  write something down.
  3.  make up a story.
  4.  become excited.

A17     When the van finally arrives, the writer

  1.  is eager to tell her family what is happening.
  2.  tries to follow it on her bicycle.
  3.  sees Ben for the first time.
  4.  falls over and hurts herself.

A18     The writer’s mother

  1.  decides to go to meet the new neighbours.
  2.  feels’ as excited as the writer does.
  3.  tells her to go and help the neighbours move in.
  4.  suggests that she waits before going to introduce herself.

A19     The family stand outside the house looking at it because

  1.  they are not sure they’re at the right house.
  2.  they are happy to be moving into a new house.
  3.  it’s the first time they have seen it.
  4.  they are trying to decide whether to buy it or not.

A20     The writer looks up to see the boy at the window because

  1.  she hears a loud noise.
  2.  the workmen point in that direction.
  3.  she hears a voice from that direction.
  4.  she feels someone is looking at her.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ №1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

Test 9           

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

The first time I saw Ben was when his family moved in next door. It was a hot, sunny day and we’d heard mat the new neighbours were arriving that day. Our old neighbours, the Sharpes, had moved out a couple of months before and, to be honest, we had not been sorry to see them go. They were an argumentative couple and once a month there would be one or other of them at the door, going on about noise, or our cat, or where Dad parked his car. We were all hoping that whoever moved in next would make a bit more of an effort to get on.

That morning, Mum and Dad were both busy on various projects of their own. With Mum, it was her ongoing attempt to turn herself into her idea of a traditional housewife, at least for a weekend. She was going through a baking phase so she spent hours in the kitchen making biscuits that were either too hard or too sweet for even my young taste. She had a successful career as a lawyer so she didn’t take her domestic failure too badly. Dad was decorating one of the bedrooms. I was cycling up and down the street, looking for the removal van every time I reached the corner and turned back. I wanted to be the first to see it so that I could then be the one to dash inside with the news. Finally, a large green van with the words ‘Baxter’s Removals’ in gold lettering on the side turned into our street, followed by a blue car. I can’t say mat that was the moment when I first saw Ben, although I suppose I registered that there were people in the car. I was too busy dropping my bicycle by the side of the road and running into the house shouting, ‘They’re here! They’re here!’

Mum wiped her hands on a towel and said, ‘Yes, Katy. Let them settle in, though. We’ll give them a few hours before we start bothering them, shall we?’ I felt disappointed that her reaction wasn’t more like my own. I ran back outside and down our garden path to the front gate. I stood, on the gate, watching. By this time, the removal van and the car had both pulled up next door and two large workmen had begun to open up the back of the van. Inside were neatly packed items of furniture. The family had also got out of the car and were looking up at the house as if they’d never seen it before, although Dad said he’d seen them looking round when they were thinking of buying it. The man was tall and dark-skinned, while the woman was very beautiful and looked younger than my own mum. They were clearly enjoying die moment of arriving at a new place. A boy of about my own age stood between them, looking at me. He didn’t smile.

They unlocked the door and went inside, the workmen following with the first of their belongings. I watched for a while as they came back and forth with boxes, banging them down noisily, occasionally pointing to tell each other where to put things. I had an odd feeling of being watched and something made me look up. At one of the windows stood the boy, looking down at me. I smiled and he disappeared into the room. I had had such high hopes, and now it seemed that it was going to take a lot of hard work to make friends. I sighed and watched the workmen a little longer. Just as I was thinking of going inside to see how Dad was getting on, I heard a small voice behind me.

‘I’m Ben. Hello.’

I turned to see the boy standing behind me.

Test 10                            В — 3

          Прочитайте утверждения 1-6 и следующий за ними текст Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текста. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 ~ если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

1  Roald Dahl wrote a book called Matilda.

  1.  Matilda’s brother Mikey
    is usually very kind to
    her.
  2.  Mrs Trunchball is nicer
    to Matilda than her
    parents are.
  3.  Both adults and
    children will find this
    film funny.
  4.  The film is in a very
    different style to the
    book.
  5.  The person who wrote
    the screenplay is also a
    famous film director.

Several of Roald Dahl’s children’s books, including James and the Giant Peach and Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, have been made into successful films.

The film Matilda, directed by and starring comic actor Danny DeVito, is based on die Roald Dahl book of die same name and is perhaps the most successful adaptation of them all.

Mara Wilson stars as Matilda,- a sweet and intelligent six-and-a-half-year-old girl whose parents (Danny DeVito and Rhea Perlman) treat her terribly. When they’re not ignoring her, they’re mean and rude to her, and make her life a misery, as does her horrible brother Mikey (played by Brian Levinson).

Matilda is desperate to go to school and eventually her parents send her to Crunchem Hall, where the evil headmistress Mrs Trunchball (brilliantly played by Pam Ferris) treats her worse -if that’s possible — than her family does at home.

Matilda has friends at school, though, including her kind teacher Miss Jenny Honey (played by Embeth Davidtz), and she soon discovers she has some strange powers which enable her to fight back against the people who want to harm her.

Although Matilda, which was originally released in 1996, is a highly amusing children’s movie, much of me humour will appeal to adults too and the film is extremely well directed and acted. As a director, DeVito manages to capture completely the tone and style of the original book. Indeed, this is one of the rare occasions where the film of a book is equally good, if not better. The screenplay was written by Nicholas Kazan, son of the famous film director Elia Kazan.

The film is also known as Roald Dahl’s Matilda in some countries.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 10                               В — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1 ~6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. EXPENSIVE EQUIPMENT

B. CONFUSING RULES

C. NO WINNERS OR LOSERS

D. LEARNING AND ENJOYMENT

E. IN CONTROL

F. A MAJOR EVENT

G. A DANGEROUS ACTIVITY

1   In football and rugby it’s the ‘referee’, in tennis and cricket it’s the ‘umpire’. Whatever name each sport decides to give to this particular person, their role is essentially the same. They are in charge. They start and stop the game, they make sure the players follow the rules, and they have the power To make decisions when there are disagreements between players on opposing teams. With this power comes responsibility, however, and referees and umpires must be equally fair to both teams.

2. The most important game in American football each year is the Super Bowl. This is the final of the National Football League, which is held either on the last Sunday of January or die first Sunday of February. This championship game is so popular in the States that it’s always one of the most watched TVshows of the year. At any one moment during the game, approximately 80 to 90 million Americans are watching it on TV!

  1.  Motorcycle racing has been popular with riders and spectators alike for about a hundred years. The high speeds at which the riders go, however, can sometimes lead to disaster. For example, on the Isle of Man, which is a small island between England and Ireland, an annual motorcycle race called the Isle of ManTT has been held since 1907.The roads and tracks which the riders race on are extremely narrow, increasing the chances of accidents. Since the race started, almost 180 riders have been killed while racing there.
  2.  If you ask most people why they choose to do a particular sport, they’ll probably tell you it’s because it’s fun and gives them pleasure.They might also say that it helps keep them fit. Another major benefit of team sports such as football, basketball, cricket and rugby is that They can teach us to work together as a group. This is particularly useful for children, who can then use die skills they have learnt while doing sports in their working and social lives as adults.
  3.  Although most sports are competitive, involving individuals or teams trying to be better than their opponents, recreational fishing is quite different. Whether you’re salt-water fishing in die sea, or fresh-water fishing in a river or lake, whether you’re on your own or with other people, fishing is about relaxation, enjoyment and the occasional moment of excitement. There are no prizes for catching the most or the biggest fish, and no one goes home at the end of the day thinking they’ve lost. It’s not that kind of sport.
  4.  The games snooker and pool, both of which involve hitting balls into pockets on a table covered with material, are extremely popular in the UK, and many pubs have either a pool or a snooker table. If you want to play at home, Though, it can be costly. A full-size professional snooker table can cost several thousand pounds — The price of a new car, in other words — and a good ‘cue’, which is the name of The stick used to hit The white ball, can cost several hundred pounds.

№ текста

1

2

3

4

5

6

Тема

TEST 10

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

Although Julie had been with Mrs Worthington just three days, she had already learnt that her boss was the kind of person one had to be careful with. Her changes of mood could be rapid, she definitely did not tolerate failure, laziness or poor work and she firmly believed that everyone’s highest priority should be their work for the company. Julie was enjoying her job as Mrs Worthington’s personal secretary, but she knew that today would be tough.

For several days, Julie had been experiencing toothache. At first, it was merely a minor annoyance that could be ignored. ‘It’ll probably go away by itself,’ Julie told herself. ‘If not, I’ll see the dentist when I’m more settled here at work. It’s not that urgent.’

It didn’t disappear, however, and after an extremely uncomfortable night, Julie awoke to severe dental pain. ‘That’s just what I need,’ she said to herself. ‘Maybe I can get a dentist’s appointment for this evening, after work.’

Julie called the dentist’s. ‘I’m afraid the only time the dentist has available today is at 3.30 pm this afternoon,’ said the receptionist. Julie had to make an immediate decision. ‘I’ll take it,’ she said. The question was, how was Mrs Worthington going to react? Would she say, ‘Of course you can leave early, Julie. In fact, leave at lunchtime and don’t come back until you’re completely better.’? Julie knew a far more likely response would be something along the lines of: ‘Well, that really is most inconvenient. Couldn’t you have arranged to see the dentist in your own time? You have to think about the company as well, you know. We can’t all take time off whenever we feel like it. We’d never get any work done if we all spent the day running around seeing doctors and dentists. Can’t you change the time of your appointment?’

The pain was increasing in intensity, though, and Julie knew she had to see a dentist today. If the only solution was to leave work early and face Mrs Worthington’s displeasure, then so be it.

‘Here’s your coffee, Mrs Worthington,’ said Julie, as she went into her boss’ office for the first time that morning.

‘Thank you, Julie,’ said Mrs Worthington, without looking up. ‘Don’t forget I need those reports typed up by three o’clock at the latest. I’ve got a meeting with Mr Price this afternoon.’ ‘Yes, Mrs Worthington. I’ve nearly finished them. Umm … Sorry, Mrs Worthington, but I wonder if I could ask you something. It’s quite important.’

‘What is it, Julie?’ She looked up from the documents she’d been studying, and without giving Julie

a chance to reply, said: ‘Oh my goodness! What’s happened to your face? It’s all swollen on one

side. Are you all right?’

‘I’ve got really bad toothache, Mrs Worthington. I called the dentist and tried to make an

appointment for this evening but the only time he can see me is at half past three and I know that

would mean leaving early but I don’t know what else …’

‘Stop!’ said Mrs Worthington. ‘I quite understand. These things have to be dealt with or they only

get worse, don’t they? Get it sorted out, as quickly as possible.’

«Thank you, Mrs Worthington.’

‘Do you think you can work this morning, Julie? If you can’t, tell me and we’ll find a solution. If

you can, just finish those reports as quickly as you can and then go home. Have you taken anything

for it, by the way?’

‘No, I haven’t. I think I’d better wait as the dentist will probably have to give me an anaesthetic and you have to be a bit careful, don’t you? But, yes. I can definitely stay and finish the reports. It’s not that bad.’

‘Well, it looks bad enough. I do appreciate it, Julie. I really do.’

As Julie returned to her desk, she wondered if she hadn’t misjudged Mrs Worthington. ‘I couldn’t have asked for a more understanding person to work for — this morning, at least,’ she said to herself, and smiled, despite the pain.

TEST 10

А14     Julie knows that Mrs Worthington

  1.  thinks all of her staff are lazy and bad at their work.
  2.  is only in a good mood for a few minutes each day.
  3.  thinks that Julie is not hard-working enough.
  4.  wants Julie to put her work before everything else.

A15     When Julie says ‘That’s just what I need’, she

  1.  means the opposite of what she says.
  2.  is being optimistic about the situation.
  3.  is trying to pretend she is okay,
  4.  suggests she has found a solution.

A16     Julie expects Mrs Worthington to respond by

  1.  suggesting Julie sees a doctor instead.
  2.  allowing Julie to leave work early.
  3.  criticising Julie for being selfish.
  4.  telling Julie to stop complaining.

A17     Mrs Worthington doesn’t look at Julie because she is busy

  1.  drinking a cup of coffee.
  2.  talking to Mr Price.
  3.  typing some reports.
  4.  looking at some documents.

A18      Mrs Worthington interrupts Julie to

  1.  give her permission to see the dentist.
  2.  tell her to leave the building immediately.
  3.  express her displeasure at what she said.
  4.  find out some more information from her.

A19     Mrs Worthington asks Julie whether she

  1.  can think of a solution to the problem.
  2.  has taken any medicine for the pain.
  3.  has already finished typing the reports.
  4.  can tell her what work has to be done.

A20     When Julie leaves Mrs Worthington’s office, she

  1.  feels that she hadn’t misjudged Mrs Worthington after all.
  2.  wonders why she’d misjudged Mrs Worthington so badly.
  3.  recognises some good qualities in Mrs Worthington.
  4.  wishes Mrs Worthington had been more understanding.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2 , ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

TEST 11                           В — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1 — 6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. EASILY LEARNED

B. EXTREMELY DANGEROUS

C. SADLY DISAPPEARING

D. REALLY VALUABLE

E. RARELY BEATEN

F. SURPRISINGLY SUCCESSFUL

G. QUICKLY GROWING

  1.  Draughts (or ‘checkers’ as the Americans call it) is one of the most popular games around the world. The rules are simple. Even young children have no problem working out how to play. The top players study moves in the same way that chess players do but anyone can pick it up and have a go. Getting to a high standard takes a lot of hard work and practice but the basics are not particularly difficult.
  2.  Since 1997, when the game Ultima Online became popular, many thousands of people have played all kinds of games online — and the numbers are still increasing rapidly. Every year, more and more people discover the pleasures of playing over the Internet and the next generation of games consoles are being designed with that in mind. There seems to be no sign that this explosion in online games will stop any time soon.
  3.  It has been called the greatest phenomenon in the history of games, but when Trivial Pursuit was created by two friends in 1981, few people had any idea what a hit it would be. It was a quiz game and none of the games companies expected i: to do well, until an American company became interested in it. Many millions of Trivial Pursuit games have been sold since then in 19 languages and 33 different countries.
  4.  Tigran Vartanovich Petrosian was chess world champion from 1963 to 1969. He dominated the game during those years and almost never lost. He was known as a player who was strong in defence and very few players got the better of him. In fact, his defensive play was so good that he was known as ‘Iron Tigran1. When he did lose, it was big news in Moscow chess circles.
  5.  It seems that there have been some big changes in the British playground. Twenty years ago, traditional children’s games were played in every school across the country during the break. These days, they are quickly being replaced by hand-held games consoles and other electronic games. Before long, there is a danger that traditional games could die out. Once they are forgotten, it may be impossible to bring these enjoyable pastimes back to the playground.
  6.  In 1831, a farmer on the Isle of Lewis, north of mainland Scotland, discovered sets of chess pieces that dated from the middle of the 12th century. Carved from walrus tusk, it is almost impossible to put a price on these pieces because they are a unique find. There are 78 pieces in total, 67 in the British Museum and the rest in the Edinburgh National Museum. Whatever they are worth, you can be sure it’s a lot more than the average chess set.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 11                                 В — 3

Прочитайте вопросы 1 — 6 и рекламные объявления AG о спортивных центрах и установите соответствие между вопросами и рекламными объявлениями. В каждом тексте вы найдете ответ только на один вопрос. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу, приведенную ниже, где под номером вопроса впишите соответствующую букву. В задании один текст лишний.

Which sports centre

  1.  is more than thirty years old?
  2.  offers discounts for beginners?
  3.  has recently grown larger?

4 charges extra for the use of equipment?

  1.  provides equipment for the disabled?
  2.  organises special events for children?
  3.  

A Redwood Sports Complex

    We offer a full range of sports and exercise sessions with trained members of staff. Whether you’re looking for a new hobby or just want to get in shape, Redwood Sports Complex has something for young and old alike. For membership rates, please call.

      В

 Crooksworth Sports Centre

Crooksworth Sports Centre has been serving the local community for over three decades. It’s the
largest recreation centre in the region. Membership costs just £40 per year (children and seniors
/20) and for that you get training and use of all equipment.

C   Dentington Sports Centre

     Dentington Sports Centre is a great place to work out. You can now fit your exercise session into
your lunch break with ourWorktime programme. Younger members will also enjoy our after-school club, Kicks for Kids. One month’s membership costs £5, while a year’s membership is £50 (contact us for details of discounts).

     D  Sir Peter Walker Sports Centre

With the newly-built swimming pool, the Walker Centre is now even better. It’s got the best indoor rock-climbing wall in the country, where training is given by climber Denise Holmes. Join for a year (£45) or a trial membership of a month (£7). Please note that an extra charge is made for the sessions with Denise Holmes.

E    West Norton Recreation Centre

Although the West Norton Recreation Centre is offering a reduced service until the new
gymnasium is completed, there’s still lots to do. If you’re thinking of taking up a new hobby, why
not try our Newcomers Scheme, where you pay half-price to try a new sport? Please note that
there is no wheelchair access until the building work is completed.                                                           
F

    G

1

2

3

4

5

6

 Inborough Sports Centre (ISC)

The newly-opened sports centre at Inborough has an Olympic-sized swimming pool, together with
a fully-equipped gym. The ISC philosphy is that sport is for all, so we’re pleased to be able to offer
special exercise machines for members in wheelchairs. Children are welcome to join ISC, but there
are no discounts on the membership fee of £55 per year

Herne Sports and Leisure Complex

We are offering a full year for just £20 (OAPs and children £16), although that does not include the use of equipment such as rackets, for which a small charge is made. However, feel free to bring your own equipment and take advantage of the lessons we run at no extra cost.

TEST 11

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

The plane circled and the pilot pointed down into the Australian desert below.

‘That’s the runway there,’ he said, ‘next to the store.’ Nancy looked. There was a strip of level ground next to a few wooden buildings. It looked small and unimportant in the middle of the empty stretches of red earth and small bushes that stretched as far as the eye could see, but Nancy knew that it was a vital link to the outside world for the farmers in the area. As she looked, a figure appeared at the door of one of the buildings and waved up at them. The pilot turned the plane expertly and they soon touched down on the line of hard sand. They came to a stop by the largest building and Nancy stepped out. A woman of perhaps forty held out her  hand.

‘Hi. Welcome to Carter’s Cross. I’m Shelley.’ Nancy looked at her. She was not unattractive, although long hours in the sun were beginning to take their toll and she had a number of lines and wrinkles. Nancy was surprised to see that her clothes were quite fashionable, despite a bit of dust. Something in Nancy’s expression must have communicated itself to Shelley because she laughed and said, ‘We’re not quite as backward as you might think. This is the 21st century.

Come on into the store.’

They went inside while the pilot checked his plane. The store was well stocked with farming equipment, tinned food and clothes. An old man was cleaning the counter. He looked up when they entered and then carried on with his task without catching Nancy’s eye.

‘Now, come on, Dad,’ Shelley said. ‘We all know how you feel about them finding oil outside Carter’s Cross, but that’s no reason to be rude. This is Nancy Edwards, from the university.’ She turned to Nanсy. ‘He’s stuck in his ways. Thinks it’ll mean the end of farming round here.

Not such a bad thing, if you ask me.’

‘Well, nobody did ask you.’ It was the old man. ‘My granddad farmed this land, and so will my grandson. I’m not having this land turned into a great big ugly oil refinery.’ He looked at Nancy. ‘And I won’t be bought off, either.’

Nancy had heard from her colleagues that this kind of resistance just disappeared when people realised quite what the find was worth and they happily packed up and headed for the comforts of the nearest city. She hoped this time would be no exception.

‘I’m here to assess the environmental impact, Mr Williamson,’ Nancy said:’I have no intention of  building anything.’The old man looked at her and then walked to the door. He pointed out at the land.

     ‘Environmental impact?’ He shook his head. ‘What environment? It’s a baking desert and a  person’s got to work hard to make a living off sheep in a land like this. You aren’t going to find any endangered species out there, and so you’ll go back and write your report and the oil

companies will move in. But there’s one thing that I bet you don’t mention in your report. The

village.’ He looked out into the sun again. Nancy was a little confused. There had been no

mention of a village in any of the information she had read.

‘What village?’ she asked.

‘There are ten farms that rely on this store. Together, they cover an area of nearly 400 square kilometres. And they’re our neighbours. We never miss a birthday, or a wedding, or any other event. You’re going to destroy our village.’ Nancy could think of nothing to say. Shelley shrugged her shoulders. Nancy wandered back to the plane to get her equipment.

TEST 11

                A14

А15

А16

А17

А18

А19

А20

 The buildings Nancy sees from the plane are

  1.  smaller than she expected.
  2.  very important to the local people.
  3.  left empty most of the time.
  4.  used to store farming equipment.

The phrase ‘take their toll’ in paragraph 2 means that

  1.  the sun has improved Shelley’s appearance.
  2.  Shelley enjoys spending time in the sun.
  3.  Nancy and Shelley both find the sun too hot.
  4.  the sun has damaged Shelley’s skin.

Shelley laughs when she realises that Nancy

  1.  wasn’t expecting her to be wearing new clothes.
  2.  didn’t know mat there would be so much dust.
  3.  is using strange expressions.
  4.  wants to be invited into the building.

The man ignores Nancy at first because he doesn’t

  1.  like meeting new people.
  2.  approve of what is happening.
  3.  see her behind Shelley.
  4.  want her to see how upset he is.

Nancy hopes that the old man will change his mind when

  1.  he learns how comfortable the city is.
  2.  he sees there is no point hiding his true feelings.
  3.  he is offered enough money.
  4.  she explains how important the find is.

Mr Williamson believes that

  1.  Nancy has no intention of doing her job properly.
  2.  the discovery of oil mreatens the local wildlife.
  3.  the oil companies will ignore what Nancy tells them.
  4.  there is no wildlife worth saving in the area.

Nancy doesn’t understand Mr Williamson’s reference to ‘the village’ because

  1.  it covers a large area and is never marked on maps.
  2.  the oil company didn’t give her all the relevant information.
  3.  he’s talking about relationships and not a physical place.
  4.  it’s a long way from where they are.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ №1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

TEST 12                                    В — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1-6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. GOING ABROAD

B. BECOMING RICH

C. LIVING WITHOUT MONEY

D. BUYING PROPERTY

E. EARNING MONEY

F. USING PLASTIC

G. HELPING THE POOR

  1.  The World Bank is officially part of the United Nations. Its aim is to fight poverty around the world and, to do that, it lends money to governments and countries which need financial help. Since it was created in 1945, after the end of the Second World War, the World Bank has helped improve the lives of millions of poor people in many different countries.
  2.  Credit cards have made shopping much easier for millions of people. With a credit card, you don’t have to carry lots of cash with you when you go shopping. You just need to take one plastic card with you. With credit cards, you get a bill at the end of each month. If you pay the bill immediately, you don’t have to pay the credit card company any money. If you delay paying some or all of the bill, however, the credit card company charges you extra.
  3.  In America it’s the dollar and in Russia it’s the rouble. Many countries have their own ‘currency’ -their own money. This means that when you travel from, say, Russia to the USA you have to exchange your roubles for dollars, as shops in America don’t accept roubles. Many countries in Europe, such as France, Germany and Italy, |now have the same currency, called the euro. This means that Italians travelling to Germany don’t have to worry about exchanging money when they travel.
  4.  In Britain, people who work receive either a ‘salary’ or a ‘wage’. They are both money that workers receive, but there are small differences between them. If you get a salary, you are paid at the end of each month. A job with a salary of £20,000 means that you get that amount over a year, not each month. A wage is usually paid at the end of each week. A factory worker in Britain might get a weekly wage of about £300.
  5.  Most people do not have enough money to pay in cash if they want to buy a house or a flat. Because of this, they have to borrow money from a bank. The name for the loan that most people get when they buy property is a ‘mortgage’. In Britain, it’s common to get a mortgage for up to twenty-five years. In other countries, it’s more common to get a mortgage that lasts for only ten or fifteen years. When you’ve finished paying your mortgage, the building is yours!
  6.  What would the world be like if we didn’t have money? It would be a very different place! We would probably have to exchange different things to get what we needed. For example, imagine that you heeded some bread. You would go to a baker, but you couldn’t buy the bread with money. You would have to give the baker something that the baker needed. If you were a farmer, perhaps you could offer the baker some fresh vegetables. It would be very difficult to get everything we needed, wouldn’t it?

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 12                                  В — 3

Прочитайте вопросы 1 — 6 и рекламу театральных спектаклей AG. Установите соответствие между вопросами и рекламной спектаклей. В каждом тексте вы найдете ответ только на один вопрос. В приведенной ниже таблице под номером вопроса впишите букву, соответствующую тексту, в котором вами найден ответ В задании один текст лишний.

Which production

  1.  has only two actors performing?
  2.  involves a police officer?
  3.  partly concerns young people’s fashion?

4 includes songs written for the show?

5 involves someone talking about their work?

6 is based on a well-known book?

  1.  
  1.  

What’s On At The Theatre

February

        A    Let The Good Times Roll . Shaftsbury Theatre Plymouth

Let The Good Times Roll is a comedy for all the family. Set in the late 1950s, the play is a humorous look at the relationships between two teenagers and their parents. The kids are mad about rock ‘n’ roll and uhe parents are mad with their kids for what they wear and the music they like!

   В

 Working For A LIVING     Angel Theatre Exeter

A new musical written specifically for the Angel Theatre Company by John Chappell, Working For Л Living shows us office life as we’ve never seen it before! With secretaries singing their hearts out at the photocopying machine and managers dancing on their desks, you’re assured of a fabulous and highly entertaining night out.

         C      The Doonray Affair Torbay Theatre — Torquay

When strange messages start appearing on the notice board of a sleepy Yorkshire village, the inhabitants are confused. When a horrifying murder terrifies them, it’s time for Chief Inspector Carlton to try and discover what’s going on. Will he find the murderer before another innocent person is killed?

     D

 Richard and Liz Theatre Royal Topsham

Corin Davers stars as Richard Burton and Wendy Davis is Elizabeth Taylor in this two-person production exploring the relationship between two of the most famous film stars of the twentieth century. Their love for each other was powerful, but so was their jealousy and ambition. There’s never a dull moment when Richard and Liz get together!

E   Talent Contest Lydford Theatre Lydford

On Friday 17th February, the 13th Annual Lydford Talent Contest gives you the chance to show off your talents! If you can sing, dance, tell jokes, juggle or do anything else that’s entertaining, contact Pete Graham on 2341 5654333 before 31« January.

F     Alice In Wonderland Tavistock Theatre Tavistqck

    This new adaptation of Lewis Carroll’s famous children’s book has been especially designed for younger children (aged 3-10). The show’s only one hour long, the costumes are fantastic and there’s lots of audience participation. Saturdays and Sundays only. Don’t miss it!

G   Roger Linbuck — Live! Harvest Festival Theatre Exmouth

For one night only (Tuesday 14th February), successful local poet Roger Linbuck will be reading poems from his latest collection and answering questions about the life of a poet. His latest book Devon Dumplings will also be on sale, and Roger will be happy to sign copies after the event.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 12

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

Whether you call it a ‘gap year’, a ‘year out’ or a ‘year off’, the decision to delay going to university for a year after leaving school is a difficult, but important, one.

Becky Roberts, now studying history at the University of Warwick, doesn’t regret herdecision to take a year off. ‘I’d worked so hard for my A levels,’ she says. ‘I knew it would do me good

to do something totally unrelated to studying before embarking on a three-year degree course.

My year off working for my dad’s company wasn’t a holiday by any means, but it was a break

from the world of education, and that’s just what I needed.’

Carl Sanchez agrees. Now halfway through a biology degree at Cardiff University, Carl spent

much of his gap year travelling. ‘I worked for about three months to save up enough money,

then went to stay with some friends who live in France. I ended up travelling round most of

Europe, and even got over to Russia for a few weeks, which was fantastic’

Both Becky and Carl enjoyed their year off, but do they feel it’s benefited them in terms of

their university life now? ‘Definitely,’ says Carl. ‘When I left school, I was a normal, fairly

irresponsible eighteen year-old. I hadn’t been anywhere, I hadn’t done anything. A year later,

when I went to university, I felt much more like an adult than a child.’

‘I know a few people at Warwick who took a year off,’ says Becky. ‘Generally, we’re more

dedicated to our studies than those students who came straight from school. We’ve got

different priorities. We want to have fun, of course, but we realise we’re here to get our degrees.

I don’t think some of the others have quite realised why they’re at university yet.’

There are drawbacks to taking a gap year, though. Penny Cartwright went straight from school

to study medicine at Imperial College, London. ‘I thought about taking a gap year but decided

against it and don’t regret the decision for a minute. Becoming a doctor takes such a long time

— I’ll be about 26-year’s old before I can start earning any money — that the sooner you start,

the better, in my opinion. It might be fun, but it’s really just a wasted year in terms of career

development.’

There’s also the financial consideration. If you do decide to take a year off, and you don’t want

to work the whole time as Becky did, you have to be able to pay for it. Susan Jenkins, a

Careers Officer, points out that parents are now less likely to fund their child’s year off.

‘Twenty years ago, it was fairly common for parents to say to their son or daughter, ‘Here’s

two thousand pounds, go and have fun abroad for a few months.’ Nowadays, because parents

have to pay so much more for their child’s education while they’re at university, they just can’t

afford to pay for this extra year too.’

One option, of course, is to do what Carl did: work for a few months in order to save up for a

trip abroad. Another option is to find casual work while travelling abroad. ‘There are now a lot

of books and websites with loads of information for people who want to do this,’ says Susan.

‘It’s a great way to see the world, gain experience, and get money for living expenses all at the

same time. But don’t expect to earn enough to save any money.’

So, should you take a gap year? The answer is: it depends. If you want a break from books and

essays, then it’s probably a good idea — as long as you, or your parents, can afford it and as

long as you’re going to do something worthwhile during your time off. Sitting at home

watching TV doesn’t count! If you want to get your degree and start regular employment as

quickly as possible, a gap year may not be so sensible.

TEST 12

          А14     Becky took a year oil’ because she

  1.  needed to see what working for her father was like.
  2.  felt she needed a long holiday before university.
  3.  had done so well in her A level exams at school.
  4.  wanted to do something different for a while.

A15     Carl says that a year off helped him

1) learn the importance of saving money.

2) become more   mature and experienced

                      3) make  friends in many different countries.

                       4) become more knowledgeable about geography.  

A16     According to Becky, students who didn’t take a year off

  1.  are less hard-working than those who did.
  2.  probably won’t end up with a degree.
  3.   don’t want to have fun at university.
  4.  are less intelligent than those who did.

A17     According to Penny, a year off

  1.  should be taken when you’re about 26 years old.
  2.  is better once you’ve actually started your course.
  3.  merely delays the time when you can get a job.
  4.  can be enjoyable and useful for your future work.

A18     In the past, parents were more likely to

  1.  pay for their child’s education at university.
  2.  encourage their child to go straight to university.
  3.  force their child to take a year off before university.
  4.  give their child money to help with their year off.

A19     Susan issues a warning about

            1) information from books and websites.  

             2) low wages for casual work abroad.

                         3)paying for everyday expenses abroad.

              4)the difficulty of finding casual work.

A20     This article would probably not appear in

             1)  a textbook for university students.

              2) a handbook for school-leavers.

              3)  a magazine for young people.

              4) the education section of a newspaper.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ МП

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания

TEST 13                                        B — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1 — 6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. FAST HUNTER

B. POWERFUL DIGGER

C. PATIENT KILLER

D. TALENTED BUILDER

E. FAITHFUL FOLLOWER

F. STRONG LIFTER

G. CLEVER HELPER

1 You may have seen dolphins performing tricks, but did you know that they are amongst the most
intelligent creatures on the Earth? They are so intelligent that they can be trained to assist divers in the
sea. They are sometimes used by the US Navy to search harbours for mines. They also seem to know

‘when humans in the sea are in trouble. There have been a number of reports of dolphins protecting swimmers from sharks until the humans can escape.

  1.  How do you get a duckling to go everywhere you do? The secret is to take advantage of its powerful
    instincts. A duckling is programmed by nature to think that the first large moving object-it sees is its
    mother. This is so that it doesn’t get lost while very young. If, instead, the first thing it sees is a
    human’s green Wellington boots, the duckling will go wherever the boots go.
  2.  Imagine carrying a huge leaf or an enormous piece of food on your back that weighs 50 times more
    than you do. It sounds impossible, but that’s exactly what millions of ants do every day. Different ants
    might have different jobs in the colony and for some of them that means going out and about,
    searching for things to eat. Once they find a small piece of fruit or a grain of sugar, they have to bring it
    back home — and the only way to do that is on their backs.
  3.  One of the most unusual spiders in Australia is the trapdoor spider. This spider doesn’t spin a web in a
    bush or tree but creates a trap on the ground. It digs a hole and covers the entrance. It then waits,
    sometimes for hours, for its prey to walk into the trap. When it finally senses an insect such as a beetle
    or a moth outside, the trapdoor spider comes out and takes its meal back into its hole to enjoy in
    private.
  4.  Most birds collect twigs and leaves to create a nest, and you’ve probably seen them in trees. However,
    most birds look like beginners next to the weaver birds of Africa. The weaver birds put together an
    enormous nest 10ft high and 15ft across. The nest is more like a block of flats! It consists of up to 300
    separate ‘rooms’, each with a nesting pair of birds inside, which get into their private nest through a
    tunnel at the bottom.
  5.  The cheetah is perfectly suited to a life where speed is all-important. It spends its time on the wide
    open plains of Africa, searching for food and caring for its young. A cheetah can reach speeds of up to
    70 miles per hour for short periods, and it needs every bit of that speed to catch its prey. Gazelles and
    other similar animals are quick and the cheetah has to be quick to catch them. Despite their ability to
    run so well, the cheetah is still only successful in catching its prey about fifty per cent of the time.

№ текста

1

2

3

4

5

6

Тема

TEST 13                                                       B – 3

Прочитайте утверждения 1 — 6 и следующие за ними тексты. Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текстов. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 — если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

1   Birmingham grew because it was easy to get coal and iron there.

2   The Birmingham Carnival lasts for a month.

3   People from lots of different cultures live in Birmingham.

4  Every year, actors perform at Aston Hall.

Birmingham is England’s second city. It has always had a good supply of water and the easy access to coal and iron meant that it became an important industrial centre. Today, heavy industry is less important to Birmingham. Other parts of the local economy, such as shopping and tourism, now provide jobs and an income for many people.

One of the highlights of the year is the Birmingham Carnival. This takes place one day in August and includes music, dancing, food and arts and crafts. It is a great opportunity to find out about the many different cultures that make up modern-day Birmingham. The city has Chinese, Muslim, Hindu and Sikh communities, all with their own cultural traditions.

A great place to visit in the local area is Aston Hall. Completed in 1635, the hall contains examples of furniture and paintings from different historical periods. Every two years, you can attend ‘Aston Hall by Candlelight’, when die house is lit by candles and actors recreate a l7th -century Christmas.

5   Ships from Glasgow took rum and tobacco to America.

6   Glasgow recently became well known for its sport.

Glasgow is a modern, multicultural city in Scotland witii a long history. Starting as a fishing village, by the end of die 18th century it had become a centre for shipbuilding. Being on the west of Scotland meant that it was in an excellent position for sending ships full of cloth and iron to America and the West Indies. These ships brought back sugar, rum and tobacco and Glasgow grew. Many local merchants became rich through trade.

Glasgow has long been famous for its sport. The two biggest teams in Scottish football, Celtic and Rangers, are both based in Glasgow and it was the European Capital of Sport in 2003. There are three world-class football stadiums in Glasgow and the Glaswegians (as people from Glasgow are called) are very proud of their sporting history.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST  13      

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4,  соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

When they first saw the dog, they weren’t sure, in fact, that it was a dog. A small pile of rubbish by the side of the litter bin began to move. Verity and Sally, walking past on their way to the beach, both jumped back, expecting a rat to emerge from the litter. What they saw instead was the back end of a small brown dog, which seemed to be connected to a plastic bag. They both let out shrieks of delight.

‘Oh, it’s a puppy!’ cried Verity, and bent down to release the dog’s head from the plastic bag. The dog looked up at them with ketchup on its face. Now that they could see the whole animal, it was clear that it was not quite as young as Verity had thought at first sight. It carried one or two scars of life on the streets — it had a cut below one eye and one ear seemed to be permanently at an angle — but on the whole it was not in bad health for a stray dog. Its coat was shiny and you couldn’t see its ribs under the skin, like you could with many dogs in a similar position. Judging by the litter bin, visitors to the beach were a good source of chips, hot dogs and hamburgers without knowing it. The dog sat, looking up at the girls with its tongue hanging out as it panted.

‘Come on,’ said Verity. ‘Let’s take him down to the beach!’ Sally hesitated a moment before agreeing. She could see where it was leading. Her father always told her to walk away from a stray animal because there was a danger you would want to keep it. Then it would be harder when you actually did have to walk away. However, she couldn’t deny that the dog was cute, so she was pleased when it trotted along behind them on the way to the beach.

They spread their towels on the beach and got sun cream out of their bags. When they turned round, the dog had settled on one of the towels as if he owned the place. He seemed glad of the opportunity to rest and Verity could imagine the constant battle he faced each day to survive. Apart from the search for food and shelter, which perhaps were less of a problem here than they would have been in the city centre, there was the competition from other dogs. This dog must be pretty smart, she decided, to survive against the others because he certainly wouldn’t win too many fights, even if his injuries showed that he didn’t give up easily.

They spent the day lazing in the sun, swimming and playing beach tennis. The dog joined in after resting for a while. To the casual observer, it would have looked like two girls and their dog playing together. Sally knew, however, that that wasn’t the case and she was dreading the moment when they would have to leave. Eventually, the sun began to set and it got cooler. Verity stared at the sun, as if willing it to stay in the sky for another hour. She avoided looking at Sally and didn’t seem to notice Sally looking at her watch. Verity stroked the dog, which was lying on the towel next to her. Sally knew that they couldn’t put it off any longer.

‘It’s probably time we were getting back,’ she said at last. Verity turned round and Sally saw tears running down her face. The dog looked from one of them to the other and waited.

TEST  13      

А14     Verity and Sally’s first reaction is

  1.  amusement at the dog’s appearance.
  2.  worry about the dog’s condition.
  3.  fright at what might be under the rubbish.
  4.  curiosity at the dog’s behaviour.

A15     The dog seems to be

  1.  in good condition despite its injuries.
  2.  in a worse state than most stray dogs.
  3.  rather overweight for its size.
  4.  in urgent need of medical attention.

A16     It seems that people who go to this beach

  1.  enjoy feeding the stray dogs.
  2.  are careless with their rubbish.
  3.  throw a lot of food away.
  4.  don’t know they are harming the dogs.

A17     Sally doesn’t immediately agree to take the dog to the beach because

  1.  they don’t have a lead to put on the dog to control it.
  2.  her father stops her from doing what she wants to do.
  3.  she thinks the dog might be dangerous, in spite of his appearance.
  4.  she doesn’t want to form a relationship with the dog.

A18     Verity thinks that the dog

  1.  needs their help to avoid the other dogs.
  2.  is a coward when it comes to fighting other dogs.
  3.  is more attractive than the other dogs.
  4.  uses his brains to beat the other dogs.

A19     The girls don’t want to leave the beach because

  1.  they think the dog will be attacked.
  2.  they want to sunbathe for another hour.
  3.  they want people to think it’s their dog.
  4.  they are trying to delay leaving the dog.

A20     Sally feels uncomfortable because

  1.  she and Verity have argued about the dog.
  2.  she thinks that someone is watching them.
  3.  she knows that leaving the dog will be hard.
  4.  she wants to get rid of the dog without Verity knowing.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1 !

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания

TEST 14                                                  В — 2

Установите соответствие тем AG текстам 1-6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. FINAL PRACTICE

B. PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS

C. UNSEEN PEOPLE

D. ACTORS’CLOTHES

E. REMEMBERING WORDS

F. INFORMATION BOOKLET

G. WRONG WORDS

  1.  Congratulations! The director’s just called and you’ve got the part you wanted in the play. Now comes the difficult bit: learning your lines. If it’s a main part, that’s a lot of speech to memorise. So how should you learn the script? Firstly, don’t panic. You don’t have to be word perfect in the first rehearsal and, the more you actually rehearse on stage, the easier memorising your lines becomes. But there is a let of work to do at home too.
  2.  The last rehearsal of a play before the first performance is called the ‘dress rehearsal’. Dress rehearsals almost never go well. Indeed, many actors believe that if the dress rehearsal goes well, the first performance in front of the public will be a disaster! The dress rehearsal is probably ;he first time the whole play has been performed from start to finish in one go. It’s also probably the first time all the costumes have been worn, the lighting plan has been followed, and all the props have been used.
  3.  Costumes are an extremely important part of any production. If you get the costumes wrong, you create the wrong atmosphere, and that can be disastrous for a play. It’s also very important for an actor to feel comfortable in what they’re wearing. There are practical considerations here. A costume may be lovely to look at, but if it stops an actor from moving in the way that he or she wants to, then it’s getting in the way of the performance and should be changed.
  4.  One of the worst things you can do to an actor before a performance is wish him or her ‘Good luck!’. In the theatre in Britain, saying ‘Good luck!’ is considered very bad luck, and should be avoided at all costs. If you want to express the meaning without actually using those words, you should say ‘Break a leg!’. This doesn’t mean, of course, that you want the actor to break a leg. It means you hope that their performance is a success.
  5.  The programme is the audience’s first contact with the play on the night, and it’s important to make a good impression. A good programme should give background information about the play if necessary, short biographies of the playwright, the cast, and director and the full cast list, including the names of the characters they are playing. The names of all the backstage crew should be listed in the programme too. If there are different scenes and acts in the play, these should be mentioned. If there’s an interval, that should be indicated as well.
  6.  A play cannot be put on without a number of people who the audience never get to see. The director is one such person. There’s also the backstage crew, and they do an extremely important job. The director has responsibility for the play during rehearsals, but it’s a member of the backstage crew, the stage manager, who’s in charge during performances. Lighting technicians, costume designers and sound engineers are all also part of the backstage crew.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 14                         В – 3

Прочитайте утверждения 1 -6 и следующий за ними текст Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текста. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру О — если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

1 The ancient Egyptians

made use of the sun to help

tell the time.

2. The ancient Chinese                                     were unable to measure                                        time.

3.The first mechanical
clocks had bells rather
than hands.

4. The hand on a table
clock moved every fifteen
minutes.

5. Most people say that
Galileo invented the
pendulum clock.

6. Clocks nowadays are
used for more than just
showing us what time
it is.

1

2

3

4

5

6

What time is it? To answer that question today, all we have to do is look at a watch or clock. It wasn’t always that simple, however.

For thousands of years, people have wanted a more accurate way of telling the time than merely looking at die position of the sun in the sky to see how close to dawn or nightfall it is. We know that the ancient Egyptians had sundials, which required sunlight to work, and it is thought they also had a way of measuring time using running water. The ancient Chinese also developed non-mechanical ways to measure the passing of time. The first mechanical clock appeared around the 9Ih century. This did not have hands as modern clocks do. Early mechanical clocks ‘told’ the time by ringing bells, although they were not very accurate.

The first reasonably accurate clocks were developed in Italy in the 13th century. Unlike modern clocks, they did not tell the time to the nearest minute; rather, they announced when an hour had passed.

Table clocks became popular in the 1500s. They usually only had one hand, which had four possible positions each hour, allowing someone to tell the time to the nearest fifteen minutes.

In 1657 the pendulum clock was invented. Although Galileo came up with a similar idea first, it is Christiaan Huygеns who is generally considered to be the inventor. Since then, clocks have become more and more accurate. Today, clocks are not just used to tell us the time. They are also used to control other devices. The clock on a video cassette recorder, for example, can be programmed to start and stop recording at a certain time

TEST 14

      Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4,        соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

When Carrie joined the school’s debating team, she hadn’t considered die fact that she would have to speak confidently and clearly in front of an audience of strangers. She’d merely gone down the list of possible Thursday afternoon activities, crossing off first the ones which she liked die least. When there was one activity left on the list — the Debating Club — she thought to herself, ‘Well, at least it’s indoors.’ She put a tick next to it and thought no more about it. The reality of what membership actually involved sunk in the following Thursday. ‘This year, we’ll be competing with schools in the local area,’ said Miss Forbes. ‘The first debate is next Saturday evening at Daversham College. We’ll need two speakers, and die topic is capital punishment. We have to argue in favour of it. Any volunteers?’

There was silence in the room. ‘Nobody?’ said Miss Forbes. ‘Well, in that case I’ll decide who’s going to speak. Alison, will you do the main, five-minute speech, and Carrie, can you do the two-minute summing up at die end?’

Although Miss Forbes had phrased it as a question, it was not die kind of school where you could say no to a teacher. ‘Yes, Miss Forbes,’ said Carrie weakly.

Miss Forbes explained to Carrie exactly what she would have to do. ‘The actual summing up of our main arguments should be the last thirty seconds or so of your speech. That bit’s easy, and can be written in advance. Discuss with Alison what the main points she’s making are. For the first minute and a half, though, you have to respond to the points made by die opposition, and explain why they’re wrong. I won’t lie to you, it’s not easy. You have to listen very, very carefully to what they say in their main speech, make notes as you listen, and come up with reasons why those points are wrong.’

Carrie was terrified. She’d never done anything like this before in her life, and was sure she would make a fool of herself. What if she couldn’t think of anything to say? A minute and a half is a lifetime when you’re standing in front of a microphone and everyone’s looking at you. Still, at least none of her friends would be there to see her mess up. ‘Thank goodness it’s not at our school,’ she thought.

The debate at Daversham College was held in the Main Hall. The whole school was present. The rows of unknown faces seemed to Carrie to be waiting for her to fail. Her heart had never beaten so fast, and as she walked across the room with Alison and Miss Forbes, her hands were shaking so much she could hardly hold the pen and paper she was carrying. Alison opened die debate. Although she had written her speech out in full, she rarely glanced at the papers in front of her. ‘She must have learnt it by heart,’ thought Carrie admiringly. Alison made some forceful arguments, her points were clear, her timing was excellent, and there was thunderous applause as she sat down. Carrie just had time to whisper, ‘Well done, AH. Great job!’ before the main speaker of the opposing team stood up. ‘Come on, Clare Dalton of Daversham College,’ thought Carrie. ‘Say something ridiculous that I can easily argue against.’

For the first thirty seconds of Clare’s speech, Carrie couldn’t find any points to disagree with. She stared at her blank piece of paper, and dreaded what would happen if it remained blank for the whole five minutes. Suddenly she found herself thinking, ‘Wait a minute. What she’s just said doesn’t make sense. Does it? No, it doesn’t!’ As quickly as she could, she wrote down Clare’s exact words, and made a note next to them as to why her point was illogical. ‘One or two more like that,’ thought Carrie, ‘and I’ll be able to make a speech after all.’

 TEST 14

А14     Carrie had chosen to join the Debating Club because it was

  1.  at the bottom of the list of possible activities.
  2.  the only activity which didn’t take place outdoors.
  3.  the activity on the list she disliked least of all.
  4.  a chance to give speeches in front of strangers.

A15     The following Thursday, Carrie realised for the first time that

  1.  she would actually have to speak in public.
  2.  she didn’t believe in capital punishment at all.
  3.  Miss Forbes would always decide the speakers.
  4.  she was allowed to volunteer to be a speaker.

A16     Miss Forbes told Carrie that Carrie’s main responsibility would be to

  1.  help Alison come up with a list of points to make.
  2.  write Alison’s speech for her before the debate.
  3.  answer the opposition’s questions during the debate.
  4.  disagree with arguments made by the opposing team.

A17     Carrie was glad the debate had been arranged at another school because

  1.  she would be able to use a microphone there.
  2.  her friends wouldn’t be able to see her fail.
  3.  the atmosphere would help her succeed.
  4.  she had never taken part in a debate there.

A1S     In the Main Hall before the debate, Carrie felt that everyone in the room

  1.  could hear her heart beating.
  2.  was looking at her hands shaking.
  3.  expected her to do badly.
  4.  knew she would drop her things.

A19     Carrie was particularly impressed that Alison

1) had written her speech on several pieces of paper.

2) had made so many clear, forceful arguments.
.3) didn’t look at the papers in front of her at all.
4) had memorised her speech before the debate.

A20     During Clare’s speech, Carrie was surprised that she

  1.  had found a point to make in her own speech.
  2.  was able to remember Clare’s exact words.
  3.  had time to make a note next to Clare’s words.
  4.  could make notes on the piece of paper so quickly.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № l!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2. ВЗ расположены е нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

TEST 15                                           В — 2

Установите соответствие тем А — G текстам 1-6. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании одна тема лишняя.

A. HOUSING SOLUTION

B. TRANSPORT IMPROVEMENTS

C. SAFE AREAS

D. NATURAL REGIONS

E. MODERN ARCHITECTURE

F. PROTECTED HISTORY

G. GENEROUS BUILDERS

1   Between 1946 and 1970, 21 new towns were built in Britain. Town planners knew that the number of people in Britain was going to increase and those people would need somewhere to live. Eight of these new towns were built in the areas surrounding London and were designed to provide homes for .the growing population of the city. The others were built to provide accommodation in other areas where large numbers of people worked. More than two million people now live in new towns.

  1.  The amount of traffic on Britain’s roads increased quickly after the Second World War. People knew
    that the road system was not good enough for the increase, so motorways were built. These are large
    roads that are designed to take a lot of heavy traffic, with three lanes in each direction. The first
    motorway, which today is part of the M6, opened in 1958. It was an immediate success and since
    then motorways have continued to make travelling by road faster.
  2.  In order to protect areas of countryside, a number of English towns have created what are known as ‘green belts’. Building within a green belt is very tightly controlled and the area is protected from
    housing developments. This helps to prevent towns from growing so much that they destroy the
    beauty of the surrounding areas. Since 1955, 14 different green belts have been set up, covering
    about 12% of England.
  3.  In nineteenth century Britain, many factory owners and other businessmen made large amounts of
    money. In some cases, they decided to give something back to their community by providing money
    to build schools, libraries or hospitals. Many wealthy Victorians (as the people who lived under
    Queen Victoria are called) felt it was their responsibility to provide places where the poor could learn
    and improve their chances, or where they could get healthcare. A number of these buildings still
    stand today.
  4.  Since the 1960s, many British towns have created ‘pedestrianised areas’. Cars are not allowed in
    these areas and they are sometimes known as ‘auto-free areas’. They enable people to shop on foot
    without fear of being in an accident. Visitors to the town centre feel more comfortable and don’t have
    to avoid traffic or worry about their children, as they would if cars were permitted.
  5.  Buildings in Britain that are important might be added to a government list. These listed buildings
    may be special for archaeological reasons or they may be of historic interest. There are many
    restrictions on changing listed buildings in order to preserve their character. A number of churches,
    large country houses, castles and museums are listed so that future generations can enjoy them and
    the owners can only change them after getting special permission.

1

2

3

4

5

6

TEST 15                                              В — 3

Прочитайте утверждения 1 -6 и следующий за ними текст. Установите соответствие между утверждениями и содержанием текста. Напишите цифру 1 — если утверждение верное, и цифру 0 — если утверждение неверное. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

  1.  Yellowstone is named
    after the man who
    discovered it.
  2.  American Indians first
    heard about the area
    in 1806,

Another name for Yellowstone National Park is Old Faithful.

4   Yellowstone National Park is the only place on Earth where geysers exist.

It is possible to stay in a tent inside the park.

6   Wblves can be seen today in Yellowstone National Park.

1

2

3

4

5

6

 Yellowstone National Park is in the north-west corner of the American state of Wyoming. This national park covers an area of 3,470 square miles and its name comes from certain rocks that have a yellow colour because of the chemicals in them. It was explored by a man named John Colter in 1806, although native American Indians had known about the area for thousands of years.

Yellowstone is famous for its geysers. These are hot springs that explode and send water and steam into the air. They occur when underground water meets hot rock far beneath the surface of the earth. The water boils and is forced back to the surface, where it explodes upwards. The most famous is called Old Faithful and it sends thousands of litres of boiling water into the air approximately once an hour. Geysers are quite rare but can also be found in places such as the Kamchatka peninsula, Russia.

About three million people visit the park each year, most either camping or staying in one of the park’s nine hotels. Many of them enjoy picnics or walks through the park, where they might spot some of the 50 or so species of mammals and 311 species of birds. The park advises visitors to be very careful and to-remember that many of the larger wild animals, including bears, can be dangerous. Another potentially dangerous animal, the wolf, disappeared from the park in the 1930s. However, it was reintroduced in the 1990s in order to control the population of large animals, such as bison and elk, and is doing well.

Since Yellowstone was made into a national park in 1872, many other national parks have been created to protect areas of natural beauty.

TEST 15       

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания А14-А20, обводя цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4,        соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа.

Terry stood on deck as the ferry slowly arrived at the island. He watched the sailors throw ropes to their colleagues on shore and then looked up at the villages of small white houses that dotted the mountainside above the small town. He was planning a six-month stay, much longer tiian the few days or weeks that the noisy crowds of tourists around him were planning. He had given himself that long to write a novel and he was determined to succeed, whatever the temptations to enjoy himself might be. Leaving his life behind was just the thing he needed, he thought, and the island seemed to him to be the ideal place for it. He collected his things and made his way onto the concrete quay.

He was immediately surrounded by local people, all rudely pushing each other out of the way to offer him a room that was guaranteed to be ‘the cheapest in town’, although he knew that they couldn’t all be the cheapest. Terry politely shook his head and peered around for the Paradise Hotel and one ‘Mrs Magda’. She had sounded quite intimidating on the phone, so when a young woman approached him and quietly asked in perfect English if he was Terry Snow, he wasn’t sure how to respond. The woman smiled and said: ‘Perhaps you were ■ expecting my mother? I hope you are not disappointed.’

‘N … No, no. Not at all,’ stammered Terry. She picked up one of his bags and they set off into the small town. She asked him about his stay and he told her that his plan was to stay a week at the hotel while he found more permanent accommodation.

‘Six months is a long time to be on the island,’ she said. ‘You’ll find it different in winter. Once, there was farming and fishing on die island but diey’ve practically disappeared. Tourism is the only source of income and so few of the locals fancy sitting and watching winter come when the tourists leave. Almost all of them have second jobs on the mainland and the heart has been ripped out of the place.’

‘And you?’ Terry asked.

‘I went away to the mainland for my education. Since I came back, I stay here all year round.’ They stopped outside a hotel. It reminded Terry of an old woman who still managed to keep a certain air of dignity. It could do with a bit of paint and one of the letters in the name was missing, but it must have once been one of the most impressive buildings on the island. Terry began to wonder about its decline and what caused it but realised that the young woman was waiting for him to say something. ‘I’m sorry,’ he said. ‘What did you say?’

‘I asked you what you thought of the hotel.’ She looked at it. ‘Since Dad died, it hasn’t been the same. Mum gets a few of the local men in to help out every now and then, but you never do as good a job when you’re being paid as when it’s an act of love, do you? And Dad loved that hotel. It was his gift to his grandchildren, he used to say.’Terry looked at the hotel again. He felt that he had come somewhere where buildings were much more than shelter. Each brick held a story ready to be unlocked and he felt inspired just by touching them. If he felt like that after such a short time, imagine what he might achieve in six months. ‘Well, maybe I could help out a bit, while I’m here,’ he said, excitedly. The young woman nodded and said, ‘Maybe,’ before leading the way into die cool interior of the hotel.

TEST 15

A14     Terry thinks the island looks

  1.  like it will be too noisy for him.
  2.  suitable for what he wants to do.
  3.  too far from the mainland for him.
  4.  so relaxing that he will never do any work.

A15     Terry rejects the offers of rooms because

  1.  he has heard that it is easy to be cheated.
  2.  no one asks him politely to look at a room.
  3.  he has already booked somewhere.
  4.  he would rather find a hotel himself.

A16     Terry is surprised when the young woman speaks to him because

  1.  she was much less attractive than he had hoped.
  2.  her English is better in real life than on the phone.
  3.  he was expecting to meet someone different.
  4.  he thought he would have to find the hotel on his own.

A17     The young woman tells Terry that

  1.  traditional sources of money have become less important-
  2.  most local people are relieved when the tourists finally go.
  3.  people complain about the effects of tourism on local industry.
  4.  sometimes tourists find work and decide to stay longer.

A18     It seems to Terry that the hotel

  1.  has never been an attractive building.
  2.  has had work done on it recently.
  3.  makes an impression on everyone who sees it.
  4.  used to be nicer than it is now.

A19     The young woman says that one problem is that

  1.  her mother can no longer afford to pay people to work on the hotel.
  2.  nobody in the area is willing to do this sort of work.
  3.  workmen are less careful when they don’t own the building.
  4.  some people pretend to enjoy the work and then do it badly.

A20     Terry is excited by the idea of

  1.  finally doing some physical work instead of just writing.
  2.  getting ideas for his work from the things around him..
  3.  spending six months researching the history of the island.
  4.  building a house of his own on the island one day.

По окончании выполнения заданий В2, ВЗ и А14~А20 НЕ ЗАБУДЬТЕ ПЕРЕНЕСТИ СВОИ ОТВЕТЫ В БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ №1!

ОБРАТИТЕ ВНИМАНИЕ, что ответы на задания В2, ВЗ и А14-А20 располагаются в разных частях бланка. В2, ВЗ расположены в нижней части бланка. При переносе ответов в заданиях В2, ВЗ буквы записываются без пробелов и знаков препинания.

Like this post? Please share to your friends:
  • Which statement is a feature of the windows 8 operating system
  • Which room has no doors no windows
  • Which of three buttons of mice are in windows used
  • Which java version for windows xp
  • Where is the bed the windows